Docstoc

AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL

Document Sample
AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL Powered By Docstoc
					Directorate General of Civil Aviation




  AIRWORTHINESS
PROCEDURES MANUAL




     Issued    : 16 March 2009
     Effective : 01 July 2009
                                                                                                           PART 0 
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                                              Revision 1 
                                                                                                  July 2010       Page 1 of 7 

                                                                  
                                                        TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
PREFACE                                                                                        
 
VISION STATEMENT
 
RECORD OF AMENDMENTS
 
                                                     PART I – ADMINISTRATION 

CHAPTER 1.   DGCA Regulatory Responsibilities and Methodology
 
1.    General 
2.    Structure of DGCA 
3.    Responsibilities  and Function of DGCA 
4.    Responsibilities and Function of Airworthiness Directorate 
5.    Statutory Requirements 
6.    Staffing Requirements 
7.    Qualifications  requirements off Airworthiness Officers 

CHAPTER 2.   Personal Ethics, Conduct and credentials
 
1.    General 
2.    Unique Responsibilities of Airworthiness Officers 
3.    On‐the job ethics and conduct 
4.    Rules of Conduct 
5.    Outside Employment, Financial Interests and Gifts 
6.    Dress 
7.    Types and Use of Credentials 
8.    Admission to Flight Deck 

CHAPTER 3.   Training

 
1.         General 
2.         Training Admission 
3.         Training Course 
4.         Initial Training Course 
5.         Recurrent Training  
6.         Specialized Training 
7.         Type Training 
8.         Performance Course 
9.         Preservation of Officers Training Records       
 
 




Table of Contents 
                                                                         PART 0 
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                Revision 1 
                                                                July 2010       Page 2 of 7 

CHAPTER 4.     Monitoring of Regional/Sub‐Regional Offices  
 
1.    Jurisdiction of Airworthiness Offices 
2.    Monthly News Letter 
3.    Annual Inspection by Headquarters 
4.    Annual Controllers Conference 
5.    Visit of DGCA and other Senior Officers 
6.    Safety and Security of office premises 
7.    Yearly information of Aircraft state 
 
                             PART II – TECHNICAL PROCEDURES 
 

CHAPTER 1.     Registration and De‐registration of aircraft
 
1.    Introduction 
2.    Registration of aircraft 
3.    Aircraft imported by air 
4.    Recommendation to the WPC for Issue of Aeromobile License. 
5.    Intimation of registration to state of design 
6.    Change of ownership 
7.    De‐registration of aircraft 
8.    Issue of duplicate certificate of registration 
9.    Check List 
 
CHAPTER 2.    Certificate of Airworthiness
 
1.    Introduction 
2.    References 
3.    Procedure 
4.    Detailed  Inspection Guidelines 
5.    Re‐built aircraft 
6.    Validity of C of A  
7.    Conditions for continued validity of C of A 
8.    Officers authorized to issue/renew C of A 
9.    Suspension of certificate of airworthiness 
10.   Ferry flight  
11.   Replacement / Issue of duplicate Certificate of Airworthiness  
12.   Check Lists 
 
CHAPTER 3.     Approved Maintenance Organizations  
 
1.    Scope 
2.    DGCA Role 
3.    Organizations located in countries outside India 
4.    Initial approval  
5.    Issue of approval 
6.    Continuation of an approval 


Table of Contents 
                                                                      PART 0 
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                             Revision 1 
                                                             July 2010           Page 3 of 7 

7.    Changes 
8.    Maintenance organization exposition (MOE)  
9.    Admonition, Warning, Revocation, suspension and limitation of approval  
10.   Findings 
11.   Record Keeping 
12.   Exemptions 
       
CHAPTER 3A.     Approval of Continuing Airworthiness Management Organization  
 
1.    Introduction  
2.    Qualification, Experience & Knowledge 
3.    Submission of application 
4.    Processing of application 
5.    Inspection of operators 
6.    Approvals 
7.    Maintenance of records  
8.    Procedure for indirect approvals 
9.    Surveillance 
                     
CHAPTER 4.    Air Operator Certification Procedures (Airworthiness Aspects)
 
1.    Introduction 
2.    References 
3.    Procedures 
4.    Issue of Air Operator’s Permit 
5.    Acquisition of additional aircraft 
6.    Continuing surveillance of the operator 
7.    Check Lists 
 
CHAPTER 5.   Production Organization Approval
 
1.    Introduction 
2.    Acceptance of Application 
3.    Determination of the POA team 
4.    Certification Procedure 
5.    Continued Surveillance 
6.    Additional Provisions 
7.    Limitation, Suspension and Revocation 
8.    Communication and Publication 
9.    Confidentiality of Documents 
 
CHAPTER 6.   Approval of Minimum Equipment List (MEL)
 
1.    Introduction 
2.    Procedure 
3.    MEL Revisions 
4.    Status of MMEL 
5.    General 


Table of Contents 
                                                                            PART 0 
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                   Revision 1 
                                                                   July 2010         Page 4 of 7 

6.     Maintenance of MEL 
 
CHAPTER 7.    Airworthiness Directives
 
1.      Introduction 
2.      Procedure  
3.      General 
 
CHAPTER 8.    Aircraft Noise Certification
      
1.      Introduction 
2.      Reference 
3.      Procedure for issue of noise certificate for aircraft designed and manufactured in India 
4.      Procedure for issue/revalidation of noise certificate for used aircraft 
5.      Duration and continued validity of Noise Certificate 
6.      Investigation by DGCA Officers 
7.      Suspension and revocation of Noise Certificate 
8.      Record Keeping 
 
CHAPTER 9.    Surveillance/Audit of Approved organizations
 
1.     Introduction 
2.     Procedure 
3.     General 
4.     Surveillance of Leased Aircraft 
 
Chapter 10.   Enforcement Actions
 
1.     Introduction 
2.     Procedure 
3.     Contents of Memorandum 
 
Chapter 11.   APPROVAL  FOR TRANSIT CHECKS  
 
1.     Introduction 
2.     Definitions 
3.     Procedure 
     
Chapter 12.    Conduct of Examinations by field offices
 
1.     Introduction 
2.     Scrutiny of Application 
3.     Examination Centers 
4.     Superintendent of Examination 
5.     Supervisor Invigilators 
6.     Dispatch of Question Papers 
7.     Opening And Acknowledging the Parcels 
8.     Custody of question papers 


Table of Contents 
                                                                            PART 0 
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                   Revision 1 
                                                                  July 2010         Page 5 of 7 

9.    Identification of the candidates 
10.   Supply of answer sheets to the  candidates 
11.   Distribution of question papers 
12.   Reading of admonition note 
13.   Starting of answering question papers. 
14.   Stopping of answering question papers 
15.   Extension of time allotted for the question paper 
16.   Collection of question and answer papers 
17.   Sealing and handing over of answer sheets: 
18.   Dispatch of answer sheets and question papers 
19.   Seating arrangement 
20.   Reports on  malpractices in examination hall 
21.   To cope with emergencies' 
22.   Responsibility of superintendent 
23.   Instructions for supervisor 
24.   Instructions for invigilator 
 
CHAPTER 13.   Conduct of Examinations by Central Examination Organization (CEO)
 
1.    Introduction 
2.    Schedule of examinations 
3.    Application for examinations 
4.    Change of Examination Center 
5.    List of Admitted Candidates 
6.    Question Bank  
7.    Setting of Question paper 
8.    Printing of question paper 
9.    Preparation of sets of question papers 
10.   Preparation of envelopes for dispatch of various Papers to different examination 
      centers  
11.   Filling in of question papers inside the envelopes and sealing of envelopes prior to 
      dispatch. 
12.   Dispatch of question papers 
13.   Conduct of Examination 
14.   Receipt of question papers / answer sheets from examination centres 
15.   Preparing master 
16.   Procedure for evaluation of answer sheets  
17.   Procedure for evaluation of answer sheets  
18.   Percentage of marks to qualify in AME license examination 
19.   Declaration of results 
20.   Preservation of question and answer papers 
21.   Notification for next session of examination 
22.   Responsibility 
       
CHAPTER 14.    Guideline for following ICAO Annexes/Guidance material
                 
1.    Introduction 
2.    Procedure 


Table of Contents 
                                                                          PART 0 
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                 Revision 1 
                                                                July 2010           Page 6 of 7 

 
CHAPTER 15.    Compliance of Civil Aviation Requirements  
     
1.      Introduction 
2.      Procedure 
 
CHAPTER 16.    Certificate of Competency
 
1.      Introduction   
2.      Procedure        
3.      Maintenance of Records 
 
CHAPTER 17.   Issue/Endorsement/Renewal of AME Licenses
       
1.      Issue of License 
2.      Endorsement/ Extension of License 
3.      Renewal of License 
4.      General 
 
CHAPTER 18.   Issue/ renewal of SFE/FE licenses and check FE approvals
     
1.    Introduction 
2.    Student Flight Engineer License  
3.    Flight Engineer License 
4.    General 
5.    Renewal of approval of flight engineer and check flight engineers 
 
CHAPTER 19.    Conduct of  Skill Test for AME License & Full Scope Authorization)
 
1.    Introduction 
2.    Procedure 
3.    Declaration of Result 
 
 
CHAPTER 20.     Scrutiny of manuals related to maintenance
 
1.    Introduction 
2.    Procedure 
3.    Form of manual 
4.    Approval of Manuals 
                
CHAPTER 21.    Approval of Organizations
     
1.    Introduction 
2.    Procedure 
3.    Approval of Organization 
4.    Certificate of Approval 
5.    Validity 

Table of Contents 
                                                                    PART 0 
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                           Revision 1 
                                                           July 2010       Page 7 of 7 

6.     Extension to the scope of approval 
 
CHAPTER 22.    Weight control of aircraft
 
1.    Introduction 
2.    Definitions 
3.    Weighing Procedure 
4.    General 
5.    Persons authorized to weigh and prepare weight schedule 
6.    Preparation and approval of loading data 
7.    Form of weight schedule  
8.    Approval by airworthiness offices 
9.    Display in the aircraft and preservation of record 
10.   Computation of centre of gravity 
11.   Standard weight of flight crew/ passengers 
12.   Calibration of weighing scales 
13.   Instructions for safe loading 
14.   Observance of safety instructions 
 
 
CHAPTER 23.     Issue of authorization to AMEs/Approved Personnel
 
1.    Introduction 
2.    General 
3.    Experience requirements  
4.    Validity 
5.    Limitations  
       
CHAPTER 24.    Approval of special operations
 
1.    Introduction 
2.    Procedure 
3.    Responsibilities 
4.    Exceptions for Scrutiny by FID for RNAV/RNP1/RNP5/RNP10/RVSM approval 
 




Table of Contents 
                                  PREFACE

The Airworthiness Procedures Manual has been prepared for use and guidance of
officers of Airworthiness Directorate in the performance of their duties.


All matters pertaining to Airworthiness Officer’s duties, responsibilities and
procedures have been covered to the extent possible. Officers are expected to use
good judgment while dealing with the matters where specific guidance has not
been given. While exercising their delegated powers, officers should follow the
S.O. Nos. 726 (E) and 727(E). Changes in aviation technology, legislation and
developments within the industry may necessitate changes to requirements and
the relevant procedures followed by DGCA.


The contents of existing Airworthiness Instructions have been incorporated in this
manual. The manual will be updated from time to time based on suggestions
received or to incorporate any changes in the procedures that may be carried out.


The manual will supersede Airworthiness Instructions with effect from 01 July
2009.




                                                                          (RP SAHI)
                                            Joint Director General of Civil Aviation

                                                                    16 March 2009
 Vision Statement

Endeavour to promote
   safe and efficient
  Air Transportation
through regulation and
    proactive safety
   oversight system.
                  RECORD OF AMENDMENTS 
                                          
     
                         
Revision 
                Page(s) affected             Date Entered    Entered by 
Number 
                         
     
   0                   All                   16 Mar 2009         PK 

   1        Part II, Chap 24, Page 1‐2       01 Jun 2009         PK 

   1        Part II, Chap 19, Page 1‐3       07 Aug 2009         PK 

   1        Part II, Chap 07, Page 1‐4       13 Aug 2009         PK 

   2         Part II, Chap 24, Page 2        21 Aug 2009         PK 

   1        Part II, Chap 9, Page 8‐9        17 Sep 2009         PK 

   2         Part II, Chap 9, Page 5         23 Sep 2010         KS 
                                                                   


                                                                   


                                                                   


                                                                   



                                                                   


                                                                   

                                          
    PART - I



ADMINISTRATION
                                                                            PART I
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009        Page 1 of 69


                                CHAPTER 1
             DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
1     GENERAL

1.1   The Directorate General of Civil Aviation (DGCA) is the regulatory body in the field of
      Civil Aviation primarily dealing with safety issues. It is responsible for regulation of air
      transport services to/from/within India and for enforcement of civil air regulations, air
      safety and airworthiness standards. It also co-ordinates all regulatory functions with
      International Civil Aviation Organization.

1.2   The headquarters are located in New Delhi with regional offices in the various parts of
      India. Directorate General of Civil Aviation is an attached office of the Ministry of Civil
      Aviation.

      There are 14 (fourteen) Regional/Sub-regional Airworthiness Offices located at
      Bangalore, Chennai, Delhi, Kolkata, Mumbai, Bhopal, Bhubaneswar, Cochin, Guwahati,
      Hyderabad, Kanpur, Lucknow, Patiala and Patna. Apart from the Regional Airworthiness
      Offices, there are 5 (five) Regional Air Safety offices located at Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai,
      Kolkata and Hyderabad. In addition one Regional Research & Development Office is
      located at Bangalore and the Gliding Centre at Pune.

1.3   India is participated in ICAO by the Representative of India.

2     STRUCTURE OF DGCA

      DGCA has the following 10 Directorates;
      (i)    Administration Directorate
      (ii)   Aerodrome Standards Directorate
      (iii) Air Safety Directorate
      (iv) Air Transport Directorate
      (v)    Airworthiness Directorate
      (vi) Flight Inspection Directorate
      (vii) Information & Regulation Directorate
      (viii) Research & Development Directorate (Aeronautical Engineering Division)
      (ix) Training & Licensing Directorate
      (x)    Flying Training Directorate


      A map and the organizational structure including the location of various regional / sub-
      regional offices is placed in Appendices ‘IA’ & ‘IB‘. The functions and the main


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009       Page 2 of 69

      responsibilities of the Directorates, other than airworthiness, are in brief placed in
      Appendix ‘II’.

3     RESPONSIBILITIES AND FUNCTIONS OF THE DGCA
3.1   Operation of aircraft involves a number of factors which contribute to the safety of
      aircraft. Although for every mode of travel there is an element of risk and danger to the
      traveling public it is more so in the case of air travel for obvious reasons. A review of
      history of aircraft travel will show that there have been number of accidents resulting in
      loss of human life and property. In the early phase of aviation these dangers and risks
      were limited to daring individuals and group of people who were aware of the risks.
      Hence, as the air travel became a more common mode of public transport the
      responsibilities of ensuring safety of public became the responsibility of States. Almost
      all the States have established Civil Aviation Department to look after the various
      aspects of safety of air travel.
3.2   The factors contributing to safety of air travel are of two type viz. the human factor and
      the machine factor i.e. the aircraft. It is the prime objective of the manufacturer to see
      that when an aircraft is delivered to a customer, it is airworthy, meaning that it meets
      the requirements and conforms to type certificate and is in a safe condition for
      operation.
3.3   To ensure the safety of air transport as mentioned earlier, most of the States through
      legal procedures have acquired powers to regulate aircraft operations.
3.4   ICAO plays a vital role in this regard through annexes, standards, advisory materials and
      helps the States in this regard. Annex 8 deals with Airworthiness of aircraft and also lays
      guidelines for its administration to each state.
3.5   Most of the States have their own airworthiness control organizations. Some states
      directly control the activities of manufacturing, aircraft operations, and licensing
      operations requiring a large organization. As some operators/ manufacturers try to
      avoid taking responsibilities, Airworthiness Authorities lay down rules and regulations
      and carry checks to ensure compliance. In the absence of a sound rule and regulation
      and enforcement agencies, some unscrupulous operators may compromise safety and
      this will ultimately result in accidents for which the airworthiness authorities may be
      blamed. It is, therefore, all the more necessary that an ideal Airworthiness Directorate
      be set up in each State to control all activities of Civil Aircraft Operations.
3.6   The ideal set up depends on the size of aircraft industry and air transport services in the
      country. However, operators must be given definite responsibility and delegated certain
      functions which they are in a better position to carry out, which an airworthiness officer
      cannot fulfill in toto. In general, faith must be placed in the operators and they be given
      definite responsibilities.
3.7   DGCA set up in India was established in pursuance to Indian Aircraft Act 1934 and
      aircraft rules made there under. The set up as existing today is as given in para 1.2.
      Airworthiness Directorate is one of the major wings of DGCA.
3.8   The responsibilities and functions of the DGCA are enumerated below:
DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                             PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                 March 2009       Page 3 of 69

3.8.1 Registration of civil aircraft;
3.8.2 Formulation of standards of airworthiness for civil aircraft registered in India and grant
       of certificates of airworthiness to such aircraft;
3.8.3 Licensing of pilots, aircraft maintenance engineers and flight engineers, and conducting
       examinations and checks for that purpose;
3.8.4 Licensing of air traffic controllers;
3.8.5 Certification of aerodromes and CNS/ATM facilities;
3.8.6 Maintaining a check on the proficiency of flight crew, and also of other operational
       personnel such as flight dispatchers and cabin crew;
3.8.7 Granting of Air Operator’s Certificates/ Permit to Indian carriers and regulation of air
       transport services operating to/from/within/over India by Indian and foreign operators,
       including clearance of scheduled and non-scheduled flights of such operators;
3.8.8 Conducting investigation into accidents/incidents and taking accident prevention
       measures including formulation of implementation of Safety Aviation Management
       Programmes;
3.8.9 Carrying out amendments to the Aircraft Act, the Aircraft Rules and the Civil Aviation
       Requirements for complying with the amendments to ICAO Annexes, and initiating
       proposals for amendment to any other Act or for passing a new Act in order to give
       effect to an international Convention or amendment to an existing Convention;
3.8.10 Coordination of ICAO matters with all agencies and sending replies to State Letters, and
       taking all necessary actions arising out of the Universal Safety Oversight Audit
       Programme (USOAP) of ICAO;
3.8.11 Supervision of the institutes/clubs/schools engaged in flying training including simulator
       training, AME training or any other training related with aviation, with a view to
       ensuring a high quality of training;
3.8.12 Granting approval to aircraft maintenance, repair and manufacturing organizations and
       their continued oversight;
3.8.13 To act as a nodal agency for implementing Annex 9 provisions in India and for
       coordinating matters relating to facilitation at Indian airports including holding
       meetings of the National Facilitation Committee;
3.8.14 Rendering advice to the Government on matters relating to air transport including
       bilateral air services agreements, on ICAO matters and generally on all technical
       matters relating to civil aviation, and to act as an overall regulatory and developmental
       body for civil aviation in the country;
3.8.15 Coordination at national level for flexi-use of air space by civil and military air traffic
       agencies and interaction with ICAO for provision of more air routes for civil use through
       Indian air space;
3.8.16 Keeping a check on aircraft noise and engine emissions in accordance with ICAO Annex
       16 and collaborating with the environmental authorities in this matter, if required;


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                             PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                 March 2009       Page 4 of 69

3.8.17   Promoting indigenous design and manufacture of aircraft and aircraft components by
         acting as a catalytic agent;
3.8.18   Approving training programmes of operators for carriage of dangerous goods, issuing
         authorizations for carriage of dangerous goods, etc.

4        RESPONSIBILITIES AND FUNCTIONS OF AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTORATE

4.1      Most of the states which are signatories to ICAO Convention have an obligation on
         their part to establish regulatory control of airworthiness through their own agencies
         which are variously termed as CAA, FAA, DGAC, DGCA, DCA etc.
4.2      The authority in India for regulatory control of airworthiness is the Director General of
         Civil Aviation and the Directorate of Airworthiness which is headed by a Director who
         discharges this function and is responsible for the airworthiness of aircraft.
4.3      The functions of the Airworthiness Directorate are broadly detailed below. These
         functions are basically intended to be guidelines and they do not limit in any way the
         initiative and authority of the officer to ensure airworthiness by an alternative means.
         Therefore, these should be used as guidelines while performing the job. Normally, the
         responsibilities listed below are discharged at Headquarters with the establishment of
         regional and sub-regional offices who carry out surveillance checks to ensure that the
         standards laid down by the headquarters are complied with. The regional and sub-
         regional offices also give feed-back to the headquarters regarding any weaknesses in
         the systems, and also suggest corrective actions in view of the practical difficulties
         experienced in enforcing the standards.
4.3.1   At Headquarters
4.3.1.1 Keeping the national register of Civil Aircraft and making the information available
        from the register as and when required;
4.3.1.2 Reviewing, processing and recording of applications for registration of aircraft; issuing
        certificates of registration including amendments and deregistration of the aircraft;
4.3.1.3 Recording, reviewing and processing application for certificate of Airworthiness,
        renewals of such certificates and validations of foreign certificates of Airworthiness;
4.3.1.4 Review of Airworthiness Directives, issued by foreign airworthiness authorities to
        determine their applicability to the Indian registered aircraft;
4.3.1.5 Approval and surveillance of foreign organizations;
4.3.1.6 Review of current and new foreign airworthiness standards and determination of the
        need for adoption of critical features of those standards to national requirements;
4.3.1.7 Coordination with other directorates in the Directorate General of Civil Aviation on
        the licensing of operators and on other technical matters relating to airworthiness,
        flight operations and aeronautical engineering as may be required;



DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                             PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                 March 2009        Page 5 of 69

4.3.1.8 Deputing officials of airworthiness directorate to assist in the investigation of aircraft
         accidents/incidents as and when required;
4.3.1.9 Recommendation and, where necessary, issuance of directives concerning the design
         standards to be met by aircraft and aircraft components and equipment,
         requirements to be complied with in the manufacture and maintenance of aircraft
         and aircraft components and equipment, and procedures to be followed by the
         aviation industry to comply with the national air law and regulations;
4.3.1.10 Participation in maintenance review board activities towards development and
         approval of initial maintenance inspection requirements for newly type certificated
         aircraft and power plants being introduced in service for the first time;
4.3.1.11 Preparation and distribution to the aviation industry of advisory material concerning
         airworthiness practices and procedures where such advice does not warrant
         mandatory action but may still make a significant contribution to flight safety;
4.3.1.12 Framing and subsequent amendments to national air law, regulations, requirements
         from time to time pertaining to all airworthiness matters;
4.3.1.13 Formulation of changes in airworthiness policies and requirements having economic
         impact on the aviation industry;
4.3.1.14 Investigation of possible violations of the national air law regarding airworthiness and
         initiation of legal or other corrective action where necessary;
4.3.1.15 Reviewing, processing and recording applications from aircraft maintenance
         personnel for issue, renewal, validation and extension of licenses and ratings for the
         same;
4.3.1.16 Conduct of examinations for aircraft maintenance license, maintaining past and
         current license records and the issue of results for such examinations;
4.3.1.17 Conferring at national and international levels on matters relating to airworthiness;
4.3.1.18 Maintaining fees records for aircraft registration, certificate of Airworthiness, aircraft
         maintenance personnel licenses; and / or for any other airworthiness services
         requiring fees.
4.3.2    Regional Airworthiness Office
4.3.2.1 Reviewing, processing and recording applications for renewals of certificate of
         Airworthiness:
4.3.2.2 Approval and surveillance of manufacturing, maintenance, testing, training
         organizations including aviation fuel vendors;
4.3.2.3 Approval of maintenance programme for aircraft, aircraft components and equipment
         and approval of the design of modifications and repairs to aircraft, aircraft
         components and equipments;
4.3.2.4 Surveillance and Periodic review of the approved organizations to assess the
         adequacy of their airworthiness standards and competence and diligence of the
         maintenance personnel;
4.3.2.5 Surveillance of aircraft for ensuring continuing airworthiness;

DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                             PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                 March 2009       Page 6 of 69

4.3.2.6 Investigation/ analysis of defects in the aircraft and suggest corrective actions to
         arrest negative trends, if needed;
4.3.2.7 Conduct written examinations for aircraft maintenance engineers, flight crew licenses;
4.3.2.8 Conduct of oral-cum practical examinations for type rating of aircraft maintenance
         engineers;
4.3.2.9 Reviewing, processing and recording applications from aircraft maintenance
         personnel for, renewal, validation and extension of licenses and ratings for the same;
4.3.2.10 Inspection of maintenance organization for the purpose of issue of AOP;
4.3.2.11 Maintaining fees records for renewal of certificate of Airworthiness, aircraft
         maintenance personnel licenses; issue/renewal of approvals and other services
         performed for which charges may be prescribed;
4.3.2.12 Attend VVIP movements, Airport Coordination Committee Meetings, Bomb Threat
         Assessment Committee Meetings, Security Committee Meeting.
4.3.2.13 Approval of Load & Trim documents and personnel.
4.4      All Airworthiness Officers are advised that in the interest of proper airworthiness
         control, they should be familiar with their duties and responsibilities and discharge
         them with utmost diligence. They should also keep themselves abreast with the latest
         development in the aviation industry and remain in touch with the aircraft
         maintenance which will keep them posted with the latest technology in aviation.
5       STATUTORY AUTHORITY

5.1      Rule 156 of Aircraft Rules, 1937 empowers Director General of Civil Aviation to issue
         General or Special Order in writing, authorizing an officer of Airworthiness Directorate:

5.1.1    To enter any place to which access is necessary for the purpose of exercising
         airworthiness control;
5.1.2    To enter any approved organization during working hours where manufacturing,
         maintenance and storage of aircraft parts/ components and training activitities are
         undertaken;
5.1.3    To inspect at any time, any aircraft and its documents required to be certified as
         airworthy or in respect of which Certificate of Airworthiness is in force or has been
         suspended or deemed to be suspended;
5.1.4    To enter, inspect and search any aircraft for the purpose of securing compliance with
         any of these Rules or the provisions of the Aircraft Act, 1934.
5.2      Section 8 of Aircraft Act, 1934 authorizes detention of aircraft. This power has been
         vested in the officers of Airworthiness Directorate vide S.O. 754 dated the 28th
         February, 1994 as given in A.I.C. 06 of 1994. Copy of SOs is placed in Appendix ‘III’
5.3      The contents of Rule 156, Section 8 of the Aircraft Act, 1934, one copy each of the
         Order dated 9th September,1992 & 9th July, 1993 and A.I.C. 06 of 1994 issued by the


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                            PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009       Page 7 of 69

        Director General of Civil Aviation empowering Airworthiness Officers to discharge their
        duties are reproduced in Annexure IV-A, IV-B IV-C IV-D & IV-E respectively.
5.3.1 The activities of the Airworthiness officers will be governed by the following:
5.3.1.1 The Aircraft Manual, Civil Aviation requirements and powers delegated vide SO 754
        for exercising the duties and functions.
5.3.1.2 Airworthiness Procedures Manual
5.3.1.3 Airworthiness Advisory Circulars, applicable AICs.
5.3.1.4 Other relevant directives and instructions that may be issued from time to time by the
        Director General.

6      STAFFING REQUIREMENTS
6.1    Staffing of the Directorate of Airworthiness with a sufficient number of suitable
       Airworthiness Officers, experienced, qualified and capable of accomplishing the wide
       range of activities covered in this manual is paramount to the success of the Safety
       Oversight Programme of the DGCA.
6.2    Airworthiness Officers must not only have the knowledge, experience and qualifications
       to carry out their duties in a professionally sound manner, but also possess the
       personality to win the respect and confidence of the operators. This would require a
       reasonable level of tact, understanding, firmness, impartiality, integrity and an
       exemplary personal conduct both in the office and at the Operator’s premises.

7      QUALIFICATIONS REQUIREMENTS OF AIRWORTHINESS OFFICERS
7.1    Individuals seeking positions as Airworthiness Officer should have extensive academic
       and technical education and have progressed through positions of increased technical
       and supervisory responsibility in the aviation industry or the military services.
7.2    The satisfactory or unsatisfactory execution of the various Airworthiness functions
       depends to a large extent on the qualifications, experience, competence and dedication
       of individual Officers. In addition to the vital importance of technical competency in
       performing airworthiness inspections and the surveillance of certificated operators and
       approved maintenance organizations, it is likewise critical that Officers possess a high
       degree of integrity, be impartial in carrying out their tasks, be tactful, have a good
       understanding of human nature and possess the ability to get along well with people.
       Considering the specialized and sensitive nature of the Officer’s job profile, the
       qualifications, experience and personal characteristics of each person employed to
       perform Officer’s duties will be verified and carefully evaluated before selections are
       made.
7.3    The induction of Airworthiness Officers presently in the airworthiness Directorate is at
       two levels; viz. Airworthiness officer and Sr. Airworthiness officer based upon
       Qualifications/ Experience. A copy of the existing Recruitment Rules for these cadres is
       placed in Appendix “V “.


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                                                                                      PART I
                         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                                                    Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                                                                          March 2009                      Page 8 of 69

                                                                                                                                           APPENDIX - IA



                              Organization Structure (Headquarters)


                                                                       DirectorGeneralofCivil Aviation
                                                                                   DrNasim Zaidi


                         JointDirectorGeneral                               JointDirectorGeneral                            JointDirectorGeneral           RepresentativeofIndia
                                                                                                                                                              on the Council
                               A.K.Chopra                                           R.P.Sahi                                   R. K.Maheshwari
                                                                                                                                                                 of ICAO

                                                                                                                                                           Deputy DirectorGeneral
                                                                                                                                     Air Transport          (AerdromeStandards)
Deputy DirectorGeneral     ChiefFlightOperations        Air Safety           Deputy DirectorGeneral    Training Academy               Directorate                J. S.Rawat
        (T&L)                    Inspector              Directorate             (Airworthiness)
    A.K. Sharan             CaptH.Y.Samant                                       Charan Dass
                                                                                                                               RegulationandInformation        AerodromesStandards
                                                   Cabin Safety Division                               CentralExamination              Directorate                  Directorate
FlightCrewTraining and        FlightInspection                                       Airworthiness        Organisation
  LicensingDirectorate           Directorate                                          Directorate
                                                                                                                                    Administration
                                                                             Deputy DirectorGeneral
                                                                                                                                     Directorate
                                                                                     (R&D)
                                                                                R.Chinnadurai


                                                                                          R&D
                                                                                   Directorate (AED)




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                                             PART I
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                      Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                                 March 2009             Page 9 of 69



                                                                                              APPENDIX - IB



                         Organization Structure (Regions)
                              Airworthiness Offices


                                 Director General of Civil Aviation

                                              Joint Director General

                                                  Deputy Director General


                                                  Airworthiness Directorate
                                                       (Headquarters)


       Office of                Office of                  Office of                  Office of                  Office of
Director Airworthiness   Director Airworthiness     Director Airworthiness     Director Airworthiness     Director Airworthiness
  (Western Region)         (Northern Region)           (Eastern Region)         (Southern Region)               Bangalore
       Mumbai                     Delhi                    Kolkata                    Chennai


     Sub-regional                Sub-regional               Sub-regional               Sub-regional
 Airworthiness Office        Airworthiness Office       Airworthiness Office       Airworthiness Office
       Bhopal                     Lucknow                      Patna                    Hyderabad

                                 Sub-regional               Sub-regional               Sub-regional
                             Airworthiness Office       Airworthiness Office       Airworthiness Office
                                   Kanpur                  Bhubneshwar                    Kochi

                                 Sub-regional               Sub-regional
                             Airworthiness Office       Airworthiness Office
                                   Patiala                   Guwahati



DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                          PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                              March 2009      Page 10 of 69



                                                                          APPENDIX - II

 FUNCTIONS OF DIRECTORATES OTHER THAN AIRWORTHINESS


                      I.       ADMINISTRATION DIRECTORATE
ESTABLISHENT- I (E-I) SECTION
1.    All Establishment work relating to the post of Airworthiness discipline, Air
      Safety Discipline and all Gazetted and non Gazetted establishment of R & D
      Directorate and Gliding Centre, Pune.
2.    Establishment matters of ministerial and other Group ` C' & `D’ s t a f f in the
      subordinate office of the C A D.
3.    Review cases of the above mentioned ' categories officers and staff (Group
      C&D)
4.    Submissions of monthly Statements to Ministry of Civil Aviation showing
      changes of top officers in the Civil aviation Department.
5.    Issue of Exchange Vouchers for Air India/Tickets. in respect of the
      Headquarters officers of the Civil Aviation Department except CSS, CSSS &
      CSCS who are selected for deputation/delegation and training abroad.
6.    Implementation of SIU/Work S t u d y recommendation in respect of Technical
      Officers at Headquarters.
7.    Preparation of Financial effect Statement in respect of proposals relating to
      deputation of delegation abroad.
8.    Scrutiny of A ir- Ind ia B i l l s and T.A. Bill s in respect of the foreign tours of the
      Headquarters Officers other than CSS, CSSS & CSCS and acceptance of the
      same.
9.    Circulation       of     various         instructions       received      from     other
      Ministries/Departments on deputation/delegations abroad among all the
      Directorates.
10.   Forwarding of applications of CAD office for training/course/ Scholarship
      offered by Foreign Countries.
11.   Various training programmes in India conducted by various training
      institutions other than ISTM sponsoring of officers for the training.
12.   Scruting of vouchers in respect of deputation/delegation abroad of
      Headquarters officer of CAD (received from Embassies/High Commission by
      CPAO) and acceptance of the same.
13.   Deputation of CAD officers with foreign countries as expert advisers on long term
      basis and matters relating to their salary and pension contribution/gratuity
      etc.
14.   Creation/Conversion of temporary posts into permanent Transfer of hosts
      Grown ' A', 'B’ & `C' relating- to Airworthiness and Air Safety Disciplines.

DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                            PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009      Page 11 of 69

ESTABLISHMENT II (E-II) SECTION
I.    All Establishment work relating. to CSS, CSCS, CSSS and Group' D' staff and ex-cadre posts
      viz. Caretaker, Cashier, Accountant, Hindi Translators Grade I & II, Senior Investigators,
      Junior Investigators, Senior Computeroperators and Accounts Officers at Headquarters of
      the DGCA e.g., Recruitment, Training, posting, promotion, confirmation, transfers,
      seniority, fixation of pay, grant of leave etc.
2.    Establishment work relating to Group 'A' Officers in the Directorate of Training &
      Licensing, Information and Regulations, Air Transport & CAS.
3.    Maintenance of service books of the above categories of officers and staff.
4.    Creation, continuation, abolition, conversion of temporary posts etc. of all the above
      mentioned categories of officers and staff.
5.    Cases under CCS (Conduct) Rules e.g., matters relating to purchase/sale of moveable and
      immovable property etc. in respect of officers referred to above.
6.    Preparation of confidential Report of the above categories of staff.
7.    Court cases relating to above categories of staff.
8.    Medical Examination, verification and re-verification of character and antecedents of the
      staff of the above categories.
9.    Submission of Periodical Reports and returns.
10.   Review of Group 'C' & 'D' staff of the above categories.
11.   Matters relating to office Council.

12.    Parliament Questions on the above subjects;
13.    Pension cases of officers and staff retiring from DGCA (Headquarters).

Cash & General Section

1.     Grant of all advances to the officers and staff of the DGCA (Headquarters) and subordinate
       offices in the C.A.D.
2.      Receipt and issue work of the DGCA (headquarters).
3.      Procurement/issue and maintenance of records etc. of stores stationery including local
       purchases,
4.      C. G.H.S. Scheme and cases relating to re-imbursement of medical expenses to officer and
       staff of DGCA (Headquarters).
5.      Issue of Identity Card to officers and staff.
6.      General Services.
7.      Drawal and disbursement of Pay and Allowances of officers/ Officials of DGCA.
       (Headquarters).
8.      Drawal and disbursement o f advances, withdrawals, bonus, overtime etc.
9.      Issue of uniforms to DGCA Staff as well as subordinate offices.
10.     Installation/changes of telephones.
11.     Allotment of Govt. accommodation.
12.    Maintenance of staff cars/vehicles.
Administration Vigilance & Coordination Section VIGILANCE WORK


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                             PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                 March 2009       Page 12 of 69

1.    Vigilance and disciplinary cases.
2.    Appeals/Reviews arising of disciplinary/vigilance cases.
3.    Maintenance of Complaint Cell Register.
4.    Periodical returns regarding complaints, Vigilance cases, Appeals/Reviews etc.
5.    Issue of Airport Entry Pass to officers of DGCA.
6.    Miscellaneous Orders pertaining to Administrative Vigilance.
7.    Central Civil Services(Classification, Control and Appeal) Rules.
8.    Security arrangements at Hqrs.

O & M WORK

1.    Co-ordination of the O&M Work of the Civil Aviation Department.
2.    Subject allocated to various sections - Compilation of Subject-Booklet of CAD.
3.    Settlement of allocation of disputed receipts.
4.    O&M inspection of Sections - arrangements of annual programme regarding.
5.    Meeting of O&M Officers in the Department/Ministry of Transport.
6.    Work relating to-management of Record Room at Hqrs.
7.    Work of I.W.S.U/SIU reports.
8.    Monthly/Quarterly/Half Yearly returns.

Welfare Work

9.    To look after the miscellaneous grievances of the staff and officers of CAD.
10.   Grant of subsidy and other Grants-in-aid to CAD Canteen at DGCA Hqrs.
11.   Collection of Donations for Red Cross/Armed Forces/Dumb & Deaf Flag Days.

General Coordination Work

12.   Matter relating to JCM and Councils; established there under CAD for subordinate offices.
13.   Collection and Coordination of material for Consultative Committees meetings.
14.   Parliament Questions/Assurances of CAD.
15.   Brief for opening speech for the Minister of Civil Aviation as well as for President for both
      the Houses of Parliament.
16.   Matters concerning Pay-Commission.
17.   Circulation of orders issued by various Ministries/ Departments.
18.   Collection and submission of general information on different subjects to the Ministry as
      and when called for.
19.   Issue of Republic Day/Independence Day celebration passes.
20.   Rendition to Ministry of various monthly/quarterly and half yearly returns.

FINANCE SECTION

1.    Budget Estimates and Revised Estimates under revenue Grant
2.    Budget Estimates and Revised Estimates under capital Grant
3.    Budget Estimates and Revised Estimates under Classified Advertisements and Visual
DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                            PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009       Page 13 of 69

       Publicity and other miscellaneous heads.
4.     Budget Estimates and Revised Estimates under Loans and Advances to Central
       Government Servants.
5.     Foreign Exchange Budget.
6.     Performance Budget.
7.     Issue of Re-appropriation orders in respect of Revenue and Capital Grants.
8.     Matters relating to the Public Accounts Committee and Expenditure Finance Committee.
9.     Appropriation Accounts under Revenue and Capital Grants.

Allotment of funds

10.    Declaration of Head of Office/Controlling Officer/Drawing and Disbursing Officer.
11.    Preparation of Financial Effect Statements.
12.    Grant of Permanent Advances (Contingencies).
13.    Submission of monthly accounts to audit and submission of quarterly returns regarding
       maintenance of Liability Register.
14.    Departmental Inspection on the accounts of the Subordinate Offices.
15.    Audit Inspection Reports/Objections Reports.
16.    Delegation of Financial Powers.

Hindi Section
1.      Implementation of the Language Policy of the Government..
2.      Grant of Advance Increments; Cash and Lump-sum Awards on passing various
       Hindi Examinations.
3.      Official Language Implementation Committee Meetings.
4.      All types of translation work including various reports from English to Hindi and vetting
       thereof.
5.      Preparation of help literature in Hindi and distribution of the same.
6.      Keeping liaison with the Central Translation Bureau, Central Hindi Directorate and
       Commission for Scientific and Technical Terminology.
7.      Compilation and submission of quarterly and half yearly reports regarding the
       progressive use of Hindi to the Ministry of Civil Aviation and Home Affairs.
8.      Organisation of Hindi Workshops.
9.      Collection of data regarding Hindi qualifications of employees for the purpose of
       nominating them to various Hindi Classes.
10.     Guidance to staff regarding the use of Hindi for official work.
11.     Hindi telegraphic addresses - registration thereof.
12.     To ensure the implementation of various provisions of the Official Language Act and
       Official Language-Rules, 1976.
13.     Preparation of Departmental Terminology.
14.     Guidance of Hindi- Staff employed in Subordinate Office of the Civil Aviation
       Department.
15.     Lok Sabha Questions regarding the use of Hindi.
16.     Rajya Sabha Question regarding the use of Hindi.
17.     Inspection of Subordinate Offices of the Civil Aviation Department to ensure
DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                         PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                     Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                             March 2009      Page 14 of 69

      implementation of Official Language Rules, 1976 ,
18.   Implementation of Cash Awards Cash Awards Scheme for more and more use of
      Hindi in Noting and Drafting and in Issuance of Commendatory Certificates.
19.    Parliamentary Committee on Official Language – Visit of Sub-Committee.
20.    All India Official Language Conference.
21.    Matters relating to the Kendriya Sachivalaya Hindi Parishad.
22.    Grant of Honorarium to the staff of sub-offices for doing Hindi Translation.
23.    Preparation of Hindi versions of Departmental English Abbreviations.
24.    Grant of Honorarium to Officers for imparting instructions at the Workshop set for the
      facility of the staff working in Hindi.
25.    Maintenance of a Hindi Library in Headquarters consisting of approximately 1000/-
      books and circulation of Hindi periodicals and news papers.
26.    Celebration of Hindi Week in Headquarters.




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                            PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009       Page 15 of 69

                        II.    AERODROME STANDARDS DIRECTORATE

The Aerodrome Standards Directorate in the DGCA has been entrusted with the responsibilities
of licensing of aerodrome in accordance with the Part XI of the Aircraft Rules 1937. The
directorate has a establishment at the DGCA HQrs New Delhi supported by the four regional
offices at Delhi, Mumbai, Kolakata and Chennai. The officers of the aerodrome standards
directorate are attached to the Office of Director Airworthiness for the administrative purposes
and are required to report to the Director Aerodrome Standards in the DGCA HQrs for all
technical issues handled by them in their regions. The functions detailed in para 1, 2 and 5 are
required to be performed at DGCA HQrs., whereas other functions would be carried out at
regional offices under the supervision of HQrs.
1.     Aerodrome licensing
       These tasks and responsibilities include:
       a)   receiving, recording, reviewing and processing of application for site selection
            from an intending applicant for an aerodrome license;
       b)   receiving, reviewing and processing of intention and plans for the aerodrome
            construction from intending applicant;
       c)   inspection of the aerodrome site during construction as required;
       d)   receiving, recording, reviewing and processing, application for an aerodrome
            license, including the inspection covering the review of the aerodrome manual,
            on-site verification, inspection and testing of aerodrome particulars, facilities and
            equipment, including aero- nautical studies, grant of exemptions, if and where
            permitted.
       e)   grant or refusal of an aerodrome license;
       f)   receiving, reviewing and processing application for renewal of aerodrome license;
       g)   receiving, recording, reviewing and processing applications for the name change
            of an aerodrome license holder;
       h)   receiving, recording, reviewing and processing applications for the surrender of
            an aerodrome license;
       i)   processing the case for cancellation/ suspension of an aerodrome license; and
       j)   reviewing the factors requiring the amendment of an aerodrome license and
            issuing the required amendments.

2.     Notifications to AIS and other organizations.

       These tasks and responsibilities include:
       a) to ensure appointment of coordinating officer for NOTAM/ AIS by the
           license holder.
       b) reviewing the action of aerodrome license holder for notification to AIS
           of the licensing status of an aerodrome and for promulgation of
           aerodrome data by the AIS;
       c) reviewing any amendments to aerodrome manuals and notifying AIS of
           the changes to be made in the AIS publications, if applicable.

DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                               March 2009      Page 16 of 69

 3.    Safety audits

 3.1   These tasks and responsibilities include:
       a)   periodic or special on-site audits of the aerodrome safety management
            system including verification of the aerodrome, and data published in the
            AIP and inspection of the aerodrome facilities, equipment and operating
            procedures; and
       b)   review of the aerodrome operator’s daily audits and special safety audit
             reports and actions thereon.

       Note.— An aerodrome audit programme should operate on the principle that the
       aerodrome license holder’s internal audit programme is of primary importance and that
       the DGCA’s audits are conducted to review and evaluate that programme and, in
       addition, to independently check and verify the particulars of the aerodrome notified in
       the AIP, as well as the aerodrome operating procedures, safety measures, facilities and
       equipment.

3.2    Periodic inspections of the licensed aerodrome will be carried out as per the
       following programme to ensure that aerodrome license holders meet their
       obligations under the terms of the license and the requirements of the
       accepted/approved aerodrome manual.;
       For newly constructed                    once in 6 months
       International aerodrome                  till first renewal of license
       Exiting International aerodrome          Once in a year
       Other aerodromes                         Once in two year
       Note : Frequency can be reduced if circumstances so require.

       3.3   The tasks and responsibilities associated with periodic inspections
       are described in para 6.

4.     Other safety functions These tasks and responsibilities may include:

       a)     a first-hand evaluation of full-scale airport emergency exercises to identify
              problems and deficiencies;
       b)     the provision of guidance at the design and construction stages of aerodrome
              projects, particularly complex projects or where there is significant work that
              may impact compliance with the regulations;
       c)     final inspection of completed projects involving complex or significant work to
              identify problems or deficiencies that need to be corrected in order to comply
              with the requirements of the regulations; and
       d)     the organization of, and participation in, aerodrome safety seminars and other
              training programmes to promote a safety culture.

5.     Aerodrome standards These general tasks and responsibilities may include the
       following:
DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                         PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                     Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                             March 2009      Page 17 of 69

      a)     reviewing ICAO State letters on the subject related to the aerodromes,
             preparing responses thereto and taking action thereon;
      b)     developing and continuing to review the national standards and practices for
             aerodrome design, operation and maintenance, and engineering
             specifications;
      c)     developing and issuing rules, CAR, advisory circulars and guidance material
             relating to aerodrome standards and practices;
      d)     reviewing plans and designs for new aerodromes or the further development
             of, or modification to, existing aerodromes, submitted to the DGCA for
             approval, to ensure that the requirements of the ICAO SARPs and the State’s
             national regulations are complied with; and
      e)     advising the aerodrome inspectors, as required, on aerodrome standards
             and practices.
6.    The typical duties of an aerodrome inspector should include but not be limited to:
      a)     verification of the aerodrome data in the aerodrome manual including details of:
      b)     the location of the aerodrome;
      c)     the name and address of the aerodrome operator;
      d)     the movement area;
      e)     the runway declared distances available;
      f)     aeronautical ground lighting;
      g)     ground services; and
      h)     notices of special conditions and procedures, if any;

7.    On-site verification and audits of aerodrome operating procedures including:
      a.     the overall aerodrome safety management system;
      b.     the aerodrome emergency plan and periodic aerodrome emergency
             exercises;
      c.     rescue and fire-fighting
      d.     inspection and maintenance of aeronautical ground lighting;
      e.     promulgation of changes to published aerodrome information;
      f.     the prevention of unauthorized entry to the aerodrome, particularly the
             movement area and protection of the public against jet or propeller blast;
      g.     the operator’s daily inspection of the aerodrome;
      h.     the planning, aerodrome construction and maintenance work including
             compliance with construction safety requirements;
      i.     apron management and parking control;
      j.     the control of vehicles operating on or in the vicinity of the movement area;
      k.     wildlife hazard management;
      l.     the monitoring of obstacle limitation surfaces and notification;
      m.     the removal of disabled aircraft;
      n.     hazardous materials, including aviation fuel;
      o.     the protection of radar and navigational aids; and
      p.     low-visibility operations;

8.    On-site checking and testing of aerodrome facilities and equipment including:
DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                    PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                         March 2009     Page 18 of 69

      a.    the dimensions and surface conditions of runways, taxiways, stopways,
            runway end safety areas, runway and taxiway strips, shoulders and aprons;
      b.    aeronautical ground lighting systems including flight check records;
      c.    standby power;
      d.    landing direction indicators and wind direction indicators, aerodrome
            markings and markers;
      e.    guidance signs and warning signs in the movement area;
      f.    aerodrome maintenance equipment;
      g.    disabled aircraft removal plan;
      h.    wildlife control equipment;
      i.    the presence of obstacles in obstacle limitation surfaces;
      j.    runway visual range measuring equipment;
      k.    the presence of dangerous lights;
      l.    rescue and fire-fighting equipment;
      m.    fuelling facilities; and
      n.    runway surface friction measuring equipment;

9.    Examine and review flying assessments and aeronautical studies at aerodromes
10.   Any other work assigned by Director General.




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                             PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                 March 2009       Page 19 of 69

                              III.   AIR SAFETY DIRECTORATE
Air Safety Directorate at DGCA (Hqrs) is headed by Director Air Safety. The Director Air Safety
/DDG (Air Safety) reports directly to the DG.
The functions of the Air Safety Directorates are as under:-
 1.    Investigation of Civil Registered aircraft accidents:-
       a.    Under Rule 71 of Aircraft Rules 1937 the accident are investigated by Inspector of
             Accidents, appointed by Director General of Civil Aviation from Air Safety
             Directorate.
       b.    Under Rule 74 of Aircraft Rules 1937 the accident are investigated by Committees
             of Inquiry set up by the Central Govt. This Directorate is responsible for providing
             technical expertise to committees of inquiry.
       c.    Under Rule 75 of the Aircraft Rules 1937 the accident are investigated by Courts
             of Inquiry set up by the Central Govt. This Directorate is responsible for providing
             technical expertise to Courts of Inquiry.

 2.    Accident to foreign registered aircraft in India
       Under Rule 77 of the aircraft Rules the investigation will be carried out in any of the
       following manner.
       a.      Under Rule 71 of Aircraft Rules 1937 the accident are investigated by Inspector
               of Accidents appointed by Director General of Civil Aviation from Air Safety
               Directorate.
       b.      Under Rule 74 of Aircraft Rules 1937 the accident are investigated by
               Committees of Inquiry set up by the Central Govt. This Directorate is
               responsible for providing technical expertise to committees of inquiry.
       c.      Under Rule 75 of the Aircraft Rules 1937 the accident are investigated by Courts
               of Inquiry set up by the Central Govt. This Directorate is responsible for
               providing technical expertise to Courts of Inquiry.
       d.      Under Rule 77C the serious incident are investigated by the inquiry officer from
               Air Safety Directorate.
       e.      An accredited representative of country in which the aircraft is registered from
               country of manufacture/country of operator any other country which has
               special interest, may participate in the investigation, inquiry or formal
               investigation as the case may be. He may be accompanied by such technical
               advisor as consider necessary by the authority of the country by which
               he is appointed.
3.    Accident to Indian registered aircraft out side India
       The accredited representative from air safety directorate will be nominated by
       Director General of Civil Aviation who will participate in the investigation as
       per Annex 13. Air Safety Directorate will provided as and when required



DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0     Chapter 1
                                                               March 2009       Page 20 of 69

      information with respect to aircraft, crew and other details to the state of
      occurrence.
4.    Investigation of Civil Registered aircraft Incidents:
      a.     Under Rule 77C the serious incidents are investigated by the inquiry
             officer from Air Safety Directorate.
      b.     Incidents other than serious incidents are investigated by Permanent
             Investigation board of the Airlines under supervision of officer of the
             Regional Air Safety Offices.

5.    Accident/Incident Prevention work
      In addition to accident/investigation work Air Safety Directorate shall performs
      the following oversight functions:-
      a.     To carry out the Technical safety audit of airlines/operators.
      b.     To carry out safety audit of operations department of Airlines/
             operators.
      c.     To carry out in-flight Cabin inspections.
      d.     To carry out surveillance inspection of airlines/operators e.g., preflight
             medical check of crew, ramp inspection, load and trim check, FDTL etc.
      e.     To issue Civil Aviation Requirements, air safety circulars, publication of
             annual accident summary etc.
      f.     To monitor implementation of recommendations made by various
             courts, committees and inspector of accidents investigating aircraft
             accidents.
      g.     To monitor action taken reports on safety audits carried out on airlines
             and aviation agencies.
      h.     To coordinate implementation of measures to prevent bird strikes to
             aircraft at all airports.
      i.     Inspection of aerodromes and facilities therein.
      j.     To coordinate with the ICAO and other aviation agencies concerning
             safety.
      k.     To coordinate with the Ministry of Civil Aviation on various Technical
             issues including parliament matters.
      l.     To organize safety seminars/training courses.

6.    Any other work assigned by Director General:
7.    Regional Air Safety Offices:
      Air Safety offices are located at Delhi, Mumbai, Hyderabad, Kolkata and Chennai. The
      Delhi, Mumbai offices are headed by Director Air Safety and other offices are headed
      by Controller of Air Safety. All regional heads of air safety reports directly to Director
      Air Safety Hqrs/DDG (Air Safety). Regional Air Safety offices shall perform following
      functions:
DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                            PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0     Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009       Page 21 of 69

      a.     To carry out the investigation of incidents/accidents occurring of
             operators/airlines in their region.
      b.     To carry out the investigation of Ground incidents.
      c.     To carry out the investigation of air miss/Air Prox/ATC violations.
      d.     Participate in the operational area inspection, Airport security meeting,
             Aerodrome Environment Management Committee, Regional operator
             Committee meetings.
      e.     Monitoring of incidents of operators/airlines.
      f.     CVR/DFDR monitoring.
      g.     ATC Tape monitoring.
      h.     To carry out the airport inspections.
      i.     To carry out surveillance inspection of airlines/operators e,g, preflight medical
             check of crew, ramp inspection ,load and trim check, FDTL etc.
      j.     To participate in the safety audit of airlines/operators.
      k.     To report all occurrences in their region.
      l.     To carry out other surveillance work as directed by Hqs.

8.    Coordination of regional air safety offices with Air Safety Hqs.
      a.    Regional Offices shall coordinate with Hqrs. on all safety matters and report all
            occurrences to DAS/DDG (Air Safety) on daily basis by telephone/fax/E-Mail.
      b.    To forward headquarters every month the surveillance /accident prevention
            work carried out.
      c.    Coordination meeting between regional air safety offices and air safety
      d.    Hqrs. will be held every 3 months. During this meeting all the technical
      e.    and financial/administrative issues will be discussed pertaining to their
            region.




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                     Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                               March 2009       Page 22 of 69

                        IV.     AIR TRANSPORT DIRECTORATE
The Air Transport Services in the country are governed by the Rule 134 and Schedule XI of
Aircraft Rules 1937. Besides this, the Civil Aviation Requirements (CAR) Section 3 Series C
Part I to VI deals with the minimum requirements and procedures for issue/renewal of
Scheduled/      Non-Scheduled     Operator      Permit   in   different   categories    like
passenger/cargo/charter. The main functions and responsibilities of Air Transport-1 Section
are as follows:
1.     Issue/renewal of Scheduled/Non-Scheduled Operators Permit in passenger/cargo/
       charter categories including holding of the preparedness meeting before issue of
       permit.
2.     Issuance of permission for import/acquisition of aircraft to Scheduled/Non-Scheduled
       operators;
3.     Endorsement/deletion of the aircraft on the Operator’s Permit;
4.     Public complaints pertaining to the Scheduled Operators;
5.     Issues relating to the security clearance of the agencies seeking flight clearances and
       change in the Board of Directors of the Scheduled/Non-Scheduled Operators;
6.     Issuance of flight clearances to foreign registered aircrafts including VI Ps/tourist
       charter flights under ITP/cargo flights/ambulance flights, which are
       overflying/landing/technical landing to/across India. Issues flight clearances to Indian
       registered aircraft also operating outside the country for revenue/non-revenue
       purposes and clearances for the Ballooning flights;
7.     Processing the cases of foreign registered aircraft staying in India for more than 14
       days;
8.     Flight clearances in respect of cloud seeding operation and aerial survey etc;
       In order to deal with the above, the following procedure is followed:

       (A)     Issue of Scheduled/Non-Scheduled Operators Permit

       1.      Scrutiny of application for issue of Scheduled/Non-Scheduled Operators
               Permit (on receipt);
       2.      Respond to the Ministry’s query for import of commercial aircraft with the
               consent of DDG concerned after obtaining confirmation of type certificate
               acceptance by R&D Directorate;
       3.      Once the NOC from Ministry of Civil Aviation has been received, the same will
               be retained in Air Transport Directorate in the file already opened during the
               receipt of application;
       4.      In case Operations Manual has already been received, Air Transport
               Directorate will send a copy of Operations Manual each to :
               a)      Airworthiness Directorate (Headquarters)
               b)      Flight Inspection Directorate
               c)      Research & Development Directorate (Hqrs.)
               d)      Air Safety Directorate (Hqrs.)
               e)      Directorate of Regulations and Information
       5.      On hearing from the operator that they are ready for attending preparedness


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                          PART I
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                    Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                              March 2009      Page 23 of 69

               meeting, operator will be called with seven days notice period.
      6.       Coordinate for preparedness meeting and call the following Directorate for
               the same :-
               i. Flight Inspection Directorate
               ii. Airworthiness Directorate (Headquarters)
               iii. Airworthiness Directorate (Region of operation)
               iv Training and Licensing Directorate
               v. Air Safety Directorate
               vi. Research and Development Directorate
               vii. Directorate of Regulations & Information

      7.       Preparation of minutes of the meeting and circulation thereof;
      8.       Issue NOC for import of aircraft subject to the intended operator’s compliance
               to the minutes of the preparedness meeting.
      9.       On receipt of the documents as per checklist for issue of Scheduled/Non-
               Scheduled Operators Permit, prepare the file and documents for issue of
               permit.
      (B).     Renewal of Scheduled/Non-Scheduled Operators Permit
      The renewal of Scheduled/Non-Scheduled Operators Permit is considered on
      compliance of the provisions of the Civil Aviation Requirements as contained in CAR
      Section 3 Series C Part II to V.
      (C).     Flight clearances
      As regards to the non-scheduled flight clearances to foreign/Indian registered
      aircraft, there are Air Transport Circulars, which contains guidelines for operations
      duly approved by the Ministry of Civil Aviation. The requirements for the operation of
      non-scheduled flight by foreign registered aircraft are also contained in Aeronautical
      Information Publication India Volume 1 Section GEN published by Airports Authority
      of India.




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                               March 2009       Page 24 of 69

                    V.    FLIGHT INSPECTION DIRECTORATE (FID)
The Flight Inspection Directorate (FID) shall conduct regular Inspections and Surveillance of
Scheduled Airlines and their aircrew in particular to ensure effective implementation of
safety related Standards and Recommended Practices contained in the ICAO Annexes,
particularly Annex 6, and the relevant Rules, Regulations, Procedures and Requirements laid
down in Aircraft Rules, Civil Aviation Requirements, Aeronautical Information Circulars, AIP
India etc. In addition to above, the Continued Surveillance of various operational aspects of
operators is to be ensured by conducting various Inspections/Surveillance Checks regularly
viz. Cockpit En-route Inspection, Cabin Inspection, Ramp Inspection, Station Facility
Inspection and Proficiency Check etc. In addition to this, Simulator Evaluation and Main Base
Inspection etc. of the operators and Standardization/Proficiency Checks of their Training
Captains are to be conducted as per the requirements. The functions and responsibilities of
FID shall broadly include the following:
A. SAFETY OVERSIGHT FUNCTIONS:
      Development of Action Plan by Chief Flight Operations Inspector for Continued
       Surveillance of Airline Operators.
      Surveillance of operational aspects of Airline Operators and follow-up action thereof in
       accordance with the ‘Duties & Responsibilities of the Flight Operations Inspectors’
       laid down in Flight Operations Inspector’s Manual (Ref. ICAO Doc. 8335-AN/879,
       Chapter 9, Para 9.5 & Para 9.6).
      Random Checks of Pilots on their Proficiency & Skill.
      Periodical Inspection of Airline Operators, Shippers/Freight Forwarders and Cargo
       Terminals/Ware Houses at Airports with regard to transportation of carrying
       Dangerous Goods as per Civil Aviation Requirements.
B. TRAINING PROGRAMME OF AIRLINE OPERATORS
      Examination and scrutiny/approval of Training Programmes of Flight Crew on Multi-
       engine Aircraft (both Fixed Wing & Helicopters) for Scheduled/Non-scheduled and
       General Aviation Operators as per Standardized Check-list.
      Examination and scrutiny/approval of Training Programmes of Airline Operators for
       Specific Authorizations and Limitations (ETOPS, RNP, RVSM, R-NAV, CAT-II/III).
      Standardization of Flight Dispatchers’ Training Programme of Airline Operators.
      Standardization of Training Requirements to be followed by Airline Operators for
       their Foreign Pilots.
      Examination and acceptance/updating of Training Manuals of Airline Operators as
       per Civil Aviation Requirements as per Standardized Check-list.
      Development and/or revision of Specific Operating/Training regulations.
      Approval/Renewal of Simulator Training Institutes of Airlines Operators in India.

C. STANDARDIZATION OF TRAINING CAPTAINS
    Approval of Checks Pilots/Instructors/Examiners of Scheduled/Nonscheduled/
       General Aviation Operators (Fixed Wing & Helicopters) as per Civil Aviation
       Requirements (CAR).
    Standardization Checks of Training Captains – Check Pilots/ Instructors/ Examiners.


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                             PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                 March 2009       Page 25 of 69


D. EXAMINATION OF OPERATIONAL DOCUMENTS
        Review and update of Flight Operations Inspector’s Manual for Operations Inspection
         and Continued Surveillance as per ICAO Doc. 8335-AN/879.
        Examination/Review and Acceptance of Operations Manual of Airline Operators as
         per Civil Aviation Requirements as per Standardized Check-list.
     OTHER OPERATIONAL APPROVAL
        Approval of Flight Dispatchers as per Civil Aviation Requirements (Standardized
         check-list to be followed).
        Approval of Pilot’s/Operator’s Authorization for ILS CAT-II/III Operations as per Civil
         Aviation Requirements (Standardized Check-list to be followed).
        Approval of Standard Operating Procedures for operations to New Stations & Critical
         Airports i.e. Airports surrounded by Hilly/difficult Terrain (as per Standardized Check-
         list).
        Examination of Flight Trial Reports of Instrument Approach & Landing Procedures.
        Examination of Minimum Equipment List (MEL) from operational aspects in co-
         ordination with Directorate of Airworthiness.

F.       CERTIFICATION OF AIRLINE OPERATORS
         Participation in Meetings conducted by Air Transport Directorate for Certification of
         Airline Operators to ensure compliance of Operating Requirements as per the
         Standardized Check-list.
G.       EXAMINATION
        Standardization of written examination questions of Pilots’ Examination as per the
         requirements of CEO/Orders of Director General.
        Oral Examination of Foreign Pilots/Flight Dispatchers as per the Board constituted by
         DG.
H.       GENERAL
        All Flight Operations Inspectors / Chief Flight Operations Inspector shall maintain
         their personal files. The personal files shall contain information of their Technical
         Qualification/Training Courses.
        CFOI / FOIs shall keep a record of all Checks & Reports wherever they are nominated
         by the Director General as observer on board and record of Test Fees being realized
         in their individual capacity from the operators under Schedule-II of the Aircraft Rules,
         1937.
        Any other work assigned by Director General.

         Duties, Functions & Responsibilities of Officers in Flight Inspection Directorate (FID)
         The Duties, Functions & Responsibilities of Officers in Flight Inspection Directorate
         have been determined in accordance with the duties attached with the post (copy




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                               March 2009       Page 26 of 69

       placed below) and in accordance with power delegated to them under S.O. 726(E),
       S.O. 727(E) & S.O. 366.
  1.   Chief Flight Operations Inspector, Deputy Director General (in-charge of FID)
      Development of Action Plan for Flight Inspection programme by Flight Operations
       Inspectors for Continued Surveillance of Airline Operators and to ensure
       implementation of follow-up instructions issued by him/Director General of Civil
       Aviation.
      Standardization Checks of Training Captains – Check Pilots/Instructors/ Examiners
       to be conducted by CFOI.
       Acceptance of Operations Manual of Scheduled/Non-scheduled and General Aviation
       Operators as per Standard Check-list.
      Acceptance of Training Manual of Scheduled/Non-scheduled and General Aviation
       Operators including Standardization of Flight Dispatchers’ Training Programme as per
       Standard Check-list.
      Approval of Training Programmes of Airline Operators for Specific Authorizations and
       Limitations (ETOPS, RNP, RVSM, R-NAV, CATII/III).
      Approval of Flying Training Programme of Flight Crew on Multi-engine Aircraft (both
       Fixed Wing & Helicopter) for Scheduled/Non-scheduled and General Aviation
       Operators as per Standard Check-list.
      Development and/or revision of specific Operating/Training regulations – Issuance of
       CARs, AICs, Operations Circulars, Amendment to Aircraft Rules (Schedule II).
      Approval of Draft replies to Director General/VC Section on Parliamentary Matters,
       VIP References, RTI Act, 2005.
      Scrutiny of Training Records pertaining to approval of Examiners – Check
       Pilot/Instructor/Examiner of Scheduled/Non-scheduled/General Aviation Operators.
      Approval of Examiners of Scheduled/Non-scheduled/General Aviation on one time
       basis.
      Oral Examination of Indian Pilots under AIC 17 of 1994 as per the Board constituted
       by Director General.
      Oral Examination for approval of Flight Dispatchers by the Board constituted by
       Director General and their approval.
      Approval of Flight Dispatchers.
      Quarterly meeting with Airline Operators on important operational and training
       matters pertaining to Scheduled/ Non-scheduled/General Aviation (Fixed Wing &
       Helicopter) and updating Director General about the same.
      To liaise with Director (Training & Licensing) and Director (Air Safety) in all aspects
       specially pertaining to giving guidance on operational matters for Airline Operator.
      To liaise with Joint Director General In-charge of Training & Licensing and Joint
       Director General of Air Safety, specially pertaining to giving guidance on operational
       matters for Airline Operations.
      Approval of Pilot’s/Operator’s Authorization for ILS CAT-II/III Operations as per Civil
       Aviation Requirements (Standardized Check-list to be followed).
      Approval of Standard Operating Procedures for operations to New Stations & Critical
       Airports i.e. Airports surrounded by Hilly/difficult Terrain (as per Standardized Check-


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                            PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009       Page 27 of 69

       list).
      Participation in Meetings conducted by Air Transport Directorate for Certification of
       Airline Operators to ensure compliance of Operating Requirements as per the
       Standardized Check-list.
      Acceptance of Flight Trial Reports of Instrument Approach & Landing Procedures.
      Acceptance of Minimum Equipment List (MEL) from operational aspects in co-
       ordination with Directorate of Airworthiness.
      Chief Flight Operations Inspector shall maintain his personal files. The personal files
       shall contain information of their Technical Qualification/Training Courses.
      Chief Flight Operations Inspector shall keep a record of all Checks & Reports
       wherever he is nominated by the Director General as observer on board and record
       of Test Fees being realized in their individual capacity from the operators under
       Schedule-II of the Aircraft Rules, 1937.
      Any other work assigned by the Director General.
  2.   Flight Operations Inspectors

      To carry out Surveillance Checks of Airline Operators (Fixed Wing & Helicopters) and
       follow-up action thereof in accordance with the duties laid down in Flight Operations
       Inspector’s Manual.
      Examination and Scrutiny of Training Programme of Flight Crew on Multi-engine
       Aircraft (both Fixed Wing & Helicopters) for Scheduled/Non-scheduled and General
       Aviation Operators as per Standard Check-list.
      Periodical Inspections of Airlines Operators with regard to transportation of
       Dangerous Goods as per Civil Aviation Requirements and follow-up action thereon.
       Standard Check-list to be adopted.
      Development and/or revision of specific Operating/Training regulations – Issuance of
       CARs, AICs, Operations Circulars, Amendment to Aircraft Rules (Schedule II).
      Examination and scrutiny of Operations Manual as per Standard Check-list.
      Examination and scrutiny of Training Manual of Scheduled/Nonscheduled and
       General Aviation Operators including Standardization of Flight Dispatchers’ Training
       Programme as per Standard Check-list.
      Examination and scrutiny of Training Programmes of Airline Operators for Specific
       Authorizations and Limitations (ETOPS, RNP, RVSM, R - NAV, CAT-II/III).
      Examination and scrutiny of Flying Training Programme of Flight Crew on Multi-
       engine Aircraft (both Fixed Wing & Helicopter) for Scheduled/Non-scheduled and
       General Aviation Operators as per Standard Check-list.
      Examination and scrutiny of Training Programme of Airline Operators for Specific
       Authorization & Limitations.
      To carry out Initial Approval of all Simulators and thereafter give yearly certification
       of all Flight Simulators and check the compatibility of Simulators vis-à-vis the Aircraft
       being used by all Indian Operators before recommending their use to Chief Flight
       Operations Inspector/Director General of Civil Aviation.
       Review and update of Flight Operations Inspector’s Manual for Operations
       Inspection and Continued Surveillance as per ICAO Doc. 8335-AN/879.
      Examination of Training Records for Pilot’s/Operator’s Authorization for ILS CAT-II/III


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                               March 2009       Page 28 of 69

      Operations as per Civil Aviation Requirements (Standardized Check-list to be
      followed).
     Examination of Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for operations to New Stations
      & Critical Airports i.e. Airports surrounded by Hilly/difficult Terrain (as per
      Standardized Check-list).
     Participation in Meetings conducted by Air Transport Directorate for Certification of
      Airline Operators to ensure compliance of Operating Requirements as per the
      Standardized Check-list.
     Examination of Flight Trial Reports of Instrument Approach & Landing Procedures.
      Examination of Minimum Equipment List (MEL) from operational aspects.
     Flight Operations Inspectors shall maintain their personal files. The personal files shall
      contain information of their Technical Qualification/Training Courses.
     Flight Operations Inspectors shall keep a record of all Checks & Reports wherever
      they are nominated by the Director General as
     observer on board and record of Test Fees being realized in their individual capacity
      from the operators under Schedule-II of the Aircraft Rules, 1937.
     Any other work assigned by CFOI / Director General.


 3.   Deputy Director (Operations)

     Follow-up action on Surveillance Check Reports of Airline Operators.
     Examination of documents pertaining to approval of Check Pilots
      /Instructors/Examiners of Scheduled/Non-scheduled & General Aviation Operators.
     Development of Check-lists for examination of Operations/Training Manual,
      Specialized Operations etc. in consultation with FOI/CFOI.
     Examination and scrutiny of Annual Reports.
     Development and/or revision of specific Operating/Training regulations – Issuance of
      CARs, AICs, Operations Circulars, Amendment to Aircraft Rules (Schedule II).
     Coordinating activities pertaining to functioning of Flight Inspection Directorate with
      Airlines, Flight Operations Inspectors, Chief Flight Operations Inspector, Director
      General and other Directorates in DGCA.
     Examination/scrutiny of cases pertaining to approval of Examiners on one time basis.
     Preparation of Draft replies to CFOI on Parliamentary Matters, VIP References, RTI
      Act, 2005 for approval of Director General.
     Any other work assigned by Director General.

 4.   Assistant Director (Operations)

     Submission of Draft replies on follow-up action on Surveillance Check Reports of
      Airline Operators.
     Examination of documents pertaining to approval of Check Pilots/Instructors/
      Examiners of Scheduled/Non-scheduled & General Aviation Operators.
     Development of Check-lists for examination of Operations/Training Manual,
      Specialized Operations etc. in consultation with FOI/CFOI.


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                         PART I
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                             March 2009       Page 29 of 69

     Examination and scrutiny of Annual Reports.
     Development and/or revision of specific Operating/Training regulations
     Issuance of CARs, AICs, Operations Circulars, Amendment to Aircraft Rules (Schedule
      II).
     Coordinating activities pertaining to functioning of Flight Inspection Directorate with
      Airlines, Flight Operations Inspectors, Chief Flight Operations Inspector, Director
      General and other Directorates in DGCA.
     Examination/scrutiny of cases pertaining to approval of Examiners on one time basis.
     Preparation of Draft replies to Dy. Director (FID) / CFOI on Parliamentary Matters, VIP
      References, RTI Act, 2005 for approval of Director General.
     Any other work assigned by Director General.

 5.   Operations Officer

     Examination of cases pertaining to approval of Flight Dispatchers.
     Examination of matters pertaining to Oral Examination of Indian Pilots under AIC 17
      of 1994.
     Examination of Training Syllabus of individual Pilots for type endorsement/conversion
      on various Helicopter types.
     Examination of matters pertaining to approval of Examiners for Helicopter Operators
      on regular/one time basis.
     Development and/or revision of specific Operating/Training regulations
     Issuance of CARs, AICs, Operations Circulars, Amendment to Aircraft Rules (Schedule
      II).
     Upkeep of Operations/Training Documents of various Airline Operators.
 6.   Section Officer

     Maintenance of Records of Surveillance Check Reports/Main Base Inspections of
      Airline Operators.
     Processing      of    documents       pertaining    to     approval     of Check
      Pilots/Instructors/Examiners of Scheduled/Non-scheduled & General Aviation
      Operators.
     Submission of Draft Annual Report.
     Updating of website on list of Examiners of Scheduled/Non-scheduled and General
      Aviation Operators and Operations Circulars.
     Monitoring of Test Fees Records.
     Processing of cases pertaining to approval of Examiners on one time basis.
     Submission of Draft replies to CFOI on Parliamentary Matters, VIP References, RTI
      Act, 2005 for approval of Director General.
     Follow-up action
     Any other work assigned by Chief Flight Operations Inspector/Deputy Director
      (Operations).

  Note: Flight Operations Inspectors (Aeroplane) will be under the control of Chief Flight
      Operations Inspector/Deputy Director General In-charge of the Flight Inspection


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                         PART I
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                             March 2009      Page 30 of 69

      Directorate and assisting in the smooth functioning of the Flight Inspection
      Directorate.
      The above Officers will also carry out any other duties of Technical or Administrative
      nature assigned to them from time to time.




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                          PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                              March 2009       Page 31 of 69

               VI.   INFORMATION & REGULATIONS DIRECTORATE:
Preparation of brief/documentation and participation in the Bilateral Air Services
Agreements with foreign countries. (Bilateral Air Services Agreements have been signed with
100 countries).
1.     Clearance of schedules and any other operational matters pertaining to the foreign
       airlines. At present, 64 foreign airlines are operating to/from India.
2.      Preparation of draft notifications for amendment to the Aircraft Rules, 1937 and
       draft note for the Cabinet for amendment to the Aircraft Act, 1934.
3.     Discussions with the Ministry of Law and legal matters and vetting of the draft
       notifications.
4.     Grant of approval of the Dangerous Goods Training Programmes in accordance with
       the “Civil Aviation Requirement Section 3-Air Transport Series `L’ Part III dated
       04.10.2006.
5.     Permits of photography, arms and ammunition, dangerous goods etc:
       i) This office grants permission for photography/videography from the ground at the
            airports and aerial photography under rule 13 of Aircraft Rules, 1937.
       ii) This office grants permission for the carriage of arms and ammunitions, munitions
            of war etc. by air to/from/within India under rule 8 of the Aircraft Rules, 1937.
7.     In regard to International Civil Aviation Organisation, receives all correspondence from
       ICAO, disseminates decisions taken by ICAO to other aviation agencies and obtained
       comments for submission of India’s stand ICAO.
8.     Preparation of Annual Report after obtaining materials/activities from different
       directorate.
9.     In regard to AIS, functions like publication of Aeronautical Information Circulars and
       distribution of ICAO publications to concerned directorate of this office and other
       aviation agencies.
10.    Work related to library such as purchase of books, periodicals and Gazettes and
       accessioning, classification, cataloguing, distribution of books and periodicals.




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                              PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                   March 2009       Page 32 of 69

                   VII. RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT DIRECTORATE
(A)    Laboratories:
       The Research and Development Directorate has the following Laboratories:
       1.    Flight Recorder Lab
       2.    Material Testing Lab
       3.    Failure Analysis Lab
       4.    Physical and Chemical Lab

(B)    Design Section/ Type Certification (Head Quarter)
(C)    Design Section/ Type Certification (Bangalore Sub-Office)
Functions of Laboratories
A. 1. Flight Recorder Laboratory:
This lab is engaged in analysis of data derived from randomly selected CVRs and FDRs for
the purpose of monitoring crew performance and integrity of data recording. In addition
to this, CVR and FDR of aircraft involved in accident/incident are also analyzed to
determine any handling problem associated with the accident/incident. This lab also
provide assistance to operators in downloading, decoding and analyzing of any type of
flight recorder with using dedicated tools (in form of software and hardware).
A.2. Material testing Laboratory:
This lab is engaged in the development and approval of indigenous aeronautical materials for
construction of light aircraft and gliders. This includes materials like aircraft fabric, furnishing
materials, rubber seals etc. In addition; this lab is engaged in calibration of torque meter and
tensiometer etc.
A.3. Failure Analysis Laboratory:
This lab is engaged in the area of promoting air safety by analyzing the failed component of
aircraft/helicopter involved in accident/ incident to find out the probable cause of failure and
also suggesting the remedial measures.
A.4. Physical and Chemical Laboratory:
This lab is engaged in testing of randomly selected samples of Aviation Turbine fuel and also
fuel samples for VVIP flights for quality control, testing of fuel and oil samples of aircraft
involved in accident/incident and commissioning of new fuel tanks.
(B) Design/ Type Certification: Functions/ Responsibilities at HQ
B.1.   Issue/ Validation of Type Certificate (TC) of Aeronautical product
       (Aircraft, engine and propeller):
       Application for issue/ revalidation of Type Certificate is to be submitted in the forms
as given in Annexure I (for aircraft) and Annexure II (for rotorcraft) of Civil Aviation
Requirements (CAR), section 2, series 'F', part II, in duplicate along with fees (as per Aircraft
Rule 62), to the Directorate of Research & Development of DGCA.



DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                            PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009       Page 33 of 69

        It is essential that the designer of the product consults the DGCA prior to
commencement of design activity to ensure that the design of aircraft/ helicopter/ engine/
propeller he intends to design conforms to airworthiness code of Federal Aviation
Regulations of FAA/ Certification Standards of EASA or to that design code acceptable by the
DGCA. For this purpose, the applicant shall furnish the type design record, duly approved by
the Chief Designer to prove that the design complies with the relevant airworthiness design
requirements. R&D Directorate scrutinizes drawings and specifications, various reports on
analysis and tests undertaken to substantiate compliance with the applicable requirements,
compliance documents, etc. Special conditions are imposed by the DGCA to provide
additional safety standards and to cover novel and unusual design features and high
intensity radiated field effects (HIRF). Additionally, the aircraft has to meet noise and engine
emission standards prescribed in ICAO Annex-16 or equivalent standards as of date.
Concurrently the applicant is required to get his design organisation approved by the R&D
Dte., as per CAR 21, Subpart JA.
       It should be possible to issue a Type Certificate in 3 to 5 years depending on the type
of the product, provided the required design reports, test reports and compliance
documents have been submitted and the applicable design standard has been complied
with, up to the satisfaction of DGCA.
B.2.   Issue of Type Approval of Aircraft parts and appliances:
       Application for issue of Type Approval is to be submitted in the form as given in
Annexure - I of Civil Aviation Requirements (CAR) Section-2, Series 'X', Part IX, in duplicate
along with fees (as per Aircraft rule 62) to the Directorate of Research & Development
(DR&D) of the DGCA. The process begins when the designer / manufacturer of a new aircraft
/ helicopter components, systems, equipment etc., submits an application (along with
required drawings, documents and fees) to the DR&D. After receiving the same, it is ensured
that the organisation has design organisation approval from the DGCA as per CAR 21,
subpart JB.
       Once it is ensured that the design and analysis reports, drawings, etc. are in order
and meet necessary requirements as stipulated by DR&D, clearance may be given to the
designer/ manufacturer to carry out type tests on the parts/ appliances. These tests are
witnessed by R&D representatives. After the type tests are carried out successfully and
DGCA is fully satisfied in regard to the parts/ appliances and the manuals submitted by the
applicant, type approval in respect of the parts / appliances may be issued to the designer/
manufacturer by the DGCA.
        It should be possible to issue a Type Approval in 1 year depending on the type of the
parts/ appliances, provided required test reports, compliance documents and manuals have
been submitted and the applicable standard has been complied with, up to the satisfaction
of DGCA.
B.3.   Acceptance of Type Certificate issued by Foreign CAA for operation in India:
       The aircraft Type Certified by foreign Civil Aviation Authority (FAA/ EASA) is accepted
by DGCA for operation in India. The applicant is required to submit an application specifying
the type of operation, he intends to carry out, along with copy of Type Certificate, Type


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                            PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                 March 2009      Page 34 of 69

Certificate Data Sheet, approved Aircraft Flight Manual, safety records, list of Service
Bulletins and Airworthiness Directives, reports on equivalent level of safety findings (ELOS),
reports of special conditions and exemptions and compliance status of the aircraft as per
ICAO Annex-6 (Operating Limitations).
       It should be possible to issue a Type Acceptance in 2 to 3 months depending on the
type of the aircraft, provided required reports as mentioned above have been submitted and
the applicable standard has been complied with, up to the satisfaction of DGCA.
B.4.   Approval of Design Organisation:
        Rule 133B of the Aircraft Rules, 1937 stipulates that organisations engaged in design
and manufacture of aircraft, aircraft components and items of equipment including
materials, forgings, castings and standard parts shall be approved by the Director General of
Civil Aviation. DGCA may, on request and being satisfied, approve an organisation to operate
under the system of approval. On receipt of completed application form (CA-182E) and its
scrutiny by DGCA, a preliminary meeting will be convened with the applicant to get
familiarized with the organisation. The organisation will be appraised of the various
requirements of DGCA and the documents required to be submitted, including compliance
against various paragraphs of CAR-21 .The design organization prepares and submits Design
Organisation Manual (DOM) as per applicable subpart of CAR 21. On scrutiny of the
submitted documents if the applicant is found to meet the requirements, a team of experts
from DGCA will visit and inspect the organisation to confirm that the applicant has
established the required capability. The DGCA team during its course of visit shall satisfy that
the organisation can satisfactorily accomplish the work relevant to the proposed scope of
work. Subject to the satisfactory report made by the DGCA team, the organisation may be
authorized to undertake the work and issue 'design/analysis/test report' in respect of the
product. The organisation shall be approved and the scope of work will be defined. The
validity of approval is for one year and renewed subsequently.
        It should be possible to grant Design Organisation Approval in 6 months depending
on the type of design organization and scope of work, provided required manuals and
documents have been submitted and the applicable requirements have been complied with, up to
the satisfaction of DGCA.
B.5. Approval of aircraft/ aircraft part modifications:
         Many alterations that are commonly called major alterations are in reality major
design changes and require a supplemental type certificate. Major changes to the type
design are those which might appreciably affect mass, balance, structural strength,
reliability, operational characteristics, or other characteristics affecting the airworthiness of
the product. Major changes to Type Design require engineering approval and should be
referred to the R&D Dte. of DGCA. For the approval of major
alterations/modifications/repairs, the applicant shall submit an application to the R&D Dte
along with applicable fees. He also has to submit design, load, stress analysis reports,
drawings, etc., which are required to be scrutinized.
       On satisfactory completion of required tests, compliance document against
applicable airworthiness requirements is prepared by the applicant and submitted to the


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                          PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                              March 2009       Page 35 of 69

R&D Dte. Specifications, manuals, operating limitations, continued airworthiness instructions
are prepared by the applicant and submitted to the DGCA. On satisfaction of DGCA, approval
may be issued to major alterations/ modifications/ repairs specifying operating limitations
and other conditions.
        It should be possible to approve modification in 6 to 8 months depending on the type
of modification to be carried out, provided required test reports and updated manuals have
been submitted and the applicable requirements have been complied with, up to the
satisfaction of DGCA.
Functions/ Responsibilities at Bangalore Regional-Office
         The R&D office at Bangalore was established in 1995 to look after Type Certification
activities of Advanced Light Helicopter (at HAL), Hansa 3 & SARAS aircraft (at NAL) and other
civil aircraft related activities of the sub region.
Type Certification Activities at Bangalore
The following functions are the functions of this office:
i)     Design Organization Approval in accordance with CAR 21, Subpart JB & JA.
ii)    Scrutiny and acceptance/approval of the Qualification test schedules of he parts in
       line with Internationally followed practice.
iii)   Witnessing of the Qualification tests to ensure the adherence to the Qualification test
       program.
iv)    Scrutiny of the compliance against the applicable Airworthiness Standards.
v)     Performing conformity inspection of aircraft / aircraft parts indigenously produced in
       the country.
vi)    Co-ordination with HQs in granting approvals/ certification etc.




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                               March 2009      Page 36 of 69



      VIII. TRAINING & LICENSING DIRECTORATE (INCLUDING FG & TRAINING)
Licensing 1 Section:
1.      Policy pertaining to renewal of licenses of aircrew personnel.
2.      Renewal of all aircrew licenses including disposal of general enquiries pertaining to
        renewals.
3.      Grant of extension of aircraft rating to include additional types of aeroplanes, open
        rating, Night Rating etc. and Pilot-in-Command endorsement on various type of
        aircraft.
4.      Cases relating to accidents and infringement of rules by licensed aircrew personnel and
        disciplinary action against them.
5.      Parliamentary question and matters pertaining to unemployed aircrew personnel.
6.      Budget and accounts including Advance Deposit account. Maintenance of Advance
        Deposit and Revenue registers.
7.      Maintenance of cards of aircrew personnel and personnel returns received from
        different airlines operators.
8.      Proficiency checks, their checking and posting.
9.      Posting of type endorsements and renewal intimations of aircrew licenses received
        from the Regional Directors, Calcutta/ Bombay / New Delhi/ Madras.
10.     Maintenance of Registers for various types of licenses giving records of renewals of
        aircrew lincenses.
11.     Maintenance of registers for type rating, PIC endorsements, and infringement of Rules
        / Accidents etc.
12.     Endorsement of medical restrictions on licenses and R/cards.
13.     Compliance of material for six monthly and yearly progress reports of Civil Aviation.
14.     Compliance of History of Pilots consequent upon accident.
15.     Checking of Log Books with a view to detecting infringement of Rule 42A of Indian
        Aircraft Rules, 1937.
16.     Amendment to Indian Aircraft Rules, 1937.
17.     VVIP flights – Proficiency checks of flight crew.
18.     Delegation of Powers relating to renewal of licenses.

Licensing-II Section

1.       Issue of aircrew licenses/ratings of the categories shown below including disposal of
         general of particular enquiries pertaining to issue of license:
        a. Student Pilot’s License (Aeroplanes, Helicopters, Gliders and Balloons)
        b. Private Pilot’s License (Aeroplanes); Commercial Pilot’s License;
        c. Airline Transport Pilot’s License;
        d. Instrument Rating
        e. Assistant flight Instructor’s Rating (Aeroplanes); F
        f. light Instructor’s Rating (Aeroplanes);
        g. Flight Instructor’s Rating (Gliders) Glider Pilot’s License;



DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                               March 2009       Page 37 of 69

      h. Private Helicopter Pilot’s License; Commercial Helicopter
      i. Pilot’s License; Student Navigator’s License;
      j. Flight Navigator’s License;
      k. Flight Radio Telephone operator’s License;
      l. light Radio Telephony Operator’s License;
      m. Private Pilot’s License (Balloons)
2.      Revalidation of foreign license.
3.          Conversion of foreign licenses into Indian Licenses in their corresponding
        categories.
4.      Policy matters regarding the issue of Indian and Foreign aircrew licenses.
5.      Amendments to Licensing Rules.
6.      Delegating of powers in respect of Licensing rules.
7.      Exemption from Aircraft Rules for the issue of Indian Licenses.
8.      Policy matters pertaining to conducting medical examination and their assessment.
9.      Disposal of medical reports pertaining to the issue and renewal of aircrew licenses
        and correspondence connected therewith.
10.     Parliament Questions relating to issue of aircrew licenses.
11.     Budget for expenditure to be incurred for items pertaining to L-2 Section.

Training Section:

1.      Budget: allotment of funds etc. under capital Grant for Gliding Centre and
       appropriation of Accounts, Liabilities Returns, Expenditure Returns etc. Preparation
       of Brief for P.A.C. on Budget matters.
2.     Budget: Allotment of funds etc. under Revenue Grant for Govt. Gliding Centre and
       appropriation of accounts preparation of Brief for P.A.C. on the Budget matters.
3.     Training of Gliding Instructions and Winch Operators and their approval for
       appointment in Gliding Clubs.
4.     Five-Year Plans.
5.     Foreign Exchange Budget.
6.      Miscellaneous subjects on the general queries on glider training and approval of
       appointment of Gliding Instructors and Gliding Instructor-in-Charge by Gliding Clubs /
       Wing.
7.     Approval of Chief Flight Instructors / AFI / Instructor-in-Charge / Honorary instructors
       and patter Flying for employment in lying Club.
8.     Matters relating to other International Organization / Aero Club of India and other
       Committees / Conferences.
9.     Allotment and loan of Gliders / Gliding equipment to Flying and Gliding Clubs from
       Central Govt. / N.C.C.
10.    Audit Objections, Reconciliation of accounts.
11.    Brief for President Address in both the Houses of Parliament on the eve of Budget
       Session, Consultative Committee of Parliament, attached to the Ministry of Tourism
       & Civil Aviation.
12.    Matters relating to I.C.A.O. / various Annual reports to I & R Section.
13.    Allotment of Aircraft to various Flying Clubs on loans basis.


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                         PART I
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                             March 2009       Page 38 of 69

14.   Maintenance of aircraft with the flying clubs in purview of the Penalty clause.
15.   Monthly aircraft returns from various flying clubs and preparation of various reports
      connected with that.
16.   Fixation of Insurance Value of the aircraft.
17.   Periodical and other miscellaneous returns to AVU / O&M / E-II / GC /Hindi and R & I
      etc. relating to section Administration.
18.   Release of Foreign Exchange for studies abroad.
19.   Recovery of Cost and Overhaul / Repair of aircraft loan to various Flying Clubs.
20.    FOREIGN NATIONALS: Training under Colombo Plan / ITEC / Programme etc. and
      clearance from Intelligence authorities (Clubs / Gliding Centres) at (Civil Aviation
      Training Centre) and other Centres of Training.
21.   Sanction of estimates received from AI Directorate and disposal of surplus stores at
      Subordinate Offices
22.   Sanction of Estimates for purchase of equipment under maintenance grant of Gliding
      Centres (Government).
23.   Delegation of Financial Powers and General Instructions regarding.
24.   Administrative matters relating to G.C. Pune.
25.   Accident to aircraft & Gliders – Write Off and recovery of Insurable value thereof.
26.   Purchase of Aircraft / Gliders and purchase of equipment under Capital Grant &
      Manufacture of Indigenous equipment for Gliding Centres.

FG Section

1.     Opening of Flying and Gliding Clubs – their Administration, functioning and inclusion
      in the subsidy scheme.
2.     Approval of constitution and bye-laws of clubs.
3.     Allotment of Flying hours / launches to Clubs.
4.     Execution & Enforcement of subsidy Agreement with Flying and Gliding Clubs.
5.     Sanction and payment of Flying Subvention to Clubs.
6.     Approval of Chief Engineer for Flying Clubs & Gliding Clubs.
7.     Scrutiny of Accounts of Clubs – General Supervision and control over the activities of
      Flying / Gliding Clubs with a view to ensuring proper utilization of Government
      grants.
8.     Inspection of Flying / Gliding Clubs by Accounts Officer.
9.     Audit Inspection of Clubs by Accountant General of respective States.
10.    Matters relating to confessional flying training including N.C.C. training at Flying &
      Gliding Clubs.
11.    Contribution / withdrawals from Accident, Reserve Fund / and renewal of FERs
      pertaining thereto.
12.    Managing Committee Meetings of Clubs.
13.    Activity Report of Flying / Gliding Clubs (CA-82).
14.    All financial matters and Budget pertaining to Flying / Gliding Clubs.
15.    Rates of fees etc. chargeable by Clubs.
16.   Administrative matters relating to Aero Club of India, Ballooning Club of India,
      Federation of Aeronautique Internationals, All India Aeronautical Association and


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                       PART I
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                     Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                           March 2009      Page 39 of 69

      Skydiving.
17.   Air Rallies, Championships and conferences organized by Clubs.
18.   Parliament Questions relating to Flying & Gliding Clubs.
19.   Standard Rules regarding services conditions of the employees of Flying and Gliding
      Clubs.
20.   Payment of Scholarship and Stipends to the SC/ST candidates selected under Free
      Flying Scholarship Scheme.
21.   Miscellaneous work relating to above subjects.




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                                 PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                             Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                  March 2009        Page 40 of 69

                                                                                 APPENDIX - III

                                     The Gazette of India
                                       EXTRAORDINARY
                              Part II – Section 3 – Sub-section (ii)
                                PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY
                     [NO.504] NEW DELHI, THURSDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1994
                        MINISTRY OF CIVIL AVIATION AND TOURISM
                                     NOTIFICATION

                              New Delhi, the 4th October, 1994
S.O. 726 (E) – In pursuance of sub-rule (2) of rule 3A of the Aircraft Rules, 1937, and in
supersession of the notification of the Government of India in the Ministry of Tourism and
Civil Aviation No.S.O.3562, dated the 29th September, 1976, except as respects things done
or omitted to be done before such supersession, the Central Government hereby authorizes
the officers specified in column (1) of the First Schedule annexure hereto to exercise such of
the powers of the Director General of Civil Aviation (more specifically described in the
Second Schedule annexed hereto)as are specified in the corresponding entries in column (2)
of the said First Schedule.
                                       FIRST SCHEDULE

                                                           Powers in the Second Schedule to be
             Designation of the Officer
                                                                        exercised
Joint Director General of Civil Aviation (except Joint    All
Director General of Civil Aviation Research &
Development )
Deputy Director General of Civil Aviation (except         1, 2(b) to 5, 7, 12, 13, 15 to 37, 39 to
Deputy Director General of Civil Aviation Research &      83
Development)
Chief Flight Operations Inspector                         1, 1A, 7 to 9, 63, 74, 75(b)
                                                          1, 2(b) to 5, 7, 12, 13, 15 to 37, 39 to
Director of Airworthiness (Headquarters)                  42, 47, 48, 50, 51, 53 to 56, 58, 59, 64
                                                          to 73, 76 to 83
                                                          4, 16, 18 to 34, 36, 37, 39 to 42, 47,
Director of Airworthiness (Region)                        48, 50, 51, 54, 58, 64 to 70, 73, 76 to
                                                          82
                                                          2 to 4, 16 to 21, 26 to 34, 36, 37, 39 to
Deputy Director of Airworthiness (Headquarters)
                                                          42, 50, 53 to 56, 65 to 70, 79 to 82
                                                          4, 16, 18, 21, 22, 25 to 28, 30, 34, 37,
Controller of Airworthiness                               39 to 41, 50, 51, 58, 65, 70, 77,79 to
                                                          82



DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                            PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009       Page 41 of 69

                                                         4,17,18 (Restricted to aircraft with all
Senior Airworthiness Officer (Headquarters)              up-weight up to 15,000 kgs.) 20, 21,
                                                         26, 37, 39, 70, 79, 82
                                                         4, 18 (Restricted to aircraft with all-up
Senior Airworthiness Officer (In charge of
                                                         weight up to 15,000 kgs.), 21, 26, 37,
Airworthiness Office)
                                                         39, 70, 79, 82
                                                         4, 18 (Restricted to aircraft with all-up
Senior Airworthiness Officer (Region)                    weight up to 15,000 kgs.),, 26 to 28,
                                                         37, 39, 70, 82
                                                         4, 18 (Restricted to aircraft with all-
Airworthiness Officer (In charge of Airworthiness
                                                         up weight up to 2,000 kgs.), 26 to 28,
Office)
                                                         37, 39, 70, 82
                                                         4, 18 (Restricted to aircraft with all-up
Airworthiness Officer                                    weight up to 2,000 kgs.), 26, 37, 70,
                                                         82
Joint Director General of Civil Aviation (Research &     10 to 12, 15 to 17, 30, 31, 41, 47, 48,
Development)                                             51
Deputy Director General of Civil Aviation (Research      10 to 13, 15 to 17, 30, 31, 41, 47,
& Development)                                           48,51
Director of Research & Development                       16, 17, 30, 31, 51
Deputy Director of Research & Development                16, 17, 30, 31, 51
Director of Air Safety                                   51, 52, 70
Deputy Director of Air Safety                            51, 52, 70
Regional Controller of Air Safety                        51, 52, 70
Assistant Director of Air Safety                         51, 70
Senior Air Safety Officer                                51,70
Air Safety Officer                                       51,70
Director of Training & Licensing                         7, 75
Director of Regulations & Information                    74
Deputy Director of Air Transport                         74
Commissioner of Security (Civil Aviation)                60
Additional Commissioner of Security (Civil Aviation)     60
Deputy Commissioner of Security (Civil Aviation)         60
Chairman Airports Authority of India and officers of     61
Airports Authority of India authorised by the
Chairman.


(a)     Amended vide S.O.1095 dated 25th May, 1998
(b)     Inserted vide S.O.366 dated 20th January, 2003




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                          PART I
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                              March 2009       Page 42 of 69

                                    SECOND SCHEDULE
 S.No.      Rule by which power                            Nature of Power
                 conferred

                                         GENERAL
1.       Rule 7B                         To specify cockpit check and emergency check in
                                         respect of an aircraft registered in India.
1A.      Rule 6C(b)                      To specify flights for testing and other non-revenue
                                         special purposes.
2.       Sub-rule (2)(i) of rule 15      To specify minimum design requirements for
                                         microlight Aircraft.
3.       Sub-rule (2)(ii) of rule 15     To issue and renew permit to fly in respect of a
                                         microlight aircraft.
4.       Sub-rule (2) (ii) of rule 15    To renew Permit to Fly in respect of a micro light
                                         aircraft.
                                  REGISTRATION OF AIRCRAFT
5.       Sub-rule (2)(a) and (2) (b) of To specify the form and manner of
         rule 37                         affixing Nationality and Registration
                                         marks.
                                   PERSONNEL OF AIRCRAFT
6.       First proviso to rule 41        To exempt certain personnel of Indian Air Force, Air
                                         Operational Wing of Indian Army or Indian Navy
                                         from flying tests and medical and other technical
                                         examinations for the issue of Private Pilot’s Licence,
                                         Commercial Pilot’s Licence and Glider Pilot’s
                                         Licence.
7.       Sub-rule (1) of rule 41A     To conduct examinations specified in Schedule II, to
                                      fix examination centres to appoint invigilators and
                                      lay down procedures thereof
8.       Sub-rule (2) of rule 41A     To appoint Examiners for carrying out flying tests
                                      and technical examinations required under
                                      Schedule II
9.       Sub-rule (3) of rule 41A     To approve check pilots and examiners for carrying
                                      out proficiency checks in individual cases on a one-
                                      time basis.
              AIRWORTHINESS AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS
10.      Sub-rule (1) of rule 49 and  To direct that there shall be a Type Certificate for
         49A                          aircraft, aircraft component or item of equipment
                                      designed, manufactured, sold or distributed in India
                                      as a pre-requisite for issue, renewal or continued
                                      validity of Certificate of Airworthiness of an Aircraft.
11.      Sub-rule (3) of rule 49 and To issue or validate Type Certificate and to specify
         Sub-rule (2) of rule 49A and documents and other evidence necessary for the


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                          PART I
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                              March 2009        Page 43 of 69

         rule 49B                        purpose
12.      Proviso to rule 49B             To exempt an aircraft, aircraft component, or item
                                         of equipment form the provision of this rule.
13.      Rule 49C                        To group Type Certificates whether issued or
                                         validated in one or more categories.

14.      Rule 49D                        To cancel Type Certificate of an aircraft, aircraft
                                         component or item of equipment which has been
                                         issued or validated
15.      Rule 49D                        To suspend or endorse Type Certificate of an
                                         aircraft, aircraft component or item of equipment
                                         which has been issued or validated.
16.      Rule 49D                        To require incorporation of any modification in
                                         aircraft, aircraft component or item of equipment
                                         as a condition for continued validity of Type
                                         Certificate which has been issued or validated.


17.      Sub-rule (2) & (3) of rule 50   To issue, renew or validate Certificate of
                                         Airworthiness in respect of an aircraft and to
                                         specify documents or other evidence or technical
                                         data for the purpose.
18.      Sub-rule (2) of rules 50        To renew Certificate of Airworthiness in respect of
                                         an aircraft and to specify documents and other
                                         evidence for the purpose.


19.      Sub-rule (4) of rule 50         To issue, renew or validate Certificate of
                                         Airworthiness of an aircraft in one or more
                                         categories.
20.      Sub-rule (5) of rule 50         To specify the period of validity of Certificate of
                                         Airworthiness of an aircraft.
21.      Sub-rule (5) of rule 50         To authorise person to inspect an aircraft.
22.      Sub-rule (5) of rule 50         To require aircraft to be tested in flight.
23.      Sub-rule (1) of rule 50A        To specify conditions in respect of Certificate of
                                         Airworthiness of a particular type of class or
                                         aircraft.
24.      Sub-rule (1) of rule 50A        To specify standards in respect of Certificate of
                                         Airworthiness of a particular type or class of aircraft
25.      Sub-rule (2) of rule 50A        To require modification to be incorporated in an
                                         aircraft, its component or item of equipment for the
                                         Certificate of Airworthiness of aircraft remaining in
                                         force.
26.      Sub-rule (2) of rule 50A        To require repairs to be carried out on any aircraft,
                                         its component or item of equipment or to require



DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                          PART I
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                              March 2009       Page 44 of 69

                                         replacement of any component or item of
                                         equipment of an aircraft for the Certificate of
                                         Airworthiness of the aircraft remaining in force.
27.      Sub-rule (2) of rule 50A        To require any inspection to be carried out on an
                                         aircraft, aircraft component or item of equipment
                                         for Certificate of Airworthiness of aircraft remaining
                                         in force.
28.      Sub-rule (2) of rule 50A        To require overhaul of an aircraft, its component or
                                         item of equipment for Certificate of Airworthiness
                                         of Aircraft remaining in force.
29.      Rule 51                         To endorse the Certificate of Airworthiness for
                                         carriage of Flight Manual.
30.      Sub-rule (3) of rule 52         To approve modification in respect of an aircraft,
                                         aircraft component or item of equipment and to
                                         specify evidence for the same.
31.      Sub-rule (3) of rule 52         To approve repair schemes in respect of an aircraft,
                                         aircraft component or item of equipment and to
                                         specify evidence for the same.
32.     Sub-rule 5(a) & 5(b) of rule 52 To specify manner of certification required after
                                         major damage or major defect has been rectified
33.      Sub-rule (6) & (7) of rule 52 To specify form, manner or distribution and
                                         preservation of the Certificate issued after an
                                         aircraft, component or item of equipment has been
                                         modified or repaired and to specify or approve
                                         instructions for the purpose.
34.      Sub-rule (1) of rule 53         To specify persons, licensed/approved/ authorised,
                                         responsible for inspection and certification.
35.      Sub-rule (3) of rule 53         To exempt person or class of persons from the
                                         proviso to Rule 53 either wholly or partly.
36.      Rule 53A                        To specify form & manner, distribution and
                                         preservation of the copies of Certificates required
                                         to be issued for manufacture and distribution of
                                         aircraft, aircraft components and item of
                                         equipment or any other material used or intended
                                         to be used in an aircraft.
37.      Sub-rule (2) Clause (a) of      To suspend a Certificate of Airworthiness.
         rule 55
38.      Sub-rule (2) Clause (a) of rule To cancel Certificate of Airworthiness.
         55
39.      Sub-rule (2) Clause (b) of      To specify that an aircraft, aircraft component or
         rule 55                         item of equipment should undergo modification,
                                         repair, replacement, overhaul, inspection including
                                         Flight Tests under supervision of an approved
                                         person as a condition of Certificate of Airworthiness



DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                         PART I
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                             March 2009       Page 45 of 69

                                       remaining in force.
40.      Sub-rule (4) Clause (a) of    To permit ferry flights without passenger of an
         rule 55                       aircraft when Certificate of Airworthiness is
                                       suspended or deemed to be suspended.
41.      Sub-rule (4) Clause (b) of To authorise flights for the purpose of experiment
         rule 55                       or tests.
42.      Sub-rule (4) Clause (c) of To authorise flights where safety or succor of
         rule 55                       persons or aircraft is involved
43.      Sub-rule (4) Clause (d) of To authorise flights for special purposes.
         rule 55
44.      Sub-rule (5) of rule 55       To exempt Aircraft from operation of rule 55.
45.      Sub-rule (a) rule 56          To recognize the requirements of contracting states
                                       for the purpose of
                                       requirements of Rule 56.
46.      Sub-rule (b) rule 56          To recognize the qualification of person of Non-
                                       contracting states for certification of required
                                       under rule 56.
47.      Sub-rule (1) & (2) of rule 57 To specify and approve the installation of
                                       instrument and equipment of any other special
                                       equipment for an aircraft including radio apparatus.
48.      Sub-rule (1) & (2) of rule 58 To specify maximum permissible weight,
                                       corresponding centre of gravity limits condition for
                                       weighting of aircraft and display of winter schedule,
                                       load and loadsheets.
49.      Proviso to rule 58            To exempt an aircraft form the operation of rule 58.
50.      Sub-rule (1) of rule 59       To specify manner of reporting major defect or
                                       major damage
51.      Sub-rule (2) of rule 59       To require delivery of defective aircraft components
                                       or parts to any person or organisation.
52.      Sub-rule (1) of rule 59A      To prohibit from flight any foreign aircraft which
                                       sustains any major damage or in which any major
                                       defect found
53.      Sub-rule (4) of rule 59A      To permit flights of any foreign aircraft which has
                                       suffered major damage and to impose conditions
                                       therefore.
54.      Sub-rule (2)(a) and (2)(b) of To specify conditions and standards for
         rule 60                       maintenance for any aircraft company or item of
                                       equipment.
55.      Sub-rule (3) & (4) of rule 60 To specify maintenance requirements, personnel
                                       for certifying maintenance and contents, form,
                                       period of validity and disposition, preservation of
                                       the Certificate required under rule 60.
56.      Sub-rule (5) of rule 60       To approve deficiency list in respect of an aircraft or
                                       class of aircraft


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                         PART I
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                             March 2009       Page 46 of 69

57.      Proviso to rule 60              To exempt an aircraft from the operation of rule 60.
                                        LOG BOOKS
58.      Sub-rule (2) of rule 67         To require technical log or flight log to be provided
                                         in respect of an aircraft and to specify its methods
                                         of maintenance.
59.      Sub-rule (3) of rule 67         To specify type of log books, their contents and
                                         entries and manner of certification of log books and
                                         their period of preservation.
                                      AERODROMES
60.      Rule 78A                        To permit entry into Government aerodromes
                                  REGULATORY PROVISIONS
61.      Rule 133A                       To issue Notices to Airmen (NOTAMS) and
                                         Aeronautical Information Publication.
62.      Rule 133A                       To issue notices to Aircraft owners and
                                         Maintenance engineers.
63.      Rule 133A                       To issue Civil Aviation Requirements
64.      Sub-rule (3) of rule 133B       To approve an organisation to operate under the
                                         system of approval
65.      Sub-rule (3) of rule 133B       To approve persons to operate under the system of
                                         approval.
66.      Sub-rule (3) of rule 133B       To require organisation/person to work under the
                                         system of approval and to specify requirements for
                                         the purpose.
67.      Sub-rule (4)(a), (4)(b) &       To specify contents and term of manuals and
         (4)(c)                          require its approval.
         of rule 133B
68.      Sub-rule (5) of rule 133B       To specify the distribution pattern of any of the
                                         manuals required under rule 133B

69.      Sub-rule (8) of rule 133B      To specify the type of records an organisation shall
                                        maintain and the manner of preserving the same.
70.      Sub-rule (8) of rule 133B      To require production of records, reports, logs,
                                        drawings for inspection and check.
71.      Sub-rule (10) of rule 133B     To cancel suspend or endorse or take any other
                                        action under the rules on any approval or
                                        authorization granted to an individual or to an
                                        organisation.
72.      Note 4(3) under rule 133C      To refund such portion of the fees paid as may
                                        represent the cost of any inspection, examination,
                                        test not carried out.
73.      Rule 140                       To specify requirements concerning engineering/
                                        inspection manual.
74.      Rule 140                       To specify requirements concerning air routes.
75.      Rule 140                       To specify requirements concerning air crew.



DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                         PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                     Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                             March 2009       Page 47 of 69

76.       Sub-rule (1) and (2) of rule   To specify maintenance standards for private
          155                            aircraft, aircraft component or item of equipment
                                         and to specify period of preservation of records.
77.        Sub-rule (2) of rule 155A     To grant approval or require scheduled, non-
                                         scheduled aerial work operators and flying clubs to
                                         operate under approved maintenance system
78.        Clause (a) of sub-rule (3) of To specify contents and form of Manuals required
           rule 155A                     under rule 155A.
79.        Clause (b) & (c) of sub-rule  To approve complete or parts of any of the manuals
           (3) of rule 155A              and its revisions as required under rule 155A.
80.        Sub-rule (4) of rule 155A     To direct distribution of any of the manual required
                                         under rule 155A.
81.        Sub-rule (7) of rule 155A     To specify type of records an operator shall
                                         maintain.
82.        Sub-rule (7) of rule 155A     To require production of records, for inspection and
                                         check and to specify the period for which the
                                         records shall be kept.
83.        Sub-rule (9) of rule 155A     To cancel, suspend or endorse or take any other
                                         action under these rules on any approval or
                                         authorization granted to an individual or an
                                         operator.
(a) Amended vide S.O.1095 dated 25th May, 1998.
(b) Inserted vide S.O.366 dated 20th January, 2003.




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                            PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009        Page 48 of 69



                                    The Gazette of India
                                       EXTRAORDINARY
                              Part II – Section – Sub-section (ii)
                                 PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY
                     [NO.504] NEW DELHI, THURSDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1994

                         MINISTRY OF CIVIL AVIATION AND TOURISM
                                      NOTIFICATION
                             New Delhi, the 4th October, 1994


S.O. 727 (E) – In pursuance of sub-rule (1) of rule 3A of the Aircraft Rules, 1937, and in
supersession of the notification of the Government of India in the Ministry of Tourism & Civil
Aviation No.S.O.No.3563, dated the 29th September, 1976 except as respects things done or
omitted to be done before such supersession, the Central Government hereby authorizes
the officers specified in column (1) of the First Schedule annexed hereto to exercise such of
the powers (more specifically described in the second schedule annexed hereto) as are
specified in the corresponding entries in column (2) of the said First Schedule.
                                    THE FIRST SCHEDULE

            Designation of the officer             Powers in the Second Schedule to be
                                                                exercised
Director General of Civil Aviation           All
Joint Director General of Civil Aviation     All
(except Joint Director General of Civil
Aviation, Research & Development)
Deputy Director General of Civil Aviation    1 to 5, 7 to 15, 17 to 22, 24 to 44, 46 to
(except Deputy Director General of Civil     61, 64(a) to 92.
Aviation, Research & Development)
Chief Flight Operations Inspector            91(c)
Director of Regulations and Information      1, 2, 13, 82.
Deputy Director of Training and Licensing    10, 50, 51, 54, 55(a), 65, 76, 91.
(Headquarters)
Deputy Director of Flight Crew               10, 50, 51, 54, 55(a), 65, 76, 91
Standards

Assistant Director of Training and Licensing 10, 51, 53, 54

Director of Flying Training                  50 to 53 (in respect of Assistant Flight
                                             Instructor and Flight Instructor Rating
                                             only)




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                              PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009       Page 49 of 69


Deputy Director of Training and Licensing 10, 51, 52, 54.
(Region)

Director of Air Safety                        2, 5, 10.

Deputy Director of Air Safety                 2, 10.

Assistant Director of Air Safety              2, 10.

Senior Air Safety Officer                     2, 10.

Regional Controller of Air Safety             2, 10.

Air Safety Officer                            2, 10.

Joint Director General of Civil Aviation 27, 29, 31, 33, 70, 71
(Research & Development)

Deputy Director General of Civil Aviation 27, 29, 31, 33, 70, 71
(Research & Development)

Director of Research & Development            29, 31, 33, 70, 71.
Deputy     Director    of    Research     & 33
Development
Director of Airworthiness (Headquarters)    2, 3, 9, 10, 12, 14, 17 to 22, 24, 25, 28,
                                            30, 32, 34 to 44, 46 to 48, 49(b), 57 to 60,
                                            65, 70, 71, 75, 76.
Deputy Director of Airworthiness            9, 10, 19, 20, 24, 25, 28, 32, 34 to 44, 46 to
                                            48, 49(b), 54, 57 to 59, 65, 70, 71, 75, 76.
Senior Airworthiness Officer                9, 10, 19, 20, 24, 28, 34, 40, 43, 44, 58,
(Headquarters)                              59
Director of Airworthiness (Region)          2, 9, 10, 12, 19, 24, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36,
                                            40, 43, 44, 46, 47, 54, 58 to 60, 70, 71,
                                            75, 76.
Controller of Airworthiness                 2, 9, 10, 19, 24, 28, 32, 34, 36, 40, 43,
                                            44, 47, 54, 58, 59, 70, 71, 75, 76.
Senior Airworthiness Officer (In charge of 2, 9, 10, 19, 24, 28, 32, 34, 40, 43, 44,
Airworthiness Office)                       54, 58, 59.
Senior Airworthiness Officer (Region)       2, 9, 10, 19, 24, 28, 32, 34, 43, 44, 58,
                                            59.
Airworthiness Officer (In charge of 2, 9, 10, 28, 32, 34, 43, 58
Airworthiness Office
Airworthiness Officer (Region)              2, 9, 10, 28, 32, 34.
Commissioner of Security (Civil Aviation)   2,11, 82.
Additional Commissioner of Security (Civil 2,11, 82.


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                PART I
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL             Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                     March 2009    Page 50 of 69

Aviation)
Deputy Commissioner of Security (Civil 2,11, 82.
Aviation)
Assistant Commissioner of Security (Civil 2, 82(a)
Aviation)
Police Officer of the rank of Assistant 2, 82
Commissioner of Police and above posted
at any airport in the Civil Aviation Security
set-up.

(a) Amended vide S.O. 2901 dated 03-11-1997
(b) Amended vide S.O. 1873 dated 29-05-2000
(c) Inserted vide S.O. 365 dated 20-01-2003
(d) Amended vide S.O. 365 dated 20-01-2003




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009      Page 51 of 69

                                     SECOND SCHEDULE


Sl.No.    Rule by which power                            Nature of Power
               conferred
                                           GENERAL
  1.     Clause (c) of Sub-rule    To permit carriage of arms, ammunition and other
         (2) of Rule 8             dangerous goods by air.
  2.     Sub-rule (6) of rule 8    To cause the goods in question to be placed under
                                   custody pending detailed examination of the nature of the
                                   goods or pending a decision regarding the action, if any, to
                                   be taken in the matter.
  3.     Proviso to rule 15        To exempt aircraft from the conditions to be complied
                                   with by aircraft in flight.
  4.     Clause (a) of Sub-rule    To suspend any certificate, rating, licence, authorization or
         (3) of rule 19            approval or any or all the privileges of any certificate,
                                   rating, licence, authorization or approval for any specified
                                   period.
  5.     Clause (b) of sub-rule    To suspend any certificate, rating, licence, authorization or
         (3) of rule 19            approval during the investigation of any matter.
  6.     Clause (c) of sub-rule    To cancel any certificate, rating, licence, authorization or
         (3) of rule 19            approval.
  7.     Clause (d) of sub-rule    To endorse any adverse remarks on any certificate, rating,
         (3) of rule 19            licence, authorization or approval.
  8.     Sub-rule (4) of rule 19   To cancel or vary any particulars in any licence,
                                   authorization, approval, certificate or journey log book.
  9.     Sub-rule (4) of rule 19   To vary any particulars in any authorization, approval
                                   certificate of airworthiness, certificate of registration or
                                   journey log book.
 10.     Sub-rule (5) of rule 19   To require the surrender of any licence, authorization,
                                   approval, certificate or other document granted or issued
                                   under the rules.
 11.     Rule 24B                  To permit carriage of prisoners on aircraft.
 12.     Sub-rule (2) of rule 25   To permit smoking in aircraft.
 13.     Rule 26                   To permit parachute descents and dropping of articles
                                   from aircraft.
 14.     Clause (b) of proviso to To permit persons to be carried on or in any part of
         rule 27                   aircraft or any thing attached thereto.
                                 REGISTRATION OF AIRCRAFT
 15.     Proviso to rule 5         To permit a person to fly or assist in flying an unregistered
                                   aircraft and/or without its nationality and registration
                                   marks and to specify any conditions and limitations for the
                                   purpose.
 16.     Sub-rule (1) of rule 19   To cancel certificate of registration.



DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009       Page 52 of 69

 17.   Sub-rule (1) of rule 19     To suspend certificate of registration.
 18.   Sub-rule (4) of rule 19     To cancel or vary any particulars in certificates of
                                   registration.
 19.   Sub-rule (5) of rule 19     To require surrender of certificates of registration
 20.   Sub-rule (1) of rule 30     To register and grant certificates of registration.
       and rule 32
 21.   Sub-rule (4) of rule 30     To decline to accept an application for registration.
 22.   Sub-rule (5) of rule 3      To decline to register aircraft.
 23.   Sub-rule (6) of rule 30     To cancel registration of aircraft.
 24.   Sub-rule (1) (a) of rule    To require particulars relating to aircraft and its ownership
       31
 25.   Sub-rule (1) (b) of rule 31 To refund fees if the application is not granted.
                AIRWORTHINESS AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS
 26.   Sub-rule (2) of rule 19     To cancel, suspend or vary the conditions attached to any
                                   certificate relating to airworthiness of aircraft, aircraft
                                   component or item of equipment.
 27.   Sub-rule (2) of rule 19     To cancel, suspend or vary the conditions attached to the
                                   Type Certificate of an aircraft, aircraft component or item
                                   of equipment.
 28.   Sub-rule (2) of rule 19     To suspend any certificate relating to airworthiness of
                                   aircraft, aircraft component or item of equipment.
 29.   Sub-rule (2) of rule 19     To suspend the Type Certificate of an aircraft, aircraft
                                   component or item of equipment.
 30.   Sub-rule (2) of rule 19     To vary the conditions attached to any certificate relating
                                   to airworthiness of aircraft, aircraft component or item of
                                   equipment.
 31.   Sub-rule (2) of rule 19     To vary the conditions attached to the Type certificate of
                                   an aircraft, aircraft component or item of equipment.
 32.   Sub-rule (5) of rule 19     To require the surrender of Certificate of Airworthiness or
                                   any document relating thereto.
 33.   Sub-rule (5) of rule 19     To require the surrender of Type Certificate or any
                                   document relating thereto.
 34.   Sub-rule (5) of rule 19     To require the surrender of Aircraft Maintenance
                                   Engineer’s licence, authorization/ approval.
 35.   Sub-rule (1) of rule 61     To      grant       Aircraft     Maintenance        Engineer’s
                                   licence/authorization/approval
 36.   Sub-rule (1) of rule 61     To grant approval/authorization.
 37.   First proviso to sub-rule To grant exemption from general papers to students of
       (2) of rule 61              Engineering Institutions
 38.   Second proviso to           To grant relaxation in minimum experience requirement
       subrule                     for persons appearing for licence on gliders.
       (2) of rule 61
 39.   Third proviso to sub- To grant relaxation of the experience requirements of
       rule (2) of rule 61         Training Institutes.


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                               March 2009      Page 53 of 69

 40.   Sub-rule (6), (7) and (8)    To grant authorizations, approvals and Certificates of
       of rule 61                   Competency.
 41.   First proviso to sub-        To grant exemption from the tests for grant of or
       rule(9) of rule 61           extension to an Aircraft Maintenance Engineer’s licence to
                                    any person from Indian Air Force, Air operational Wing of
                                    Indian Army or Indian Navy(b).
 42.   Second      proviso    to    To grant exemption from tests for grant of or extension to
       subrule (9) of rule 61       an Aircraft Maintenance Engineer’s licence to any person
                                    who holds a licence granted by a competent authority of a
                                    Contracting State.
 43.   Sub-rule (11) of rule 61     To renew Aircraft Maintenance Engineer’s licence.
 44.   Sub-rule (13) of rule 61     To vary entries in Aircraft Maintenance Engineer’s licence.
 45.   Sub-rule (14) of rule 61     To cancel Aircraft Maintenance Engineer’s licence
 46.   Sub-rule (14) of rule 61     To suspend Aircraft Maintenance Engineer’s licence.
 47.   Sub-rule (14) of rule 61     To endorse Aircraft Maintenance Engineer’s licence.
 48.   Sub-rule (15) of rule 61     To withhold grant or renewal of Aircraft Maintenance
                                    Engineer’s licence.
48A.   Rule 61A                     To validate foreign licences of Aircraft Maintenance
                                    Engineers.
 49.   Sub-rule (2) of rule 62      To refund such portion of the fees paid as represents the
                                    cost of any examination or inspection not carried out or
                                    any licence or certificate not issued.
                                   PERSONNEL OF AIRCRAFT
 50.   Rule 38 and sub-rule (5)     To grant, to renew, to withhold the grant and renewal,
       of rule 19                   and to require surrender of the following licences:-
                                    1. Student Pilot’s Licence
                                    2. Private Pilot’s Licence
                                    3. Commercial Pilot’s Licence
                                    4. Instrument Rating
                                    5. Assistant Flight Instructor’s Rating
                                    6. Glider Pilot’s Licence
                                    7. Student Flight Navigator’s Licence(c)
                                    8. Flight Radio Telephone Operator’s
                                    Licence
                                    9. Flight Radio Operator’s Licence
                                    10.Flight Radio Telephone Operator’s Licence (Restricted).
 51.   Rule 38 and sub-rule (5)     To renew, to withhold the renewal, and to require
       of rule 19                   surrender of the following licences:-
                                    1. Student Pilot’s Licence
                                    2. Private Pilot’s Licence
                                    3. Commercial Pilot’s Licence
                                    4. Instrument Rating
                                    5. Assistant Flight Instructor’s Rating
                                    6. Glider Pilot’s Licence



DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                          PART I
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                              March 2009       Page 54 of 69

                                  7. Student Flight Navigator’s Licence(c)
                                  8. Flight Radio Telephone Operator’s Licence
                                  9. Flight Radio Operator’s Licence
                                  10.Flight Radio Telephone Operator’s Licence (Restricted).
 52.   Rule 38 and sub-rule (5)   To grant, to renew, to withhold the grant and renewal,
       of rule 19                 and to require surrender of the following licences/
                                  ratings:-
                                  1. Senior Commercial Pilot’s Licence
                                  2. Airline Transport Pilot’s Licence
                                  3. Flight Instructor’s Rating
                                  4. Flight Navigator’s Licence
 53.   Rule 38 and sub-rule (5)   To renew, to withhold the renewal, and to require
       of rule 19                 surrender of the following licences/ratings:-
                                  1. Senior Commercial Pilot’s Licence
                                  2. Airline Transport Pilot’s Licence
                                  3. Flight Instructor’s Rating
                                  4. Flight Navigator’s Licence
 54.   Rule 38                    To renew licences (except Student Flight Engineer’s and
                                  Flight Engineer’s Licence) and ratings of aircraft personnel.
 55.   Rule 38                    To vary licences (except Student Flight Engineer’s and
                                  Flight Engineer’s Licences) and ratings, in respect of
                                  aircraft with A.U.W. not exceeding 5,700 kgs.
 56.             Rule 38          To vary licences (except Student Flight Engineer’s Licence)
                                  and ratings, in respect of aircraft with A.U.W. exceeding
                                  5,700 kgs.
 57.   Rule 38 and sub-rule (5)   To grant, to withhold the grant and renewal of and to
       of rule 19                 require the surrender of :-
                                  1. Student Flight Engineer’s Licence.
                                  2. Flight Engineer’s Licence.
 58.   Rule 38                    To renew Student Flight Engineer’s and Flight Engineer’s
                                  Licences.
 59.   Rule 38 and sub-rule (3)   To vary, to endorse any adverse remarks on and to cancel
       and (4) of rule 19         or vary particulars in:-
                                  1. Student Flight Engineer’s Licence; and
                                  2. Flight Engineer’s Licence.
 60.   Sub-rule (3) of rule 38B   To specify approved course for cabin attendants.
 61.   Sub-rule (1) of rule 39A   To disqualify a person for a specified period from holding
                                  or obtaining licence, rating or aircraft rating(c)
 62.   Sub-rule (2) of rule 39A   To debar a person permanently or temporarily from
                                  holding any licence or rating(c).
 63.   First proviso to rule 41   To exempt certain (a) personnel of the Indian Air Force,
                                  Air Operational Wing of Indian Army or Indian Navy from
                                  flying tests and medical or other technical examinations
                                  for the issue of Senior Commercial and Airline Transport



DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                         PART I
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                             March 2009       Page 55 of 69

                                  Pilot’s Licence(a).
 64.   Rule 45                    To validate foreign licences.
 65.   Sub-rule (5) of rule 48    To order refund of proportionate part of fees.
 66.   Sub-rule (3) and (4) of    (a) To suspend the following licences/ratings and any or all
       rule 19                    of the privileges thereof for a specified period or during
                                  the investigation of any matter;
                                  (b) To cancel the following licences/ratings;
                                  (c) To endorse any adverse remarks thereon; and
                                  (d) To cancel or vary particulars therein:-
                                      1. Student Pilot’s Licence
                                      2. Private Pilot’s Licence
                                      3. Commercial Pilot’s Licence
                                      4. Instrument Rating
                                      5. Assistant Flight Instructor’s Rating
                                      6. Glider Pilot’s Licence
                                      7. Student Flight Navigator’s Licence
                                      8. Flight Radio Telephone Operator’s
                                      Licence
                                      9. Flight Radio Operator’s Licence
                                      10.Flight Radio Telephone Operator’s (Restricted).
 67.   Sub-rule (3) and (4) of    (a) To suspend the following licences and any or all of the
       rule 19                    privileges thereof for a specified period or during the
                                  investigation of any matter;
                                  (b) To cancel the following licences;
                                  (c) To endorse any adverse remarks thereon;
                                  and
                                  (d) To cancel or vary particulars therein:-
                                  1. Senior Commercial Pilot’s Licence
                                  2. Airline Transport Pilot’s Licence
                                  3. Flight Instructor’s Rating
                                  4. Flight Navigator’s Licence
 68.   Sub-rule (3) of rule 19    To suspend or cancel Student Flight Engineer’s Licence.
 69.   Sub-rule (3) of rule 19    To suspend or cancel Flight Engineer’s Licence.
                                 RADIO TELEGRAPHY APPARATUS
 70.   Rule 63                    To approve the type of radio telegraph apparatus for use
                                  in aircraft.
 71.   Rule 63                    To approve the installation, bonding and screening of
                                  radio telegraph apparatus in aircraft.
             AIR ROUTE BEACONS, AERODROME LIGHTS AND FALSE LIGHTS
 72.   Sub-rule (1) of rule 65 To approve the establishment and maintenance of, or
                               alteration in the character of the light exhibited from air
                               route beacons or aerodrome lights and prescribe
                               conditions for such approval.



DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                          PART I
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                              March 2009       Page 56 of 69

 73.   Sub-rule (1) of rule 66     To serve a notice on the owner or person in possession of
                                   the place where a light is exhibited or upon the person
                                   having charge of the light for extinguishing or effectually
                                   screening such a light and for preventing for the future
                                   exhibition of any similar light.
 74.   Sub-rule (4) of rule 66     To enter upon the place where the light is and forthwith
                                   extinguish the same.
                                         LOG BOOKS
 75.   Sub-rule (4) of rule 19     To cancel or vary any particulars in any journey log book.
 76.   Sub-rule (4) of rule 19     To vary any particulars in any journey log book.
                                        AERODROMES
 77.   Rule 78                     To determine the extent and the condition subject to
                                   which Government aerodromes may be opened to public
                                   use.
 78.   Rule 80                     To licence aerodromes.
 79.   Sub-rule (2a) of rule 82    To determine the charges for space in or outside a hangar
                                   at a Government Civil Aerodrome, leased out to any
                                   person for housing and parking of aircraft or for other
                                   purposes and to enter into agreement with a person
                                   regarding the terms and conditions of such lease.
 80.   Sub-rule (3) of rule 82     To approve tariff of charges for landing and housing at
                                   licenced public aerodromes (where such approval may be
                                   necessary) other than Government aerodromes.
 81.   Sub-rule (2) and (3) of     To approve alterations to the landing areas, building or
       rule 86                     other structures or to withhold such approval.
 82.   Rule 81-A                   To permit entry into movement area.
 83.   Sub-rule (3) of rule 19     To cancel aerodrome licences.
       Sub-rule (4) of rule 86
 84.   Sub-rule (3) of rule 19     To suspend aerodrome licences.
 85.   Sub-rule (5) of rule 86     To approve that the aerodrome has been maintained by
                                   the licensee in a fit state for use by aircraft and marked
                                   adequately.
 86.   Proviso to rule 87          To require the inspection of an aerodrome before the
                                   grant or renewal of a licence.
                                  AIR TRANSPORT SERVICES
 87.   Sub-rule (1) of rule 134    To permit operation of scheduled services by private
                                   operators.
 88.   Sub-rule (2) of rule 134    To permit any air transport undertaking of which the
                                   principal place of business is in any country outside India
                                   to operate an air transport service.
 89.   Sub-rule (3) of rule 134    To permit operation of non-scheduled air transport
                                   services.
                                      RULES OF THE AIR
 90.   Schedule IV Section 3 –     To permit aerobatics to be carried out at a height of less


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                        PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                    Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                             March 2009      Page 57 of 69

        General Rules,            than 600 metres (2000 feet above the ground).
        Paragraph 3.1.2.2
        subparagraph(iv)
 91.    Schedule IV Section 3 –   To prescribe the requirements regarding the towing of an
        General Rules,            object by an aircraft.
        Paragraph 3.2.3 Towing
        objects
 92.    Schedule-IV Appendix-A    To prescribe the requirements regarding the lighting of
        Paragraph 5.2.2           the landing area, the approach to the landing area and the
                                  boundary of landing area.
(a) Inserted vide S.O. 2555 dated 12-12-1998
(b) Amended vide S.O.2901 dated 03-11-1997
(c) Inserted vide S.O. 1873 dated 29-05-2002




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                              PART I
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                   March 2009       Page 58 of 69

                                                                              APPENDIX – IV A
                             INSPECTION UNDER AIRCRAFT RULE 156
Rule 156. Inspection
(1) Any person, authorized by the Director-General by general or special order in writing in
    this behalf, may-
      (a) at all reasonable times enter any place to which access is necessary for the purpose
          of exercising his powers or carrying out his duties under these rules;
      (b) at all times during working hours enter that portion of any organization, factory or
          place in which aircraft, aircraft components, items of equipment, materials are being
          designed, manufactured, overhauled, repaired, modified, assembled, tested, stored,
          and inspect any such organization, factory or place, aircraft, aircraft component and
          item of equipment and drawings relating thereto;
      (c) at any time inspect any aircraft including a private aircraft which is required by these
          rules to be certified as airworthy or in respect of which as certificate of airworthiness
          is in force or has been suspended or deemed to be suspended;
      (d) enter, inspect and search any aircraft for the purpose of securing compliance with
          any of these rules or the provisions of the Aircraft Act, 1934 (22 of 1934).
(2)      Any person authorized by the Director-General to inspect under sub-rule (1) shall
         advise the owner or operator of the aircraft and the organisation in the method of
         inspection, manufacture and maintenance of aircraft.




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                               March 2009       Page 59 of 69



                                                                             APPENDIX IV B

                                POWER TO DETAIN AIRCRAFT
                             (Section 8 of the Aircraft Act, 1934)

              Power to detain aircraft.
      (1)     Any authority authorized in this behalf by the Central Government may detain
              any aircraft, if in the opinion of such authority-
              (a) having regard to the nature of an intended flight, the flight of such aircraft
              would involve danger to persons in the aircraft or to any other persons or
              property, or
              (b) such detention is necessary to secure compliance with any of the
              provisions of this Act or the rules applicable to such aircraft; or such detention
              is necessary to prevent a contravention of any rule made under clause (h) or
              clause (i) of sub-section (2) of section 5 or to implement any order made by
              any Court.
      (2)     The Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette make
              rules regulating all maters incidental or subsidiary to the exercise of this
              power.




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                               March 2009       Page 60 of 69



                                                                           APPENDIX - IV C
                   AUTHORISATION OF POWER UNDER CLAUSES (B) & (D)
                                GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
                  OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION
                          OPPOSITE OF SAFDARJUNG AIRPORT
                                 NEW DELHI - 110 003
                                                                              No. 9/38/77-IR
                                                   Dated New Delhi, the 9th September, 1992


                                          ORDER
In exercise of the powers vested in the undersigned under rule 156 of the Aircraft Rules,
1937, and in supersession of earlier Order No. 8-54/57-AI(II) dated 15th September, 1976, I
hereby authorize the following officers to exercise the powers mentioned in clauses (b) and
(c) of the said rule:-
   1. Deputy Director General of Civil Aviation;
   2. Director of Airworthiness;
   3. Deputy Director/ Controller of Airworthiness;
   4. Senior Airworthiness Officer; and
   5. Airworthiness Officer.
This order comes into force with immediate effect and shall remain valid till revoked.


                                                                                           Sd/-
                                                                            (M.R.Sivaraman)
                                                             Director General of Civil Aviation




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                         PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                     Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                             March 2009      Page 61 of 69



                                                                          APPENDIX IV D

                   AUTHORISATION OF POWER UNDER CLAUSES (B) & (D)
                                   GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
                     OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION
                     OPPOSITE SAFDARJUNG AIRPORT, NEW DELHI - 110 003

F.No.9/38/77-IR.                                          Dated New Delhi, the 9th July, 1993.
                                         ORDER
In exercise of the powers vested in the undersigned under rule 156 of the Aircraft Rules,
1937 and in supersession of earlier Order No. 9/38/77 - IR dated the 9th September, 1992, I
hereby authorize the following Officers to exercise the powers mentioned in clauses (a) and
(d) of the said rule:-
1.  Joint Director General of Civil Aviation;
2.  Deputy Director General of Civil Aviation;
3.  Director/Deputy Director of Training and Licensing;
4.  Director of Flying Training;
5.  Director/ Deputy Director of Regulation and Information;
6.  Deputy Director of Air Transport;
7.  Director/ Deputy Director of Air Safety;
8.  Regional Director of Air Safety;
9.  Regional Controller of Air Safety;
10. Assistant Director of Air Safety;
11. Senior Air Safety Officer
12. Air Safety Officer
13. Director/Deputy Director of Airworthiness
14. Controller Of Airworthiness
15. Senior Airworthiness Officer
16. Airworthiness Officer
17. Commissioner of Security (Civil Aviation)
18. Additional Commissioner of Security (Civil Aviation)
19. Deputy Commissioner of Security (Civil Aviation)
20. Assistant Commissioner of Security (Civil Aviation)
21. Controller of Explosives, Bureau of Civil Aviation Security
22. Security Officer, Bureau of Civil Aviation Security
23. Officer -in-Charge and members of Bomb Detection and Disposal Squad, Bureau of Civil
    Aviation Security
24. Officer -in-Charge and Sniffer Dogs with handlers representing Bureau of Civil Aviation
    Security; and
25. Flight Operations Inspector/Inspector of Flying/Deputy Director Flight Crew Standards
    (Only in respect of powers mentioned in clause (d) of sub rule (1) of Rule156).



DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                                         PART I
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                   Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                             March 2009        Page 62 of 69

This order comes into force with immediate effect and shall remain valid till revoked
                                                                                                       .
                                                                                                    Sd/-
                                                                                           (H.S.KHOLA )
                                                                     DIRECTOR GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION

                                                                                          APPENDIX - IV E
                                            POWER OF DELEGATION
                                                            A.I.C.
Telephone No. : 4622495,                              GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Extn. 500                                                                                      S.No. 06/1994
Telegraphic Address:                        AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION SERVICE
Aeronautical : VIDDYAYG                     DIRECTOR GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION
Commercial : AIRCIVIL                          OPPOSITE SAFDARJUNG AIRPORT                      10th May 1994
              NEW DELHI                            NEW DELHI - 110 003
Telex:31-74127 DGCA IN
Fax: 011-4629221
                                                                                           F.No. 3/11/93-AIS
               Government of India, Ministry of Civil Aviation Notification No. 754 dated 28th
 February, 1994 published in the Gazette of India, Part II, Section 3, Sub-section (ii) dated 19th
    March, 1994 is reproduced below for information, guidance and record.
                                                                                              Sd/-
                                                                                  ( H.S.KHOLA )
                                                               Director General of Civil Aviation
____________________________________________________________________
                                                                                            F.No. 9/38/77-IR.
                                      GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
                               MINISTRY OF CIVIL AVIATION & TOURISM
                                 (DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL AVIATION)
                                                                                          Dated : 28.02.1994
                                       N O T I F I C A T I O N
S.O.754. In pursuance of sub-section (1) of section 8 of the Aircraft Act, 1934 (22 of 1934) and in supersession
of the notification of the Government of India in the then Ministry of Transport and Aviation (Department of
                                            nd
Aviation) number S.O.2305, dated the 22          July, 1966, except as respects thing done or omitted to be done
before such supersession, the Central Government hereby authorises the officers specified below for the
purpose of the said sub-section, namely:-
        1.   Director General of Civil Aviation.
        2.   Joint Director General of Civil Aviation.
        3.   Deputy Director General of Civil Aviation.
        4.   Director of Airworthiness.
        5.   Deputy Director of Airworthiness.



DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                   PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL              Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                       March 2009          Page 63 of 69

      6.    Controller of Airworthiness.
      7.    Senior Airworthiness officer.
      8.    Director of Air Safety.
      9.    Deputy Director of Air Safety.
      10.   Regional Controller of Air Safety.
      11.   Assistant Director of Air Safety.
      12.   Senior Air Safety Officer.
      13.   Director of Regulations and Information.
      14.   Deputy Director of Air Transport.
      15.   Director of Training and Licensing.
                                                                   (F. No. AV.11012/6/92-A)
                                                                         (M. Bhattacharjee)
                                                       Under Secretary to the Govt. of India.




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                             PART I
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                 March 2009        Page 64 of 69



                                                                                   APPENDIX V

                        TERMS OF REFERENCES ( RECRUITMENT RULES)

Designation: Airworthiness Officer (Group A Gazetted)
Scale: PB-3 Rs 15600-39100 + 5400
Qualifications & Experience:
Essential:
(A) (i) Bachelor degree with Physics or Mathematics as one of the main subjects from
     recognized university or equivalent and

      (ii) 3 Years experience in the field of aircraft maintenance (engineering)

                                           OR
(B)   (i) Degree in Mechanical/Electrical/Electronics/Aeronautical Engineering from a
      recognized University or equivalent.

Desirable:     AME License in any of the categories

Duties & Responsibilities
a. Reviewing applications for certificate of registration, certificate of airworthiness, permit
   to fly and amendments, renewals of such certificates;

b. Inspection of aircraft for issue, renewal, validation and cancellation of certificates of
   airworthiness/permit to fly and the subsequent execution of such documents as
   appropriate;

c. Reviewing applications of aircraft maintenance personnel for issue, renewal, validation
   and extension of licenses;

d. Supervision of the aircraft maintenance and flight crew licensing examinations;

e. Periodic review of the airworthiness conditions and records of aircraft to assess the
   adequacy of their maintenance and to assess the competence and diligence of the
   persons who perform the maintenance;

f. Investigation of major defects in aircraft and determination of corrective actions to be
   taken where airworthiness may be affected;

g. Inspections on the aircraft undergoing routine maintenance, in order to assess the
   standard of work and adherence to maintenance procedures;

h. Review of service bulletins and the airworthiness directives of foreign airworthiness
   authorities w.r.t aircraft, engines, propellers to determine applicability to the national


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                               March 2009       Page 65 of 69

     aircraft; monitoring the implementation of the relevant airworthiness regulations issued
     by the headquarters;

i.   Surveillance of the approved organisations for issue and renewal of certificates of
     approval to conduct activities bearing on the airworthiness of aircraft;

j.   Surveillance of the carriage of dangerous goods, shippers and related organizations;

k. Surveillance of approved organizations;

l.   Framing and amendment of regulatory requirements from time to time concerning all
     matters of airworthiness within the scope of the functions and responsibilities of the
     Airworthiness Directorate;

m. Investigation of possible violations of the national air law or regulations in regard to
   airworthiness and to suggest corrective action where necessary.




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                            PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009       Page 66 of 69

Designation: Senior Airworthiness Officers (Group A Gazetted)

Scale: PB-3 Rs 15600-39100 + 6600
Qualifications & Experience:
Essential:
(A) (i) Bachelor degree with Physics or Mathematics as one of the main subjects from
    recognized university or equivalent and
    (ii) 7 Yrs in the field of aircraft maintenance (engineering)
                                                 OR
(B) (i) Degree in Mechanical, Electrical/Mechanical/Electronics/ Aeronautical Engineering
    from a recognized university or equivalent and

   (ii) Five years experience in the field of air frame aircraft structure, systems, or engines/
   power plants/ electrical/ avionics in the reputed manufacturing / overhauling/
   maintenance establishments.

                                              OR
(C) Airworthiness officer with five years regular service in the grade

Duties & Responsibilities
a. Reviewing applications for certificate of registration, certificate of airworthiness, permit
   to fly and amendments, renewals of such certificates;

b. Inspection of aircraft for issue, renewal, validation and cancellation of certificates of
   airworthiness/permit to fly and the subsequent execution of such documents as
   appropriate;

c. Reviewing applications from aircraft maintenance personnel for issue, renewal,
   validation and extension of licenses. Grant of authorizations, approvals and certificate of
   competency to aircraft personnel.

d. Supervision of the aircraft maintenance licensing examinations and other examinations;

e. Periodic review of the airworthiness conditions and records of aircraft to assess the
   adequacy of their maintenance and to assess the competence and diligence of the
   persons who perform the maintenance;

f. Investigation of major defects in aircraft and determination of corrective actions where
   airworthiness may be affected. Inspections on the aircraft undergoing routine
   maintenance, in order to assess the standard of work and adherence to maintenance
   procedures;

g. Review of service bulletins and the airworthiness directives of foreign airworthiness
   authorities w.r.t aircraft, engines, propellers to determine applicability to the national
   aircraft; monitoring the implementation of the relevant airworthiness regulations issued
   by the headquarters;


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                               March 2009       Page 67 of 69


h. Surveillance of the approved organisations for issue and renewal of certificates of
   approval to conduct activities bearing on the airworthiness of aircraft;

i.   Surveillance of the carriage of dangerous goods, shippers and related organizations;
j.   Surveillance approved organizations

k. Framing and amendment of regulatory requirements from time to time concerning all
   matters of airworthiness within the scope of the functions and responsibilities of the
   Airworthiness Directorate;

l.   Investigation of possible violations of the national air law or regulations in regard to
     airworthiness and to suggest corrective action where necessary.




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                               March 2009      Page 68 of 69

Designation: Dy. Director of Airworthiness/Controller of Airworthiness
(Group A Gazetted)
Scale: PB-3 Rs 15600-39100 + 7600
Qualifications & Experience:
Essential:
Senior airworthiness officer with five years regular service in the grade

Duties & Responsibilities
a. Issue of certificate of registration, certificate of airworthiness, permit to fly and
   amendments, renewals of such certificates;

b. Inspection of aircraft for issue, renewal, validation and cancellation of certificates of
   airworthiness/permit to fly and the subsequent execution of such documents as
   appropriate;

c. Issue, endorse, renewal, validation and extension of licenses of aircraft maintenance
   personnel and grant of authorizations, approvals and certificate of competency to
   aircraft personnel.

d. Supervision of the aircraft maintenance and flight crew licensing examinations and other
   examinations;

e. Periodic review of the airworthiness conditions and records of aircraft to assess the
   adequacy of their maintenance and to assess the competence and diligence of the
   persons who perform the maintenance;

f. Investigation of major defects in aircraft and determination of corrective action to be
   taken where airworthiness may be affected. Inspections on the aircraft undergoing
   routine maintenance, in order to assess the standard of work and adherence to
   maintenance procedures;

g. Review of service bulletins and the airworthiness directives of foreign airworthiness
   authorities w.r.t aircraft, engines, propellers to determine applicability to the national
   aircraft; monitoring the implementation of the relevant airworthiness regulations issued
   by the headquarters;

h. Surveillance of the approved organisations for issue and renewal of certificates of
   approval to conduct activities bearing on the airworthiness of aircraft;

i.   Surveillance of the carriage of dangerous goods, shippers and related organizations;

j. Framing and amendment of regulatory requirements from time to time concerning all
   matters of airworthiness within the scope of the functions and responsibilities of the
   Airworthiness Directorate;
k. Investigation of possible violations of the national air law or regulations in regard to
   airworthiness and to suggest corrective action where necessary; and


DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                           PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                               March 2009       Page 69 of 69

Designation: Director of Airworthiness (Group A Gazetted)
Scale: PB-4 Rs 37400-67000 + 8700
Qualifications & Experience:
Essential:
Dy. Director of Airworthiness/Controller of Airworthiness with five years regular service in
the grade

Duties & Responsibilities
a. Issue of certificate of registration, certificate of airworthiness, permit to fly and
   amendments, renewals of such certificates;

b. Issue, endorse, renewal, validation and extension of licenses of aircraft maintenance
   personnel and grant of authorizations, approvals and certificate of competency to
   aircraft personnel, validation of foreign maintenance licenses. Supervision of the aircraft
   maintenance licensing examinations and other examinations;

c. Periodic review of the airworthiness conditions and records of aircraft to assess the
   adequacy of their maintenance and to assess the competence and diligence of the
   persons who perform the maintenance;

d. Investigation of major defects discovered in aircraft and determination of corrective
   action to be taken where airworthiness may be affected. Inspections on the aircraft
   undergoing routine maintenance;

e. Issue of service bulletins and the airworthiness directives of foreign airworthiness
   authorities w.r.t aircraft, engines, propellers to determine applicability to the national
   aircraft; monitoring the implementation of the relevant airworthiness regulations issued
   by the headquarters;

f. Surveillance of the approved organizations for issue and renewal of certificates of
   approval to conduct activities bearing on the airworthiness of aircraft, carrying out
   routine surveillance check of the standard of work in the hangars, workshops and
   associated facilities of approved organizations;

g. Surveillance of the carriage of dangerous goods, shippers and related organizations;

h. Framing and amendment of regulatory requirements from time to time concerning all
   matters of airworthiness within the scope of the functions and responsibilities of the
   Airworthiness Directorate;

i.   Investigation of possible violations of the national air law or regulations in regard to
     airworthiness and to suggest corrective action where necessary.




DGCA REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND METHODOLOGY
                                                                      PART I
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES                        Revision 0      Chapter 2
                     MANUAL
                                                            March 2009       Page 1 of 5

                             CHAPTER 2
                 PERSONAL ETHICS, CONDUCT AND CREDENTIALS

1.    GENERAL

      This section contains direction and guidance for Airworthiness Officers (AWOs)
      pertaining to principles of ethics and conduct as this affect the performance of
      duties. Although some scenarios are listed in this section, all circumstances that
      an officer may encounter cannot possibly be covered. As officers are always in
      the public eye, they are expected to exercise good judgment and professional
      behavior at all times while on and off duty.

2.    UNIQUE RESPONSIBILITIES OF AIRWORTHINESS OFFICERS

      AWOs are exposed to a number of circumstances that are critical to their
      positions which may not be pertinent to other directorates of DGCA. The officers
      are faced in position of frequently interpreting and evaluating the quality of
      training programs, operations and maintenance manuals, pilot and engineers
      performance, and overall safety activities. It is imperative that all officers be
      sensitive to the responsibilities and demands of their positions and be objective
      and impartial while performing their duties. The officers must also be sensitive
      to actual as well as perceived appearances of any conflict that could disrupt the
      effectiveness or credibility of the officers and thereby of the Directorate of
      Airworthiness office.

3.    ON-THE- JOB ETHICS AND CONDUCT

      The conduct of an AWO has a direct bearing on the proper and effective
      accomplishment of official job functions and responsibilities. The officers are
      required to approach their duties in a professional manner and to maintain that
      attitude throughout their activities. Through their conduct, officers working in
      direct contact with operators, and with the public, bear great responsibility in
      the determination of public perception of the DGCA.

4.    RULES OF CONDUCT




PERSONAL ETHICS, CONDUCT AND CREDENTIALS
                                                                       PART I
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES                        Revision 0      Chapter 2
                      MANUAL
                                                             March 2009        Page 2 of 5

       All officers must observe the following rules of conduct:
4.1    Report for work on time and in a condition that will permit performance of
       assigned duties;
4.2    Render full and industrious service in the performance of their duties;
4.3    Maintain a professional appearance, as appropriate, during duty hours;
4.4    Respond promptly to directions and instructions received from their supervisor;
4.5    Exercise courtesy and tact in dealing with co-workers, supervisors and members
       of the public;
4.6    Obtain approval of all absences from duty;
4.7    Conserve and protect office property, equipment, and materials (Officers may
       not use or permit others to use office equipment, property, or personnel for
       other than official work);
4.8    When duties concern the expenditure of public funds, have knowledge of and
       observe all applicable legal requirements and restrictions;
4.9    Safeguard classified information and unclassified information that should not be
       given general circulation, shall not disclose or discuss any classified information
       or "official use only" information unless specifically authorized to do so;
4.10   Observe the various laws, rules, regulations, and other authoritative instructions,
       including all rules, signs, and instructions relating to personal safety;
4.11   Uphold with integrity the public trust involved in the position to which assigned;
4.12   Report known or suspected violations of law, regulations, or policy through
       appropriate channels;
4.13   Not engage in private activities for personal gain or any other unauthorized
       purpose while in government service;
4.14   Give any supervisor or official conducting an official investigation or inquiry all
       information and testimony about all matters inquired of, arising under the law,
       rules, and regulations of the Govt. of India.
4.15   Not use illicit drugs or abuse alcohol or other substances;
4.16   Not make irresponsible, false, or defamatory statements that may attack,
       without foundation, the integrity of other individuals or organizations. Officers
       are accountable for the statements they make and the views they express;
4.17   Officers must always keep in mind, no matter how trying the circumstances, that
       they are visible representative of the Government. In their direct contact with a
       dynamic highly organized and high profile industry it is crucial that the officer
       project a strong professional image.




PERSONAL ETHICS, CONDUCT AND CREDENTIALS
                                                                      PART I
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES                       Revision 0      Chapter 2
                      MANUAL
                                                            March 2009       Page 3 of 5

5.    OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT AND FINANCIAL INTERESTS

5.1   Business Interests. Officers should seek NOC before engaging in any airline or
      other business activity for which the DGCA has oversight responsibility.
5.2   Conflict of Interest. Officers may hold employment or own businesses that do
      not present a conflict of interest with their official job functions. Officers who
      wish to participate in outside aviation activities (such as flight instruction,
      commercial flying, or any other aviation-related activity) should seek prior
      consent and approval from the Director General.
5.3   Public Speaking. Officers may not receive payment for speaking on issues that
      deal with their official job functions.
5.4   Fund Raising. Officers may not participate in fund raising or soliciting donations
      from any business or activity for which their office is assigned oversight
      responsibility.
6.    DRESS
6.1   Officers should be aware that their personal appearance affects their
      professional image; therefore, they should adhere to the guidelines as given
      below:
6.2   Officers while on visits to air operator facilities approved organizations and on
      official functions should be formally dressed.
6.3   During training officer’s dress should be compatible with the air operator's
      practice but should lean towards formality.
6.4   During in-flight inspection, the sight of a non-uniformed person moving in and
      out of the flight deck can be disturbing to hijack-conscious passengers. Officers
      should therefore maintain a low profile, dress conservatively, restrict
      movements between cabin and flight decks and display the Authorization issued
      by the Directorate General of Civil Aviation.
6.5   When performing duties at an airport, the Airport Entry Pass must be worn at all
      times on the ramp and air-side of the terminal.

7.    TYPES AND USE OF CREDENTIALS

7.1   Although the credentials contain the general authorization for the officers to
      carry out their duties, the specified duties may only be performed after the
      officer has been authorized/ deputed by his seniors. The two type of credentials
      issued to an airworthiness officer are as follows:


PERSONAL ETHICS, CONDUCT AND CREDENTIALS
                                                                        PART I
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES                         Revision 0      Chapter 2
                      MANUAL
                                                              March 2009        Page 4 of 5

7.1.1 Authorization. It is a Photo Identity Card issued by the Director General which
      identifies an officer as an “authorized Person” for the purposes of Rule 156 of
      the Aircraft Rules 1937 and authorizes him to perform the duties as per the
      exercise of powers under the rules.
7.1.2 Airport Entry Pass. It is a Photo Identity Card issued by the Bureau of Civil
      Aviation Security which allows an officer free and uninterrupted access to
      restricted areas at civil airports in the country while performing official duties to
      the extent stated on the authorization as stated above. An officer must display
      the pass on an outer garment to be permitted entry into airport secured areas,
      and while working in these areas.
7.2   Lost or Stolen Credentials. If either one or both of these credentials are lost,
      stolen, or damaged, the officer should report the occurrence immediately to the
      concerned officers/ authorities
7.3   Eligibility Requirements.
      Airworthiness Officers assigned to carry out inspections and audit are eligible to
      receive the DGCA credential; however, the officers must have completed a ‘Basic
      Airworthiness Officers’ course. To be eligible for the Airport credential, the
      officers must possess DGCA credential; have fulfilled the requirements set forth
      in this manual authorizing the conduct of ramp inspections; and have a job
      function that requires the conduct of inspections.

8.     ADMISSION TO THE FLIGHT DECK

8.1    The flight deck of an aircraft being a secure area, the Airworthiness Officer in
       their normal course of duty have no right of access to the flight deck during a
       flight and therefore an airworthiness officer shall enter the flight deck only after
       obtaining the prior approval of the Pilot In Command. While maintaining the
       status of his/her own position, the officer must recognize and support the Pilot-
       in-Command's authority unless he/she is obviously about to violate a regulation.
       Even in these conditions, the officer should at first appear to be acting in an
       advisory capacity and only resort to the powers vested in him/her by the
       government as a last resort.
8.2    If required, an officer on duty may travel in the flight deck for familiarization
       purposes. Under normal circumstances he shall make every effort to reserve the
       use of any observer seat through the operator’s flight dispatch or other
       designated office at least 24 hours prior to scheduled departure time.


PERSONAL ETHICS, CONDUCT AND CREDENTIALS
                                                                        PART I
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES                          Revision 0      Chapter 2
                     MANUAL
                                                              March 2009        Page 5 of 5

8.3   While in the flight deck, the officer must avoid distracting the crew. The Officer is
      a new person to talk to, and a new source of information. A flight deck
      conversation can be valuable to the airworthiness officer as a source of
      information and to establish a good relationship with the flight crew but it must
      be carefully controlled so as to avoid distractions at critical times.
8.4   If an officer has reason to believe that an aircraft is in an unsafe condition, he/
      she may detain the aircraft pursuant to Section 8 of the Aircraft Act, 1934
      directing Air Traffic Services (ATS), where available, to deny take-off clearance
      could be the best course of action. This would give the airworthiness officer
      more time to co-ordinate other recourses. The Act and Power delegation is
      placed at Annexure IVB and IVE of Part 1, Chapter 1.




PERSONAL ETHICS, CONDUCT AND CREDENTIALS
                                                                        PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0         Chapter 3
                                                             March 2009        Page 1 of 24


                                     CHAPTER 3
                                      TRAINING
1.    GENERAL
1.1   To establish appropriate regulatory control over the operators in the most
      effective and efficient manner, training of officers in various fields of advanced
      aviation technology has become an important tool. Initial training of newly
      recruited Airworthiness and Senior Airworthiness Officers who may not have Civil
      Aviation background is considered essential, for effective discharge of their duties
      and responsibilities vested in them. Equally important is the refresher training of
      officers, already serving in the department, on various subjects and topics and
      periodic training on selected special subjects.
1.2   This chapter details the training requirements for the airworthiness officers with
      the intention to provide Basic, Refresher, Specialized, and Type training in the
      field of aircraft manufacture, maintenance, and regulatory control. The purpose
      of this chapter is to ensure that officers of Airworthiness Directorate are in tune
      with the changes in technology, procedures, rules, regulations etc., by laying
      down the procedures and curricula for training in order to enhance the level of
      knowledge, standardize the training programme and to derive the maximum
      benefit from the time and energy invested in imparting training.
1.3   The chapter deals with curriculum and syllabus of training for newly recruited
      Senior Airworthiness officers and Airworthiness officers and refresher Training for
      the serving officers.
1.4   The syllabus will be updated on ongoing basis to include topics so that the
      knowledge of Airworthiness officers is continuously updated to keep abreast of
      the latest developments taking place in the Aviation field.
1.5   All officers who join the Airworthiness Directorate are required to undergo Basic
      training course. Thereafter, depending upon the academic qualifications and the
      previous background of the officers, they will be categorized as specialists in
      either Mechanical Stream comprising Airframe and Engine Systems or Avionics
      Stream comprising Electrical, Instrument and Radio Systems
1.6   Subsequently, the officers will be subjected to Type training courses in the related
      areas of specialization. Further, the officers will be subjected to OJT on specific
      functions such as Certification procedures, conducting maintenance surveillance
      and enforcement of Airworthiness standards by Senior Officers of the group to


TRAINING
                                                                         PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0          Chapter 3
                                                              March 2009       Page 2 of 24

      which the new officers are attached. The Head of Office will decide the formation
      of groups consisting of SAWOs/ AWOs each headed by a Controller and allocation
      of work to each group.
1.7   Notwithstanding the above, all the officers are advised to acquire knowledge in all
      areas of aircraft maintenance, irrespective of their specialization and undergo
      training as and when deputed by Hdqrs /Regional Offices.
2.    TRAINING ADMINISTRATION
2.1   The training programme will be coordinated by the Director of Airworthiness
      (Training).
2.2   The Heads of offices of various field offices will monitor and ensure that their
      officers are trained on all topics included herein and relieve the officers for the
      training courses whenever they are detailed for training.
2.3   Regional offices may organize training on some topics at their end using the
      resources available in their respective regions. External help from the airlines and
      various organizations such as oil companies, NDT firms, manufacturers etc. may
      be sought for specialized training. Such training courses must be coordinated with
      the Hqrs. to enable participation of officers from other field offices and Hqrs.
2.4   Headquarters shall nominate newly recruited officers to undergo training on
      subjects listed in para 3. Such officers when nominated shall be relieved from the
      respective offices to attend the course. There will be examination at the end of
      each course. All officers attending the course shall attend this course without fail.
      The minimum qualifying marks in such examination will be 70%.
2.5   Course completion certificate shall be given to officers completing the training
      courses successfully. Regional / Sub-regional offices shall maintain a separate file
      for each individual officers containing details of training undergone by the
      concerned officer. The concerned officer shall submit a copy of such certificates
      to the Head of office who in turn will ensure that the training details are
      forwarded to Headquarters immediately for updating centralized training records.
2.6   For Type training within the country, the Director of Airworthiness of the region
      controlling the training organization conducting the type course may nominate
      officers working under his jurisdiction without the approval of Hdqrs. The officers
      from outside the region will however be nominated by Headquarters. It shall be
      the responsibility of the respective head of office to ensure that the nominated
      officers are relieved to attend the course.




TRAINING
                                                                          PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0          Chapter 3
                                                              March 2009        Page 3 of 24

2.7   For Type training outside the country, Headquarters will nominate officer(s) to
      undergo training either at manufactures facility or any other DGCA recognized
      agency, as per the need and requirement.
3.    TRAINING COURSES
3.1   The training courses are divided into the following categories.
      A.   Centralized Training Courses
            Initial Training Course
            Refresher Training Course
            Specialized Training Course
            Type Training Course
      B.   Field Training
            Periodic Training on special topics
            Discussions on surveillance and audit feedbacks
            Field trips.
3.2   Initial Training Course
      Initial training is provided to newly recruited officers of Airworthiness Directorate,
      at the level of Airworthiness Officers and Sr. Airworthiness Officers. The following
      topics will be covered which have been divided into following modules, each of
      approximately one week duration:

      (i)      Airworthiness Procedures Manual
      (ii)     Enforcement Manual
      (iii)    Air Law
      (iv)     Human Factors
      (v)      General Engineering
      (vi)     Basic Airframe & Systems
      (vii)    Basic Engines
      (viii)   Electrical systems
      (ix)     Instruments
      (x)      Radio Navigation and Communication
      (xi)     Computer application
      (xii)    Dangerous goods
      (xiii)   Airport Fire Fighting facilities
      (xiv)    Aviation fuel quality control
      (xv)     Bomb threat inspection


TRAINING
                                                                         PART I
        AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0           Chapter 3
                                                              March 2009        Page 4 of 24




3.2.1 Airworthiness Procedures Manual - MODULE 1
3.2.2 Enforcement Manual - MODULE 2
3.2.3 Air Regulations (Air Law)- MODULE 3
       Aircraft Act, and the Aircraft Rules, 1937. Civil Aviation Requirements,
          Aeronautical Information Circular (relating to airworthiness, Advisory circulars
          and AME Notices issued by DGCA.
          Regulations- ICAO Annexes, ICAO Documents, FARs, EASA regulations, BCARs,
           FAA ACs, TSOs, NOTAMs, AIP, AICs.
          Privileges and responsibilities of the various categories of License and
           approved persons.
          Mandatory documents like Certificate of Registration, Certificate of
           Airworthiness, Flight Manual, and Export Certificate of Airworthiness.
          Various documents/certificates issued to establish airworthiness of Aircraft
           parts.
          Various logbooks required to be maintained for Aircraft, Method of
           maintaining the logbook. Procedure for making entries in logbooks; Journey
           logbook, Technical logbook etc.
          Use of schedules, its certification, preservation. Stores: bonded and
           Quarantine stores, storage of various aeronautical products including rubber
           goods, variou8s fluids.
          Various terms such as Certificate of Flight Release, Certificate of Maintenance,
           Approved Certificates.
          Conditions under which Aircraft is required to be test flown; Certificate to be
           issued by AME for test flight. Circumstances under which C of A is suspended.
          Ferry Flight, MEL, CDL.
          Minimum equipments, instruments required for various types of operation.
          Modification, concessions, Airworthiness Directive, Service Bulletins.
          Approval of Organizations in various categories, Documents required to be
           carried on board. Issue of Type Approval. Registration markings.
3.2.4 Aircraft General Engineering & Maintenance Practices - MODULE 4
          Procedure of jacking, leveling and mooring of aircraft.
          Maintenance and handling of equipment used in the maintenance of aircraft.

TRAINING
                                                                          PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                           Revision 0        Chapter 3
                                                                March 2009      Page 5 of 24

          Safety and fire precautions to be observed during maintenance, refueling and
           defueling of aircraft.
          Colour coding, symbols or other markings to identify fluid systems pipelines,
           rubber parts and other aircraft systems of aircraft.
          Various Aircraft manuals, ATA system of classification, inspection schedules
           time limit.
          Workshop Practices.
          Material, parts and use of hand tools, simple machine tools and precision
           measuring instruments.
          Identification, terminology, correct use and inspection of aircraft bolts, nuts,
           rivets, screws and locking devices of British and American systems.
          The interpretation of engineering drawings including symbols.
          Various types of gears and bearings, their use and common defects.
          Various forms and threads used in British and American systems.
          Various types of threads, drills, tapes, reamers.
          Hardness testing machines and various types of hardness numbers.
          Various types of Aircraft cables and swaging procedures used.
          Aircraft Metallurgy
          Commonly used ferrous, nonferrous and composite materials, their
           identification, properties, heat treatment processes, testing and their
           application in aircraft industry.
          Various types of corrosion, its cause and protection.
          The hot oil and chalk, dye-penetrant and fluorescent and magnetic particle
           techniques and the subsequent inspection of the parts.
          The X-ray, Ultrasonic and eddy current inspections.
          Arc welding gas welding, brazing and soldering.
          Avionics subjects Electrical, Instrument and Radio
          Electrical terminology and components used in AC/DC circuitry, Ohm’s law,
           Kirchoff’s law and their application, Principle of Electromagnetic Induction and
           their application. Various methods of voltage regulation. Principle of
           operation of electrical test equipment.
          Batteries and their maintenance.



TRAINING
                                                                           PART I
        AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 0         Chapter 3
                                                                March 2009        Page 6 of 24

           Principle of operation of aircraft and engine instruments.
           Various types of diodes/triodes/transistors and their function.
           Conversion from decimal to binary system and vice-versa. Symbols used in
            logic gates.
           Elementary computers, their applications.
           Identify the bands of frequency spectrum their use and propagation
            characteristics.]
           Aircraft and Engine.
           The functions of the major aircraft components and types of propulsion
            systems used in aircraft industry.
           The terms lift, drag, angle of attack, stall.
           Principle of four-stroke cycle and Brayton’s cycle as applied to piston engines
            and jet engines.
3.2.5   Basic Airframe & Systems - MODULE 5
           Effect of various alloying elements used in steel, properties and their use.
           Heat treatment of steel and aluminum
           Surface hardening processes used on aircraft metals.
           Welding techniques such as gas welding, arc welding, electric welding etc.
           Identification and physical characteristics of commonly used composite
            materials, plastic sealants and rubbers and their inspection and repair.
           Metal/fabric materials used in aircraft structure; the types of defects
            associated with them; inspection for deterioration, and methods of
            rectification and reprotection; procedures for testing the soundness of these
            materials. Doping process.
           Various methods used for removal of corrosion from common aircraft metals
            and methods employed to prevent corrosion.
           Types of wood and glue and their characteristics, general defects, tests,
            inspection and repair.
           Cables, chains and sprockets.
           Use of hardness testing machines, various types of hardness no. and surfaces
            finishes.
           Aerodynamics



TRAINING
                                                                           PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                           Revision 0         Chapter 3
                                                                March 2009       Page 7 of 24

          The characteristics of the subsonic airflow and the various terms used therein.
          The characteristics of the aero foils.
          Forces acting on the Aircraft during all phases of flight, Aircraft Stability and
           Control.
          The effect of altitude, weight, changes of engine power on performance of the
           aircraft.
          The characteristics of the subsonic, transonic airflow and the various terms
           used therein.
          Characteristics of the aerofoil used for subsonic and transonic flights.
          Forces acting on the Aircraft during all phases of flight.
          Aircraft stability and Control.
          The effect of altitude, weight, changes of engine power on performance of the
           aircraft.
          Various types of high lift and drag devices, their operation, vortex generators,
           boundary layer fences etc.
          Sweepback wing: High incidence tail plane; aerodynamic loading; super stall;
           load factors; aquaplaning; fly by wire concept.
      Aircraft Structures
          General understanding of the various types of structures used in Aircraft
           construction, Station Nos.
          Such terms as damage tolerance, aging ‘aircraft, SSID.
          Fail-safe and safe-life concept.
          Various types of methods used on tubular structure, semi-monocoque
           fuselage, method of attachment of wing to the fuselage; permanent and semi-
           permanent joints, their inspection and repair.
      Aircraft Systems
      Function, maintenance and inspection of the following:
          Structure and structural components constructed from metal, glass fiber,
           glass reinforced plastic, vinyl, Perspex.
          Furnishing materials, points, surface finishes and associated materials.
          Elementary flying controls; hydraulics; pneumatics; landing gear; brakes; nose
           wheel steering; ice and rain protection; fire detection and protection, warning
           and extinguishing; oxygen; air-conditioning and pressurization systems;

TRAINING
                                                                          PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0          Chapter 3
                                                              March 2009        Page 8 of 24

           wheels; tyres; brakes; antiskid. Function, maintenance and inspection of the
           following:
          Structure and structural components constructed from metal, glass fiber,
           glass reinforced plastic, vinyl, Perspex.
          Furnishing materials, paints, surface finishes and associated materials.
          Elementary flight controls including power operated / assisted fight controls;
           hydraulics; pneumatics, landing gear; brakes; nose wheel steering; wheels;
           tyres; antiskid; ice and rain protection; fire detection and protection, warning
           and extinguishing; oxygen; air-conditioning and pressurization systems; life
           saving equipment including inflatable slides, dinghies and rafts.
          Windows, doors and emergency exists.
      Aircraft Instruments and Equipments

          The procedures of replacement and in-situ operational tests of all instruments
           (except the engine related instruments) and equipments (except where the
           use of special test instrument / equipment is required.
          Construction of various types of Direct Reading Compass, various related
           terms used in electricity / magnetism, and compass swing precautions and
           procedures.
      Inspection of Aircraft
          Minor defects their reporting, investigation and methods of rectification and
           repair of minor defects, rigging of aircraft, periodical inspection necessary to
           check the serviceability of the Aircraft, preparation of a brief report with the
           help of sketches if necessary in case of damage to the Aircraft. Symmetry
           check, balancing of control surfaces; duplicate inspection.
          Various inspections such as heavy landing, lightening strike, overweight
           landing, abnormal flight loads etc.; Familiarity of the structural manuals,
           various types of repairs given by the manufacturer therein; incorporation of
           alternate/equivalent materials; raising up of modifications, repair schemes to
           the aircraft during overhaul.
          Terms related to aircraft weighing, preparation / precautions for weighting,
           preparation of weight schedule, calculation of center of gravity.
          Minor defects and various methods of rectification and repair of minor
           defects, rigging of aircraft, periodical inspection necessary to check the
           serviceability of the Aircraft, inspection of the Aircraft after heavy landing,
           lightening strike and abnormal flight loads, preparation of a brief report with


TRAINING
                                                                        PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0         Chapter 3
                                                             March 2009        Page 9 of 24

           the help of sketches if necessary in case of damage to the Aircraft of terms
           related to aircraft weighting, preparation/precaution and method of
           weighting the aircraft.
          Duplicate inspection of control systems.
      Airframe (Helicopters)
          The various terms used in helicopter construction and the functioning of each
           component part of the Helicopter.
          Aerodynamics and theory of flight of the helicopter and theory of flight
           controls.
          Preparation of a brief report, illustrated by sketches if necessary describing
           the replacements required in the event of damage, defect or wear.
          The inspection and checks for alignment after assembly of the helicopter
           structural components.
          The correction of faults experienced in flight with particular reference to
           rigging and control settings and the inspection during and after the
           adjustment of flying controls.
          General maintenance (including equipment) and minor repairs.
          The assembly of helicopter structure, with reference to the assembly and
           functioning of the rotors including transmission.
          Function, maintenance and inspection of helicopter structure and structural
           components, doors and windows; flying control systems and servo units;
           transmission systems including main rotor head and balancing and tracking of
           main and tail rotor blades; gear boxes; freewheel units; main rotor brakes,
           shafts and couplings, electric, hydraulic, pneumatic and fuel systems; landing
           gear (including shock struts and retracting devices) wheels, tyres, brakes, ice
           and rain protection systems; fire warning and extinguishing systems etc.
          Inspection and checks required after heavy landings, lightening strikes and
           abnormal flight loads.
          Periodic inspections necessary to check the serviceability of life saving and
           safety equipment.
          Principles of operation, function, testing and calibration to determine
           serviceability of pressure, gyroscopic, simple A.C. and D.C. operated
           instruments, pitot systems and automatic pilots.
          Precautions taken during airframe maintenance, jacking, towing, braking,
           ground deicing, supplying ground power refueling and de-fuelling etc.


TRAINING
                                                                            PART I
        AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0           Chapter 3
                                                                March 2009       Page 10 of 24

           Procedure and precautions necessary to avoid deterioration of airframe and
            associated equipment when the helicopter is out of use for extended periods.
3.2.6   Basic Engines - MODULE 6
           Piston Engine Theory and construction
           Thermodynamic laws related to internal combustion engines. Heat engines
           The Otto cycle and the relationship between volume, temperature and
            pressure.
           Terms used in the theory of piston engines and calculations of parameters
            from the given data.
           Various efficiencies involved in internal combustion engines.
           Differences between two stroke and four stroke engines.
           The function, construction, classification and material of the various parts and
            accessories of the engine including the induction, exhaust, cooling systems
            and engine mounting.
           A general understanding of the propeller terms.
           Purpose and functioning of all parts of a constant speed, variable pitch and
            feathering propeller and their associated control system components.
           Various factors affecting the engine performance.
           Engine fire detection and protection systems.
           Engine Fuel and oil System
           The principle of operation and constructional features of carburetors.
           The constructional features and function of components of engine fuel
            system.
           Types, characteristics of aviation fuel, common sources of contamination and
            methods to prevent such contamination. Method of checking for
            contamination.
           Types, characteristics of lubricants used in piston engine oil system.
            Contamination of oil and its identification.
           Various components of oil system.
           Ignition and starting System.
           Principle of operation, constructional features and function of magnetos and
            ignition system components, Magneto timing procedure.



TRAINING
                                                                         PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0         Chapter 3
                                                               March 2009      Page 11 of 24

          Principle of operation, constructional features and function of various types of
           engine starters.
          Engine Instruments
          Principle of operation of the engine instruments, the replacement and in-situ
           operational tests thereof.
          Supercharged System
          Principle of operation, constructional features and function of various types of
           supercharged and its related components/parts.
      Engine Maintenance
          Trouble shooting of minor defects and methods of their rectification; riggining
           of engine controls; periodical inspections necessary to check the serviceability
           of the engine; inspection after propeller strike.
          Engine starting; ground run-up; adjustment and checking of the performance
           of the engine and its components including systems; Top overhaul procedure
           and engine on-condition maintenance.
          NDT techniques as applicable to engine parts.
          Engine preservation and de-preservation procedures.
      Turbine Engines and Variable Pitch Propellers
          Gas Turbine Engine Theory and construction
          Thermodynamics laws related to gas turbine engines.
          Otto Cycle and Brayton’s Cycle and the relationship between volume,
           temperature and pressure.
          Terms used in the theory of gas turbine engines and calculations of
           parameters from the given data.
          Advantages and disadvantages of various types of gas turbine engines.
          Function, construction, classification and material of the various parts and
           accessories of the engine including the induction, exhaust, cooling systems,
           thrust augmentation and engine mounting, anti-icing of engine.
          Various factors affecting the engine performance.
          Condition monitoring and performance monitoring of gas turbine engines.
          The engine fire detection and protection systems.
          Engine Fuel and Oil system



TRAINING
                                                                          PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 0         Chapter 3
                                                               March 2009       Page 12 of 24

          Principle of operation and constructional features of fuel control units.
          Constructional features, function of the components of engine fuel control
           system/metering system.
          Types,. Characteristics of aviation fuel, common sources of contamination and
           methods to prevent such contamination. Method to check contamination
           with precautions.
          Types characteristics of lubricants used in gas turbine engine lubrication
           system. Identification of contaminants with interference drawn.
          Function of various components of lubrication system.
          Ignition and starting system
          Principle of operation, constructional features and function of ignition system
           components. Types of ignition; flame propagation.
          Constructional features and function of various types of engine starters.
          Engine Instruments
          Principle of operation of the engine instruments, and replacement and in-situ
           operational tests thereof.
          Power Augmentation System
          Principle of operation and function of various types of power augmentation
           devices.
      Propeller
          A general understanding of the propeller terms.
          Function of all parts of a constant speed, variable pitch and feathering
           propeller and their associated control system components.
      Thrust Reversers
          Constructional features and function of various types of thrust reversers and
           their related components.
      Auxiliary power unit.
          Purpose, constructional features of compressors, combustion chambers and
           turbine arrangement; speed and load control; limiting factors; fire protection
           and indication; its operational features.
          Bleed Control System




TRAINING
                                                                         PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0         Chapter 3
                                                              March 2009      Page 13 of 24

          Terms related to bleeding of air from the engine; compressor surge;
           compressor line; compressor stall; Bleed loads and condition under which
           bleed is tapped.
      Air Oil system
          The air oil system used on a typical gas turbine engine.
          Engine Maintenance
          Trouble shooting of minor defects and methods of their rectification; rigging
           of engine controls and field adjustments of fuel control unit; periodical
           inspections necessary to check the serviceability of the engine; special
           inspection schedules; duplicate inspection of engine controls.
          Engine starting; ground run-up; trimming; and checking of the performance of
           the engine and its components including systems.
          Engine preservation and de-preservation procedures.
      Piston Engines
          General Requirements
          The layout of the overhaul workshop including Engine test-bed.
          Use of workshop inspection aids, including NDT equipments; factors and
           limitations effecting the choice of equipment and methods of inspection used.
          Care, use and checking for accuracy of special tools used in overhaul of the
           engine.
          Metallurgy
          Effect of various alloying elements in steel; Properties and use of Alloyed
           Steel.
          Heat treatment of steel and Aluminum.
          Surface hardening processes used on engine parts.
          Workshop processes, welding and protective treatments.
          Materials used in engine construction; Procedures for testing the soundness
           of these materials.
          Methods of assessment and removal of corrosion including treatment and
           reprotection.
          Inspection and Repair
          Preparation of inspection reports prior to repair/overhaul.



TRAINING
                                                                          PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                           Revision 0        Chapter 3
                                                                 March 2009    Page 14 of 24

          Preparing the engine for complete overhaul/inspection; procedure of
           dismantling the engine.
          Repair, reconditioning, adjustment and assembly of major components;
           inspection before during and after the repair / reconditioning of the
           components.
          Repair, inspection and testing of oil heat exchanger units, fuel and oil systems
           and engine control systems.
          Procedure for final inspection of the engine after overhaul / major repair.
          Various methods of engine testing (dynamometer etc.); the procedure of
           testing the engine after complete overhaul and monitoring its performance
           with the help of graphs / curves.
3.2.7 Electrical Systems - MODULE 7
          Electrical Theory
          Ohms law, Kirchoff’s laws and Electromagnetic Induction; their applicability in
           the aircraft industry.
          Alternating Current and Calculation of Instantaneous value, RMS value,
           frequency and amplitude from the given data; star and delta connections and
           calculation of power in three phase system.
          Series and parallel resonance of AC circuits and their use; calculation of
           resonant frequency of a circuit from a given information; effect of change in
           the frequency on the impedance, current and phase angle.
          Composition, performance (stability and tolerance) and limitations of the
           fixed resistors (carbon composition, carbon film, wire wound and metallic
           film) and description of various types of variable resistors (wiere wound,
           carbon film, thermistors and voltage dependent resistors and varistors).
          The resistor colour codes, value and tolerance, and the system of preferred
           values and wattage ratings.
          The construction, principles of operation, application and colour coding of
           various types of capacitors.
          Circuit Controlling and Current Protection Devices.
      Aircraft Batteries
          Construction and principle of operation of lead acid and Nickel Cadmium
           batteries, composition of electrolytes and plates.




TRAINING
                                                                         PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0         Chapter 3
                                                              March 2009       Page 15 of 24

          Effect of temperature of capacity, specific gravity, electrolyte receptivity,
           charger and discharger rates; effect of specific gravity on freezing
           temperature and resistivity of electrolytes.
          Methods of charging of batteries; precautions and procedures and during
           charging mixing and neutralization of electrolytes; importance of ventilation
           of battery compartments.
          Inspection to determine conditions and serviceability of batteries; common
           battery defects and their rectification.
      Generators and Motors
          Construction, principle of operation and characteristics of DC and AC
           Generators and Motors.
          Construction, principles of operation of voltage regulators; and paralleling of
           generators.
          Functional tests, adjustments and trouble shooting of generators and motors.
          Speed control and reversing the direction of motors.
          Servomechanisms and amplifiers
          Construction and principles of autotransformers, single and three phase
           transformers
          Construction and principles of operation of saturable reactors and magnetic
           amplifiers; bias; phase sensitive half wave and inputs and outputs, polarity
           sensitive inputs and outputs, push pull outputs and effects of stage gains and
           cascading on time response.
          Construction, principle and operation of servo-motors and rate generators;
           system response to displacement (position) and rate (velocity) command
           signals; purpose of pull-up and rate feedback signals; causes of hunting and
           methods of damping; troubleshooting of servomechanism.
          Test Equipment: Construction, principle of operation, use and precautions to
           be observed for aircraft test equipments.
          Bonding and Screening: Purpose of bonding and shielding and difference
           between the two, precaution, methods employed; minimum acceptable
           standards for insulation and bonding; and testing.
          Aircraft wiring system; procedure of laying of electrical cables and precautions
           to be taken thereof.
          Electronics: Basic principles of thermionics, properties of semiconductor
           materials.

TRAINING
                                                                            PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                            Revision 0         Chapter 3
                                                                  March 2009     Page 16 of 24

          Symbols, operation and anode characteristics of vacuum and gas-filled tubes;
           their construction and application.
          Construction symbols, doping process, operation, application and
           characteristics of PNP and NPN transistors; comparison with vacuum tubes.
          Use and theory of oscillators and multi vibrators.
          Symbols, truth tables and equivalent circuits for logic gates.
          Terms, operation and application of flip-flop logic.
          The terms used, basic operation, interfacing of the major components of a
           Computer.
          Operation, use and types of Medium Scale Integration (MSI) Devices.
          Types and operation of displays (LED, Liquid crystal etc.)
          CRTs and its application; functions performed and overall operation of a
           microprocessor.
          Handling of microelectronic circuit devices (Electrostatic Sensitive Devices
           (ESD).
          Aircraft system
          Principle of operation, inspection and trouble shooting of aircraft gallery
           equipment, aircraft lights, and electrical components and indicating circuits
           for Landing Gear, Flap System and Air-conditioning system etc.
          Operation and inspection of Aircraft Fire and Smoke Detection and Protection
           system.
          Power Distribution
          Of electrical power distribution systems, the operation and construction of
           static inverters, rotary inverters and transformer rectifier units.
3.2.8 Aircraft Instruments - Module 8
          Terminology and Conversion
          Eneral Instrument terminology; conversions of measuring units from one
           system to another.
          General Concepts
          Atmosphere, fundamentals of electricity.
          Principle of operation and characteristics of DC and AC Generators and
           Motors; and speed control and reversing the direction of motors.



TRAINING
                                                                            PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 0           Chapter 3
                                                               March 2009        Page 17 of 24

          Principle of operation of transformers and amplifiers.
          Construction, principle of operation of servomotors and rate generators and
           system response to displacement (position) and rate (velocity) command
           signals; purpose of pull-up and feedback signals; causes of hunting and
           methods of damping; troubleshooting of servo-mechanisms.
          Basic principle of thermionics and properties of semi-conductor materials.
          Symbols, truth tables and equivalent circuits for logic gates.
          The terms used, basic operation and interfacing of major components of
           computer.
          Types and operation of displays (LED, Liquid Crystal etc.)
          CRTs and its application.
          Functions performed and overall operation of a microprocessor.
          Handling of microelectronic circuit devices (Electrostatic Sensitive Devices
           (ESD)
          General understanding of the terms relating to Theory of Flight: Longitudinal
           Axis, Lateral Axis and Vertical Axes Yawing, Rolling, Pitching, Azimuth Heading,
           Course, Side-slip, skidding, Coordinated turn, Stability, angle of attack, chord,
           stall, lift, drag, thrust. General purpose and action of primary control
           surfaces, trim tabs and wing flaps.
          Principle of operation, construction and characteristics of pressure sensitive
           and temperature sensitive elements.
          Principle of operation, constructional features and characteristics of
           Gyroscopes.
          Aircraft Instruments and systems.
          Principle of operation and construction; of procedures of replacement, field
           maintenance, functional testing and trouble shooting of:
          Altimeters, Airspeed Indicators, Vertical Speed Indicators, pitot heads, pitot
           static lines, static selectors and moisture traps;
          Air Driven Gyros, Artificial Horizons and Turn and Bank Indicators;
          Venturi tubes, vacuum pumps, relief valves, regulators, check valves and
           filters;
          Turn and Bank indicators operated by direct gauges;
          Capillary tubes type pressure and temperature gauges;


TRAINING
                                                                         PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0         Chapter 3
                                                              March 2009       Page 18 of 24

          Position Indicators operated by Direct Current;
          Fluid Quantity Indicators operated by direct current and Capacitors;
          Wheat stone bridge; ratio meter and thermocouple type temperature
           Indicators;
          Three Phase engine rpm indicators and synchroscopes;
          Centrifugal governor type and magnetic drag-cup type engine rpm indicators;
          Direct reading and remote reading compasses;
          AC operated gyro instruments;
          AC synchro instruments.
          Autopilot System
          Function and operation of components in a typical Autopilot system;
           responses of the system in flight and during functional checks on ground.
          Oxygen system
          Function, layout and features of components of typical oxygen system; and of
           the replacement procedures and safety precautions to be observed.
          Inertial Navigation System.
          Principle of operation and function of the components of Inertial Navigation
           system.
          Satellite Communication
          Elementary principle of satellite Communication and its application to aircraft.
3.2.9 Radio Navigation & Communication Systems - Module 9
          Application and identification of electrical cables used in Aircraft radio
           installation crimping and soldering techniques, bonding continuity and
           insulation test.
          Alternating Current and calculation of Instantaneous value, RMS value,
           frequency and amplitude from the given data; star and delta connections and
           calculation of power in three-phase system.
          Series and parallel resonance of AC circuits and their use; calculation of
           resonant frequency of a circuit from a given information; effect of change in
           the frequency on the impedance, current and phase angle.
          Composition, performance (stability and tolerance) and limitations of the
           fixed resistors (carbon composition, carbon film, wire wound and metallic



TRAINING
                                                                            PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                            Revision 0         Chapter 3
                                                                  March 2009     Page 19 of 24

           film) and description of various types of variable resistors (wire wound,
           carbon film, thermistors and voltage dependent resistors and varistors).
          Construction and functioning of small AC and DC motors and generators.
          Series and parallel circuits, filters, impedance matching circuits, resonance,
           series and parallel resonant circuits, Q factor, Bandwidth.
          AC and DC measuring instruments
          Thermionics emission; constructional features, application, limitations and
           functioning of thermionic valves.
          Materials, application and properties of semi-conductors.
          Construction symbols, doping process, operation, application and
           characteristics of PNP and NPN transistors; comparison with vacuum tubes.
          Construction, symbols, operation and anode characteristics of vacuum and
           gas-filled tubes; their construction and application.
          Construction and principles of autotransformers, single and three phase
           transformers
          Construction and principles of operation of saturable reactors and magnetic
           amplifiers; bias; phase sensitive half wave and inputs and outputs, polarity
           sensitive inputs and outputs, push-pull outputs and effects of stage gains and
           cascading on time response.
          Use and theory of oscillators and multivibrators.
          Symbols, truth tables and equivalent circuits for logic gates.
          Terms, operation and application of Flip Flop logic.
          Terms used, basic operation, interfacing of the major components of a
           computer.
          Operation, use and types of medium Scale Integration (MSI) Devices.
          Types and operation of displays (LED, Liquid Crystal etc.)
          CRTs and its application in aviation.
          Functions performed and overall operation of a microprocessor.
          Handling of microelectronic circuit devices (Electrostatic Sensitive Devices
           (ESD)
          Electrical power distribution systems, the operation and construction of static
           inverters, rotary inverters and transformer rectifier units.



TRAINING
                                                                          PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 0         Chapter 3
                                                               March 2009       Page 20 of 24

          Modulation and demodulation, amplitude, frequency and phase modulation,
           AM and FM receivers, transmitter, superhetrodyne principle; balanced
           modulator.
          Radio frequency transmission lines, coaxial cables, current and voltage
           distribution, impedance of lines, standing waves, standing wave ratio,
           matching, tuning stubs, wave guides, attenuation in wave-guides, resonant
           cavities.
          Interference caused by electrical and ignition system to radio apparatus,
           methods of minimizing or suppressing such interference, bonding and
           screening.
          Identification, use, propagation characteristics and identification of the band
           spectrum.
          Terms connected with, construction and identification for various types of
           antennas; the voltage and current distribution along antenna of various
           length; characteristics of ground planes.
          Very high frequency (VHF) and high frequency (HF) airborne communications;
           frequency bands allocation; the methods of propagation and the ranges
           expected, both day and night; calculation of approximate ranges of
           communication (line of sight) with given data.
          Performance levels expected and specifications of typical airborne HF and VHF
           communication systems; the principle of operation, installation practices and
           procedures, functioning of the operating controls and indications and
           maintenance of typical HF and VHF communication transceivers.
          Theory of operation, performance level and specifications of an Audio
           Integration System.
          Working principles and testing of Lead Acid and Nickel Cadmium batteries.
          Method, purpose, chemical combination, flux used, tinning for Soldering.
          Bonding and Screening.
          Terms used,      principle,   operation,    characteristics,   installation   and
           maintenance;
          Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) Systems.
          Very High Frequency (VHF) Navigation Systems
          Omni Directional range System
          Instrument Landing systems



TRAINING
                                                                           PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 0          Chapter 3
                                                               March 2009          Page 21 of 24

          Weather Radar systems
          Microwave Devices
          Air Traffic Control (ATC) Transponder system
          Very Low Frequency (VLF) Navigation Systems
          Omega Navigation system.
          Radio altimeter systems
          Cockpit Voice Recorder
          Distance Measuring Equipment
          Doppler Navigation system.
          Microwave Landing System
          Ground Proximity Working System.
          Emergency Locator Transmitters
          Principle of Satellite communication and its application to aircraft.
          Installation and Compensation of Direct Reading Compass.
          General Principles of magnetism, magnetic materials and permanent
           magnets, polarity and strength of bar magnets, the earth as a magnet; the
           magnetic meridian and its relationship to the geographic meridian.
          General principles of construction for typical Aircraft direct reading
           compasses, including the magnet system, damping liquid, verge ring and
           markings, lubber line, grid wires, shock absorbing suspension and corrector
           box the inspection necessary for the detection of common defects that may
           arise in use.
          Procedure and points to be observed during installation of the compass in
           aircraft.
          Precautions to be observed in the choice of site for, and the preparation of a
           “Swinging base” checking the base by means of a landing compass.
          Compensation of compasses in the aircraft, including the observation of
           deviations, the calculations and adjustments necessary for corrections for co-
           efficient A, B and C, the procedure to be followed after then corrections are
           made and the preparation of deviation cards and graphs.
          Use of landing compass for checking the compasses in Aircraft.
          Installation and Compensation of Remote Reading Compass.



TRAINING
                                                                             PART I
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0          Chapter 3
                                                                 March 2009        Page 22 of 24

            General principles of construction of remote-reading aircraft compasses, the
             principles of operation and functioning of the particular type for which the
             application is made and the inspection of the components parts necessary,
             prior to installation in the aircraft.
            Installation and the correct positioning of the remote reading compass in the
             aircraft, including the component and accessories; points to be observed and
             the procedure adopted before adjustments are made.
            The methods and procedure adopted for the compensation of the remote-
             reading compass in the aircraft, the adjustments to be made to the master
             compass, the master indicator etc. in order to ensure correct function.
3.2.10 Computer Applications - Module 10
            The aim of the course is to enable the officers to be self reliant in the usage of
             computers. The course will be conducted in association with the NIC. The
             course shall be conducted by the respective regional offices for their officers.
             At least the following topics will be covered.
            Computer fundamental, hardware and software concepts.
            Terminologies used computers related application
            DOS, Windows, UNIX, LINUX and other environments.
            Office 2007 or equivalent application software/ suits graphs, data base
             management system.
            Usage of Inter/Intranet.
Note : The course content for the following modules will be decided depending on the
       type of operations in each region.
3.2.11   Dangerous Goods - MODULE 11
3.2.12   Airport Fire Fighting Facilities - MODULE 12
3.2.13   Aviation Fuel Quality Control - MODULE 13
3.2.14   Bomb Threat Inspection - MODULE 14
3.3      REFRESHER TRAINING
         All officers of airworthiness directorate shall undergo periodic refresher training
         at DGCA Headquarters or other regional office at least once in TWO years and
         each refresher training will be for a minimum of TWO days duration. The head of
         office shall also complement the periodical recurrent training by way of
         meetings/Seminars/In-house lectures/ workshops every month to disseminate
         the necessary information to all Airworthiness officers so as to update their skills




TRAINING
                                                                         PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0         Chapter 3
                                                              March 2009       Page 23 of 24

      and knowledge. Broadly, the following topics will be discussed in the periodic
      recurrent training.
          Recent developments in the field of Airworthiness, regarding change in Rules,
           Civil Aviation requirements, etc.
          Changes in the Airworthiness Procedures Manual
          Technical advancement in the various fields of civil aviation.
          Familiarization with new systems/equipment, which are to be installed on the
           aircraft.
          Safety related aspects.
          ATC facilities, Communications/ Navigation/ Metereology.
          ICAO Requirements, FAR Changes, JAR/EASA Changes, etc.
          Issues relevant to standardization of procedures at various field offices.
          Approval/Renewal of AMOs/POAs including foreign organizations.
          Approval of maintenance Programme, MEL etc.
          Approval/Acceptance of MOE/AMP/EPM/MCM/POE/MTOE etc.
          Good/Bad maintenance Practices.

3.4   SPECIALIZED TRAINING
       All officers will be given specialized training on the following miscellaneous
       topics. Each training will be of an adequate duration to cover the subject in
       depth with regard to the responsibility of airworthiness officers. Regional field
       Offices in association with the Hqrs may conduct some courses. Hqrs. shall
       update the following list of courses as and when required, to cater to the
       requirements. All offices may send their feedback and suggestions to the
       Director of Airworthiness (Training), Headquarters.
          NDT
          Aircraft Design Concepts
          Boroscopy
          Welding and issue of C of C
          Production Processes
          Spot checks, Surveillance Checks, use of checklists for various inspections
          Modifications and Structural repairs
          Human Performance and Limitations and maintenance lapses
          Special operations (RVSM, ETOPs, etc.)
          Engine condition and trend Monitoring
          Occurrence reporting / investigation
          Reliability Concepts and Statistical Analysis of Defects
          Renewal of Pilots Licenses
          Weight & Balance


TRAINING
                                                                           PART I
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 0          Chapter 3
                                                               March 2009        Page 24 of 24

          Simulator

3.5   TYPE TRAINING
          It shall be the endeavor of each Head of Field office that officers have been
           trained on all types of aircraft operating in his region. Whenever a new type
           of aircraft is inducted into operations in his region, he shall ensure that the
           officers entrusted with the responsibility of overseeing regulatory control
           have been trained on the type of aircraft.
          All officers shall undergo at least the following type training courses at the
           airlines facilities or at manufacturer’s facilities in their respective streams of
           specialization:
          Mechanical Stream. Two air frames courses and one engine course of a large
           transport aircraft or two engine courses and one airframe course.
          Avionics Stream. At least two sub-streams (electrical instrument and radio)
           covering at least two large transport aircraft.
          All officers undergoing training on the above type aircraft shall take
           examinations and shall qualify the examinations with the required pass
           percentage of marks.
3.6   PERFORMANCE COURSE
      All officers shall undergo at least one aeroplane or helicopter performance
      course. The objective of this course is to acquire knowledge of operational
      capability of the aircraft it will help the officers in assessing the performance of
      aircraft after routine test flights.
3.7   PRESERVATION OF OFFICERS TRAINING RECORDS
      To ensure systematic and comprehensive training of airworthiness officers it is
      necessary to maintain individual file for each officer for maintaining the training
      records. The training File records must be reviewed and updated at regular
      intervals. Record of all 'On Job Training' imparted to an officer shall also be
      maintained in the training File.




TRAINING
                                                                              PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 4
                                                                  March 2009        Page 1 of 12

                                      CHAPTER 4
                    MONITORING OF REGIONAL/ SUB-REGIONAL OFFICES

1.    Jurisdiction of Airworthiness Offices

1.1   Keeping in view the vast geographical location and increase in the aviation activities
      in some regions, the jurisdiction of Regional/ Sub-Regional Airworthiness Offices
      are defined as follows; it is imperative that all regional and Sub-Regional Offices
      shall follow these instructions. Sub-Regional Airworthiness offices, as usual will
      report to their respective Regional Directors of Airworthiness on all technical
      and administrative matters while carrying out the control under the powers
      delegated to them by the Central Government and by DGCA.
1.2   Matters requiring urgent attention shall be referred to Headquarters by sub-
      Regional Airworthiness Offices under intimation to their Regional Offices.
1.3   Airworthiness Directorate apart from offices at Headquarters and Central
      Examination Office comprises of 14 Regional and Sub-Regional offices spread all
      over the country. This consists of 5 Regional offices located at Bangalore, Delhi,
      Mumbai, Kolkata and Chennai and 9 sub regional offices located at Bhopal,
      Bhubaneswar, Cochin, Guwahati, Hyderabad, Kanpur, Lucknow, Patiala and
      Patna. The jurisdiction of theses offices is tabulated below:

                  Regional    Sub-Regional
       Region                                                    Jurisdiction
                   Office        Office
                                              Delhi NCR (including Meerut & Aligarh), Haryana,
                                              Jammu & Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, Uttaranchal
       Northern
        Region




                  DAW                         and Rajasthan and Chandigarh
                  Delhi      CAW Lucknow      Uttar Pradesh except Meerut & Aligarh
                             CAW Kanpur       Kanpur
                             SAWO Patiala     Punjab
                                              Maharashtra, Goa, Daman & Diu and Gujarat
       Western
       Region




                  DAW
                  Mumbai     CAW Bhopal       Madhya Pradesh and Chhattisgarh

                                          Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland,
                                          A&N Island, Sikkim, W. Bengal and Jamshedpur
       Eastern
       Region




                  DAW
                          CAW Bhubaneswar Orissa
                  Kolkata
                          CAW Patna       Bihar, Jharkhand (except Jamshedpur)
                          SAWO Guwahati Assam
                  DAW Bangalore           Karnataka including Hosur (T.N.)
       Southern
        Region




                                          Tamil Nadu except Hosur
                  DAW
                          CAW Hyderabad Andhra Pradesh
                  Chennai
                          SAWO Cochin     Kerala & Lakshdweep Island




MONITORING OF REGIONAL/SUB-REGIONAL OFFICES
                                                                       PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                   Revision 0     Chapter 4
                                                            March 2009     Page 2 of 12



1.4   Director of Airworthiness/In charge of the regions would function within the
      powers delegated to them by the Central Government and by the DGCA as
      reflected in various notifications.
1.5   The Regional Airworthiness Offices will also decide and dispose of the cases
      referred to them by the Sub-Regional Airworthiness Offices. However, matters
      that may have repercussions in other regions should be referred to the
      Headquarters. The heads of Regional Airworthiness Offices shall also carry out
      periodic visits to the Sub-Regional Offices to assess their performance and give
      necessarily guidance for their smooth functioning. They will also hold meetings
      with the heads of Sub-Regional offices at least once a year.

2.    Monthly News Letter

2.1   Regional and sub-regional airworthiness offices are engaged in performance of
      functions entrusted to them by Government's statutory orders. These offices
      perform various functions and are engaged in several other activities to enhance
      airworthiness standards of aircraft and its components, ensuring adequacy of
      infrastructure of approved firms, quality of technical manpower etc. In addition,
      these offices carry out the planned surveillance activities related to
      airworthiness and operations of aircraft.
2.2   MNL also helps in assessing the performance of individual officers about the
      quantum and quality of work done in the form of spot checks, investigations and
      contributions made in enhancing airworthiness standards. It is also a vital tool
      for assessing manpower requirements of various offices and wherever
      necessary, to augment the same in different regions.
2.3   It is necessary that the work carried out by the field offices is projected to the
      Headquarters. A Monthly News Letter (MNL) which depicts the entire area of
      activities for the month in which our offices are engaged shall be sent to
      Headquarters by the 10 th of the following month; however an executive
      summary on the activities of the month must reach the headquarters latest by
      4 th of the month. Copy of proforma of the MNL is enclosed as Annexure.
2.4   MNL shall be in two parts. Part-I shall cover information pertaining to delay
      analysis, reporting all incidents accidents and investigations carried out by the
      office, number of examinations conducted, licenses issued/renewed etc. The
      contents of Part-I should be as per format prescribed by the headquarters. While
      giving the requisite information especially in the case of delay analysis, use of
      pie/ bar-charts may be followed. While forwarding the reports on incidents,


MONITORING OF REGIONAL/SUB-REGIONAL OFFICES
                                                                        PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                    Revision 0     Chapter 4
                                                             March 2009     Page 3 of 12

      reference of correspondence between Headquarters and regions should be
      highlighted. As regards information on spot checks, it should be noted that exact
      number of spot checks carried out should be specified. Wherever deficiencies
      have been observed, details of deficiencies, name of the operator, and name of
      the officer who carried out spot checks along with action taken to rectify the
      deficiencies should be given. It is needless to say that the name of the officer
      who carried out spot checks, detected weak areas of operators, violation of
      requirements should be hi-lighted.
2.5   Part-II shall cover details on the routine surveillance of the approved
      organizations as per the planned annual surveillance programme in the hangers,
      overhaul shops, stores etc. Every regional, sub-regional office is required to
      draw up monthly surveillance programme so that all, the activities of the
      operators are thoroughly covered and such programme should be forwarded to
      Headquarters in the first week of January of every year. While carrying out the
      surveillance, it is essential that the standard check lists issued by Headquarters
      or customized check lists available with office should be used as guidance.
      Thereafter, one copy of the check list duly filled up should be enclosed in the
      MNL along with copy of each NCR form raised in respect of the surveillance
      findings. Also the names of the officers who have done the surveillance checks
      should be given due importance. MNL as per prescribed proforma should reach
      Headquarters not later than 10 th of every month for the activities carried out in
      the previous month.
2.6   MNL should be forwarded by the heads of the regional airworthiness offices in
      the form of D.O. letter addressed to the Director of Airworthiness, headquarters.
      In case, head of office is either on tour or on leave, the next senior most officer
      shall sign the D.O. letter. Forwarding of MNL under the signature of the head of
      office implies that he has gone through the contents of MNL.

3.    Annual Inspection by Headquarters

3.1   Every Regional Airworthiness Office will be visited by senior officers of the
      Airworthiness Directorate from Headquarters from time to time. This inspection
      would cover the assessment of the working of the Airworthiness offices vis-à-vis
      Aircraft Rules, Civil Aviation Requirements and the Airworthiness Procedures
      Manual, Enforcement Manual and the observance/compliance of Regulations/
      CARs by the Operators/Approved Organizations in the respective regions.
3.2   A similar inspection of the Sub-Regional Airworthiness offices will be carried out
      by a senior officer(s) of Regional Airworthiness Offices.


MONITORING OF REGIONAL/SUB-REGIONAL OFFICES
                                                                       PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                   Revision 0     Chapter 4
                                                            March 2009     Page 4 of 12

3.3   A 15-days notice will be given to each office before the visit. Regional and Sub-
      Regional Airworthiness offices shall keep their records updated at all times so as
      to enable the visiting officers to complete their task in the shortest possible
      time. Depending upon the quantum of work in the regional offices in terms of
      number of operators in the region and the number of officers attached to a
      particular Airworthiness Office, the inspection visit may last between 1 to 4
      days.
3.4   The purpose of the visit is not to find faults with the Regional or sub-Regional
      Airworthiness Offices, but to ensure that headquarters' instructions and
      requirements are being meticulously observed and enforced on the operators
      and approved organizations. In case there is any practical difficulty in complying
      with these instructions/requirements, the same would be sorted out during such
      visits.
3.5   The composition of the inspection team shall be decided by the Headquarters
      depending upon the availability of the officers. Regional/ Sub-Regional
      Airworthiness Officers should avail of this opportunity to discuss all the issues
      including administrative issues with the visiting team from headquarters so that
      that these could be resolved to their satisfaction.
3.6   Check list for Inspection is placed as annexure II.

4.    Controlling Officers’ Conference

4.1   To review the activities of regional and sub-regional offices, Airworthiness
      Directorate at Headquarters will hold an annual conference. The conference will
      be attended by Heads of the Regional/ Sub-regional offices and shall be held at
      the Headquarters, preferably a day after the annual meet of Quality Managers of
      Scheduled and Non-scheduled operators, so that regional heads could also
      participate in the meet. In general it should be organized within one year + two
      months from the previous meeting.
4.2   All officers participating in the meeting are encouraged to bring to the meeting
      any technical, administration, welfare or any other issue on behalf of their
      respective offices.
4.3   Headquarters will issue minutes of the meeting (Record of Discussion) with in
      two weeks and follow up on further action on amendment of documents as
      required by the decisions arrived at.




MONITORING OF REGIONAL/SUB-REGIONAL OFFICES
                                                                                PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                           Revision 0     Chapter 4
                                                                      March 2009   Page 5 of 12

5.    Visit o f D G C A a n d o t h e r s e n i o r o f f i c e r s

5.1   The Director General and other Senior Officers of headquarters visit various
      stations from time to time. Sometimes these officers transit through these
      stations. It is imperative that Head of Regional/Sub-regional office along with his
      Senior Officer(s) receive these officers at airport and extend all cooperation to
      them. It must also be ensured that Senior Officers of other discipline/
      directorates are received with due respect and help extended to them, when
      asked for, provided the office has been intimated of their visit.
5.2   Officers often visit other regions as part of audit team appointed by the
      Headquarters or to carry out various other official functions such as inspections,
      AME/ Pilot examination etc. It must be ensured that before starting official
      work, they inform the Head of Regional office of the purpose of their visit and if
      possible, pay a courtesy call to the office. All officers must adhere to these basic
      norms.

6.    Safety and Security of office premises

6.1   Regional and Sub-Regional offices are entrusted with variety of responsibilities,
      the records held in all airworthiness offices are therefore vital and are to be
      preserved for a long time. All the Regional and Sub-Regional offices are
      therefore required to take effective measures to protect these documents from
      damage due to environment, fire hazard, tampering of records etc.
6.2   All offices should procure adequate number of portable/hand held fire
      extinguishers. Such fire extinguishers can be of dry chemical/carbon dioxide/
      water type. Such fire extinguishers should be located at strategic locations in the
      office building so that in case of exigencies, these fire extinguishers are easily
      accessible to the officers and staff for use. These fire extinguishers should be
      kept serviceable at all times.
6.3   All officers and staff shall be adequately trained in using these fire extinguishers.
      The services of Airport Fire Services may be utilized where possible. A
      contingency/ emergency plan including the emergency telephone numbers shall
      also be displayed at prominent location in the office.

7.    Yearly information of aircraft status

      To update the records at headquarters the Regional Airworthiness Offices shall
      forward an annual return in respect of all aircraft under their jurisdiction,


MONITORING OF REGIONAL/SUB-REGIONAL OFFICES
                                                                       PART I
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                   Revision 0     Chapter 4
                                                            March 2009     Page 6 of 12

      irrespective of their serviceability, as on the 31st December of the calendar year
      so as to reach this office by 15th February of the following year. Sub-regional
      Airworthiness Offices may forward the subject return directly to headquarters
      with a copy to their respective Regional Airworthiness Offices. Sample format for
      the annual Aircraft State is placed in annexure III.




MONITORING OF REGIONAL/SUB-REGIONAL OFFICES
                                                                                        PART I
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                 Revision 0     Chapter 4
                                                                              March 2009      Page 7 of 12



                                                                                                  ANNEXURE-I


     MONTHLY NEWS LETTER FOR THE MONTH OF __________________

                                                     PART - I

A.   Mechanical delays to schedule services

        Name of       Type of        Total No.        No. of      Service T/O per delay  Service T/O per
        operator      Aircraft       of delays     service T/O      during the month    delay during last 6
                                                                                              months



B.   Statistics of A/C incident, accident, IFSD, P/L etc.

         Operator       Accidents        Incidents      IFSD     P/L    F/L    E/L     Bird hit        Others



C.   Details of point 'B' above

        Sl.         Reg. No./             Place of occurrence &         Operator           Description in
        No        Type of aircraft              Flight No.                                    details



D.   Renewal of pilot licenses

        Cat. of     ALTP (A)      SCPL       CPL       CHPL      PPL   FRTOL     IR    AFIR       FIR (A)   GPL
        License


E.   Renewal / Endorsement of AME Licenses

          Name of Operator                           Renewal                          Endorsement



F.   Issue/ Renewal Of Authorizations / Approvals/COC

       No. of Authorization issued/          No. of Approvals Issued/          No. of C of C Issued/
       Renewed                               Renewed                           Renewed




MONITORING OF REGIONAL/SUB-REGIONAL OFFICES
                                                                                       PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                  Revision 0     Chapter 4
                                                                         March 2009         Page 8 of 12


G.   Issue/ renewal of C of A

        S. No.     Owner/ Operator       Reg. No.          Type of A/C              Validity      Remarks



H.   Life Development Program of Major Components

       Operator          Nomenclature/         Approved TBO/          Action Plan       Reference to head
                         Part No.              Hrs. done              adopted           quarters




I.    (i) Total No. of Spot Checks carried out
      (ii) Details of discrepancies observed in spot checks/Surveillance checks

         Operator           Date       Name of Officer            Spot check details        Action Taken



J.   Approval of Organization

          Organization          Cat.   Scope of Approval          Validity       Name of Q.M./ QCM/ CI




K.   Renewal of Approval of Organization

             Organisation                Category                     Validity                 Remarks




L.   VVIP Movement

            Date                Name of VVIP             Destination of VVIP           Name of Officer(s)



M.   Bomb Threat Inspection:

       Name of Operator         Date     A/C Type      Flt. No.       Sector         Details




MONITORING OF REGIONAL/SUB-REGIONAL OFFICES
                                                                                        PART I
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                   Revision 0     Chapter 4
                                                                             March 2009         Page 9 of 12


N.   Manufacturing Activities

       Name of Firm         Nomenclature         Manufacturing Activity                     Remarks, if any




O.   Disciplinary action taken against erring personnel

        Name of Person            Organisation        Licence Details         Reason in brief       Hqrs. Ref.



P.    Meetings/Seminars/ In-house Work-shop etc.

       Date             Subject                     Organised by        Lectures given by       Remarks



Q.   Training of Officers

         Name of Officer             Type of Trg.            Period of Trg.                     Organised by




                                                   PART-II


      DETAILS OF SURVEILLANCE CHECKS

         Name of Firm        Date        Name of          No. of Deficiency       Details of     Action taken,
                                         Officers          sheets raised          Findings           if any


                                Copy of completed check list should be attached




Date: ________________                                         Signature of Officer: ______________

                                                                Designation            : _______________




MONITORING OF REGIONAL/SUB-REGIONAL OFFICES
                                                                                    PART I
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                             Revision 0     Chapter 4
                                                                          March 2009     Page 10 of 12


                                                                                           Annexure-II


Checklist for Inspection of Regional / Sub-Regional Airworthiness Office

Name of the Office                                          :
Location                                                    :
Name of the Head of the O ffice                             :
Name & Designation of the Inspecting Officer                :
Date(s) of Inspection                                       :

S/N                     Aspects to be inspected                           Remarks      Signature/Initial
1.    Check for continued availability of Internet/ Intra-net facility
      to the office.
2.    Check whether all the officers of the office are able to access
      Internet especially DGCA web site for updating of DGCA
      documents such as Aircraft Rules, CARs, AAC, Surveillance
      checklist etc.
3.    Check that whenever a new requirement / revised
      requirement such as amendment to Aircraft Rules, CAR, AAC
      etc. is issued, it is properly discussed in the office preferably
      by means of meeting/workshop on the subject.
4.    Check the procedure of implementation of the new / revised
      requirement by the office including the feedback received
      from the operator.
5.    Check the procedure of carrying out the spot checks. Check
      whether spot checks are planned ones or not.

6.    Check that during the spot checks availability/
      implementation of the new / revised requirement by the
      DGCA is ensured at the operators end.
7.    Check whether surveillance program as planned by the office
      during the beginning of the year is being adhered to.
      Note: At times some surveillance planned for one particular
      month may be carried out during subsequent months due to
      some reasons but the area of surveillance planned for must
      have been carried out.
8.    Check whether CA-2001 forms/ Deficiency reporting form to
      Form 6 are raised for shortcomings observed during
      surveillance inspections. Also, check how many cases are
      open / closed.
9.    Check what action is taken by the office in case discrepancies
      observed during surveillance and intimated by CA-2001 form
      / Deficiency reporting form to Form 6 are not closed within a
      reasonable time by the operator.


MONITORING OF REGIONAL/SUB-REGIONAL OFFICES
                                                                                  PART I
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                            Revision 0     Chapter 4
                                                                        March 2009   Page 11 of 12

10. Check whether all the officers of the office are able to access
    DGCA website through Internet to access ICAO Annexes and
    Guidance Materials.
11. Check the procedure of updating of DGCA mandatory
    modification records by the office whenever the same is
    issued or revised. Also, check the procedure of intimating to
    the operators.
12. Check the procedure of ensuring compliance of DGCA
    mandatory modification, whenever the same is issued or
    revised including the feedback from the operators.
13. Check the technical library of the office for availability of all
    the technical manuals in respect of the aircrafts under the
    jurisdiction of the office including the procedure of updating
    of the technical manuals.
14. Check the procedure for renewal of AME licenses including
    the receipt of application and the process of renewal.
15. Check that all the AME License files are kept in a secured
    place and the area shall have restricted entry for concerned
    persons only.
16. Check the procedure of C of A renewal. It shall be ensured
    that standard check list is being followed meticulously and
    the records are maintained properly in the individual aircraft
    file(s).
17. Check the procedure for review of the ARA records. It shall be
    ensured that records are maintained properly in the
    individual aircraft file(s).
18. Check that office transport(s) is maintained well and is in
    good operating condition to facilitate movement of officers
    for technical duties.
19. Check for any difficulty faced by the office regarding
    administrative and / or financial matters including approvals /
    sanctions.




Date: ________________                                       Signature of Officer: ______________

                                                             Designation        : _______________




MONITORING OF REGIONAL/SUB-REGIONAL OFFICES
                                                                                  PART I
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                            Revision 0     Chapter 4
                                                                        March 2009     Page 12 of 12

                                                                                       ANNEXURE-III


                                  ANNUAL AIRCRAFT STATE
                                   (As on 31st December 20___)


 S.    Owner/     Type of   Reg     Engine Airframe     C of A   Serviceable /   If U/S,    Remarks
 No.   Operator    A/c      No.    installed Hours      expiry   Unserviceable   reason
                                                         Date                    thereof




Date: ________________                                Signature of Officer: ______________

                                                      Designation         : _______________




MONITORING OF REGIONAL/SUB-REGIONAL OFFICES
      PART - II



TECHNICAL PROCEDURES
                                                                       PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                              March 2009       Page 1 of 8


                              CHAPTER 1
             REGISTRATION AND DE-REGISTRATION OF AIRCRAFT

1      Introduction

1.1.   This chapter lays down the recommended procedures to be followed by the
       Airworthiness officers for registration and de-registration of aircraft.
1.2.   The applicable references concerned with issue and renewal of C of R are

           Act / Rule     5, 30, 31-37A
           CAR            Section 2, Series F Part I
           ICAO           Annex 7
           Forms          CA 28 as application form
           Checklists     C of R Check List
           Fee            As per Rule 35

2.     Registration of aircraft

2.1. Eligibility
2.1.1. The aircraft shall have an approved Type Certificate equivalent to standards stated
       in EASA part 21 or FAR 21 and not currently registered in any State. The acceptable
       design codes are FAR/CS 23, 25, 27, 29, 33 etc. Microlight aircraft not conforming
       to these standards may also be registered.
2.1.2. An aircraft may be registered in either of the following two categories, namely
       Category 'A' where the aircraft is wholly owned either;
       a) by citizens of India; or
             by a company or corporation registered and having its principal place of
             business within India and the Chairman and at least two-thirds of the
             Directors of which are citizens of India; or
       b) by the Central Government or any State Government or any company or
             corporation owned or controlled by either of the said Governments; or
       c)    by a company or corporation registered elsewhere than in India, provided
             that such company or corporation has given the said aircraft on lease to any
       d) person mentioned in para 3.1(i), (ii) and (iii) above; and
2.1.3. Category 'B' where the aircraft is wholly owned either;
       a) by persons resident in or carrying on business in India, who are not citizens of
             India; or
       b) by a company or corporation with a base elsewhere than in India.




REGISTRATION AND DE-REGISTRATION OF AIRCRAFT
                                                                        PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                               March 2009       Page 2 of 8


2.1.4. The aircraft confirms to all the requirements published by the DGCA in regard to
       communications, navigation and surveillance equipment, safety and emergency
       equipment on board as per relevant CARs (Series I and O).

2.2.   Registration Process

2.2.1. For registration of an aircraft, an application shall be made to the DGCA on Form
       CA-28. The form is available as an appendix to the CAR Section 2 Series F part-I and
       also in DGCA website under the caption “FORMS”. A copy is also placed as
       Appendix ’2’ to this Chapter.
2.2.2. Upon receipt of the application form and the respective documents, the
       concerned airworthiness officer(s) shall scrutinize/ evaluate the form for its
       completeness and the following documents.
2.2.3. The following enclosures shall be scrutinized along with the fully completed
       application form;
       a) Copy of Type Certificate for an a/c to be registered for the first time;
       b) Copy of Type Acceptance from AED, for an a/c to be registered for the first
             time;
       c)    Customs clearance certificate / bill of entry of the aircraft;
       d) Certificate of deregistration from the previous registering authority;
       e) Evidence to the effect that the aircraft has been purchased or wholly owned
             by the applicant. For this purpose, a copy of invoice shall be accepted;
       f)    For aircraft purchased from a previous owner, an affidavit as required;
       g) In case the aircraft is taken on dry lease, a copy of the lease agreement;
       h) In case the aircraft is owned by a company or corporation, a document of
             Registration of the company and the names, addresses and nationalities of
             the Directors;
       i)    A copy of the import license issued by Director General Foreign Trade or
             Permission for import issued by the Ministry of Civil Aviation/ DGCA;
       j)    Where the aircraft is imported for private use, it will be registered in the
             name of the person or company to whom the import license has been issued;
       k) In cases where the aircraft has been mortgaged/hypothecated, the owner/
             operator’s consent for the same and the papers to this effect. Such a
             mortgage/ hypothecation shall be endorsed on the Certificate of
             Registration;
       l)    Fee for registration as prescribed in Rule 35 paid by DD payable to Pay and
             Accounts Officer, MCA, DGCA, New Delhi.
2.2.4. In case of any deficiency, the applicant shall be intimated in writing and failure to
       provide the above documents will invalidate the application;
2.2.5. For aircraft imported under Indian short term Certificate of Registration, the Short-
       term Certificate of Registration shall be issued only after a confirmation of de-


REGISTRATION AND DE-REGISTRATION OF AIRCRAFT
                                                                          PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                 March 2009       Page 3 of 8


       registration and/ or passing of the aircraft title to the operator has been received
       at DGCA.
2.2.6. The aircraft shall not be registered if;
        The aircraft is registered in another State;
        There is any doubt about the eligibility of registration of the aircraft;
        It would not be in the public interest to register the aircraft.
2.2.7. If the application form is complete and meets all the requirements laid down AI(I)
       section of the Airworthiness Directorate shall issue a registration number and
       Certificate of Registration and the same shall be recorded in the aircraft register;
       and computer records updated in the CARIS and DGCA website.
2.2.8. As required by Rule 36, a register of civil aircraft is maintained at the Airworthiness
       Directorate of DGCA Headquarters, which is open to inspection by members of
       public during office hours. The register contains all the information contained in
       the individual C of Rs as required by Rule 30.

2.3.   Certificate of Registration

2.3.1 The Certificate of Registration shall be issued in the standard format as given in
      Appendix 1.
2.3.2 The registration number shall be allocated as per order in the register in the
      format, VT-XXX, where VT is the designated Nationality Mark for India and XXX
      stands for letters of registration mark issued by DGCA to a particular aircraft.
2.3.3 Registration markings shall not be allotted which might be confused with
      International Code of Signals, especially:
      a) Registration beginning with the letter ‘Q’
      b) Registrations ‘SOS’, ‘XXX’, ‘PAN’ and ‘TTT’
2.3.4 A copy of C of R shall be filed appropriately in the a/c file.

2.4.   Validity and making changes to the Certificate of registration

2.4.1 A certificate of registration shall be of unlimited period if the a/c is out rightly
      purchased by the owner. In the case of leased a/c, the period of validity of
      Certificate of Registration shall be restricted to the date of expiry of lease
      agreement.
2.4.2 A certificate of registration shall become void when there is a change of ownership
      of the aircraft. The certificate should be changed accordingly to reflect the
      changes.




REGISTRATION AND DE-REGISTRATION OF AIRCRAFT
                                                                          PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                 March 2009        Page 4 of 8


3.     Aircraft imported by air

3.1.   If an application is made for the registration of an aircraft before it is imported in
       India, for the purpose of bringing the aircraft by air, a temporary Certificate of
       Registration may be granted under the provision of Rules 30 and 31 and this CAR
       to the new owner of the aircraft.
3.2.   The temporary Certificate of Registration will be valid only until the first landing at
       a customs aerodrome in India.
3.3.   The temporary Certificate of Registration shall be surrendered by the owner or his
       representative to the DGCA along with the application for registration of the
       aircraft.

4.     Recommendation to the WPC for Issue of Aeromobile Licence.

       For the operation of an aircraft an aero mobile station license shall be required for
       which an application submitted by the operator/owner may be forwarded with the
       recommendation to the Wireless Advisor, Ministry of Communications, along with
       DD of requisite fee.

5.     Intimation of registration to State of design

       If the registered aircraft is first of its type imported into the country the DGCA shall
       intimate the "State of Design" that it has registered this particular type of aircraft
       in India.

6.     Change of ownership

6.1.   If an aircraft is sold to another person or company, or ceases to be owned by the
       owner indicated on its Certificate of Registration, the registered owner shall
       forthwith notify this fact to the DGCA in accordance with Rule 33 of the Aircraft
       Rules.
6.2.   The new owner of the aircraft previously registered in India shall forthwith inform
       the DGCA of the fact of this change of ownership and shall make an application on
       form CA-28 for registration of the aircraft in their name.
6.3.   In addition, the application shall be accompanied by an affidavit duly
       authenticated by a Notary Public/ Oath Commissioner from the old owner
       confirming his ownership and also indicating that he has sold it to the new owner
       and has received the sale proceeds in full.




REGISTRATION AND DE-REGISTRATION OF AIRCRAFT
                                                                        PART II
        AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009      Page 5 of 8


7.    De-registration/Cancellation of aircraft registration

7.1   Application for de-registration /cancellation of aircraft registration shall be made
      by the registered owner of the aircraft.
7.2   The registration shall be cancelled if the aircraft has been permanently withdrawn
      from service or when the registered owner wish to cancel the registration for any
      of the reasons reflected in CAR section 2, Series F part I.
7.3   The airworthiness section shall ensure that the registered owner return the
      Certificate of registration before cancellation of the registration.
7.4   The de-registration /cancellation of the aircraft registration shall be informed to
      the owner through a letter with an endorsement to the concerned regional office
      so as make cancellation endorsement in the aircraft records maintained in the
      regional offices. A Copy shall also be forwarded to the Directorate of Air transport
      for affecting necessary entries in the AOP. WPC shall also be intimated about the
      cancellation.
7.5   The aircraft register, CARIS and website shall be updated accordingly.
      Note: While applying the provision of 7.2 above, it should be noted that if an
      aircraft is declared by the owner as beyond economic repair, it does not mean that
      it is permanently withdrawn from service.

8.    Issue of duplicate certificate of registration

      At times, requests are received from Operators for issuance of duplicate
      Certificate of Registration due to originals having been lost, misplaced or
      mutilated. When a certificate is lost or misplaced, the owner/operator should
      apply to regional/sub-regional Airworthiness Office along with an
      (a) affidavit;
      (b) FIR lodged with police; and
      (c) applicable fees.

      Note:
      i) Fees shall be charged only when the original certificate have been lost/
          misplaced.
      ii) No fees shall be charged when the certificate is mutilated or no space is
          available for making further entries.

9.    Check List
      Check List for issue of C of R is placed as Appendix 2 to this Chapter.



REGISTRATION AND DE-REGISTRATION OF AIRCRAFT
                                                                             PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                           Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                  March 2009        Page 6 of 8


                                                                                   Appendix 1

                                    FORM CA 27 (REV. 1997)


Cert. No. :                                                                Reg. Marking:
Category : A/B



                                GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
                        DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION
                      OPP. SAFDARJUNG AIRPORT, NEW DELHI-110003

                               CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION

 Nationality &            Manufacturer and manufacturer's Aircraft              Year of
 Registration Marking     Designation of aircraft         Serial No.            Manufacture
 VT-
 Name of Owner(s)
 Address
 Nationality
 Name of Lessor(s)
 Address
 Nationality
 Name of operator
 Address
 Nationality
 Usual Station
 Validity of Lease        Validity of Registration      Signatures



 It is certified that the above described aircraft has been duly entered in the register of India
 with effect from ………..accordance with the Convention on International Civil Aviation
 dated 7th Dec, 1944 and with the Aircraft Act, 1934 and rules made there under.




 Date of Issue :                                                         __________________
 New Delhi :                                                             Authorized Signatory




 REGISTRATION AND DE-REGISTRATION OF AIRCRAFT
                                                                         PART II
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                    Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                                March 2009       Page 7 of 8


     Appendix 2

                Checklist for issue of Certificate of Registration (C of R)
Applicant/ Operator :
Registration No.:              Aircraft type :            MSN :
1. Documents to be submitted along              Submitted If No, the reason   Signature
     with application                                        thereof.
2.     Latest CA28 (Appendix ‘A’):               Yes/No
3.     Import license from DGFT/NOC issued       Yes/No
       by MCA/DGCA.
4.     Document indicating the weight of         Yes/No
       the aircraft (AFM pages etc)
5.     Requisite Fee (as per the weight of the Yes/No
       aircraft)
        Up to 15000 kg submit Rs.20000
         only,
        if the weight of the aircraft is more
         than 15000 kg use the formula
         given below:-
         (Wt -15000) X 5+20000 = Fee to be
         deposited for C of R.
         Pl note Wt. to be rounded off to
         next higher thousand for ex. 73200
         kg to be taken as 74000 kg.
         If only short term C of R is
         requested then 25% of 20000 or
         25% of amount calculated as per
         formula shall be deposited.
6.     Custom Clearance/ Bill of entry   Yes/No

7.     Invoice                                   Yes/No
8.     If the aircraft acquired on outright      Yes/No
       purchase an Affidavit / Notarised
       document from previous owner
       indicating that he has received full
       sale proceeds and has No- objection
       in registering the aircraft in the name
       of new owner.



     REGISTRATION AND DE-REGISTRATION OF AIRCRAFT
                                                              PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL          Revision 0      Chapter 1
                                                      March 2009     Page 8 of 8


                           OR
       If the aircraft is acquired under Lease
       agreement, a copy of agreement
       along with “No binding certificate”
       address to DGCA and signed by the
       persons signing the lease document.
9.     List of Board of Directors with their Yes/No
       names, nationality and address.
10. Document indicating         that   the Yes/No
    company is registered.
11. Certificate indicating Consent of       Yes/No
    Bank/Owner/Lessor if hypothecation /
    mortgage of aircraft is requested
12. De-registration/Non registration        Yes/No
    certificate
13. Letter of authorization from owner for Yes/No
    submission of application.




     REGISTRATION AND DE-REGISTRATION OF AIRCRAFT
                                                                             PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                           Revision 0        Chapter 2
                                                                  March 2009         Page 1 of 15

                                     CHAPTER 2
                           CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS

1.    Introduction

1.1   Rule 15 requires that no aircraft (other than a micro light aircraft shall be flown unless
      the following conditions are complied with, namely - the aircraft shall be certified as
      airworthy and maintained in airworthy condition; all terms and conditions on which C
      of A was issued shall be duly complied with; the aircraft shall carry on board its C of A
      and any other certificates prescribed by the rules; the aircraft shall be fitted with and
      shall have in working order such instruments and equipment as are prescribed for an
      aircraft of that class or description. The rule provides that within the close vicinity of an
      aerodrome or the place of its departure, the aircraft may be flown without a valid C of
      A for the purpose of test.
1.2   The Certificate of Airworthiness is issued to a complete aircraft indicating that the
      particular aircraft meets the requirement of type design and is in a safe condition for
      flight. Inspection of aircraft and issue of C of A ensures that the aircraft is airworthy
      and safe for flight.
2.    References

       Aircraft Rule   15, 50, 50A, 51, 52, 53, 53A, 54 and 55.
       CAR             Section 2, Series F part III
       ICAO            Annex 8, Chapter 3
       Fee             Rule 62
       Forms           CA 23, CA-23A as application and CA-25 as C of A

3.    Procedure

3.1   The detailed procedure for issuing and renewal of C of A is explained in CAR Section 2,
      Series F Part-III. Once the aircraft has been registered in India, the application for C of A
      (form CA-25) should be carefully scrutinized at Headquarters for the following:
      3.1.1 Valid C of R;
      3.1.2 Receipt of fees, as applicable;
      3.1.3 Type Certificate (not applicable for Microlight aircraft for which a permit to Fly
              is issued in lieu of C of A) to confirm that the aircraft meets the design criteria;
      3.1.4 Availability of the Export C of A;
      3.1.5 The Following technical literatures (two sets) in case the type of aircraft is being
              imported into the country for the first time;
              - Aircraft Flight Manual
              - Aircraft and Engine maintenance manual

CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
                                                                             PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                           Revision 0        Chapter 2
                                                                  March 2009         Page 2 of 15

             -   MPD
             -   MMEL
             -   W&B document
             -   Type certificate and TCDS, and LOPA.

      Note. Relevant pages of Flight Manual/ Pilot Operating Hand book shall be used for
      ascertaining MTOW, flight crew composition and any operating limitations.

3.2   Partially filled C of A is issued by DGCA Headquarters to the RO/SRO, where the a/c is
      normally based. The RO/SRO shall carry out necessary inspection of the a/c and
      detailed scrutiny of documents for issuance of C of A and assigning the applicable
      validity. It may be noted that the C of A is issued by Regional/Sub-Regional Offices after
      full inspection and scrutiny, and not on the basis of Export C of A of the aircraft.
3.3   In case of a new aircraft imported via fly way for the first time into the country under
      temporary registration in accordance with Rule 32, the short term C of A will be issued
      by DGCA Hqrs with validity till the first landing at the customs aerodrome. After regular
      registration, the aircraft may be issued with a ferry flight permission to fly to main base
      where regular C of A may be granted by the RO/SRO. If necessary, officers from main
      base may carry out the inspection at the custom aerodrome to issue regular C of A.
3.4   An aircraft imported in the crates will have to be assembled by an appropriately
      licensed engineer, test flown by a pilot having minimum experience requirements as
      laid down in CAR Section-2 Series T part II.
3.5   It is also necessary that the aircraft’s corrected weight and CG is determined. Rule 58
      requires that the weight schedule prepared should be either displayed or carried on
      board. The weight schedule could be prepared on the basis of the manufacturer’s
      document after computing the changed weight after fitting additional equipment etc.
      However, where such information is not available, the aircraft will be required to be
      weighed and the CG and empty weight will have to be determined.
3.6   The operator applying for issue of C of A has to submit an inspection report by
      appropriately licensed AME/approved persons certifying that the aircraft is (i)
      airworthy and meets all the requirements currently in vogue for issue of C of A; (ii)
      certify that all work carried out on the aircraft including major repairs, modifications
      etc. have been carried out by licensed / approved persons and the various test reports
      / certificates are available for inspection of the Airworthiness Officers; (iii) certify that
      the ADs, as applicable to the aircraft up to the date of inspection, have been complied
      with; (iv) certify that the checks/scheduled inspection associated with the C of A issue
      of the particular aircraft have been carried out satisfactorily; (v) the aircraft has been
      test flown where applicable, and the result of the test flight is satisfactory; (vi) that the
      Flight Manual is up-to-date, and (viii) necessary documents to be carried on board in
      accordance with CAR X VII are available.

CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
                                                                            PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 0        Chapter 2
                                                                 March 2009        Page 3 of 15

3.7   The regional Airworthiness Officer will carry out inspection of the aircraft to the extent
      possible to judge the standard of work performed.
3.8   Various log books, Flight Manual and other Maintenance documents shall be
      scrutinized to ascertain the condition of the aircraft. Physical inspection of the aircraft
      should be carried out to ensure that there was no damage during the flight, the aircraft
      flight was satisfactory and no major defects were reported during the flight. A list of
      ADs and mandatory modifications as applicable to the particular aircraft shall be
      scrutinized to ensure that all ADs, modifications/repairs and the safety requirement for
      the aircraft have been complied with.

      Note: Normally the compliance of mandatory airworthiness directives is ensured since
      last renewal of C of A. However, where a change in owner, operator, or the MRO is
      involved, the AW officers may ask for compliance of previous ADs, CPCP, SSIP etc.

3.9   Issue of certificate of airworthiness for aircraft manufactured in India.

      For an aircraft for which India is the State of design and manufacture the type
      certificate will be issued by the AED, DGCA. Once a type certificate is issued inspection
      of the aircraft during the manufacturing stages to ensure conformity with the drawings
      will be carried out by the Airworthiness officers. The stages at which the inspection will
      be carried out will be determined in consultation with the Quality Manager of the
      organization.

4.    Detailed Inspection guidelines

4.1   For large transport aircraft maintained on the basis of equalized checks, physical
      inspection for renewal of C of A may not linked with C of A renewal. Such aircraft are
      inspected by ROs during routine maintenance, major checks etc., throughout the year
      so that at the time of renewal of C of A, a detailed inspection is not required and the
      officer authorized can renew the C of A depending on the various certificates issued by
      the Quality Manager / the authorized person of the airline. For this purpose it will be
      necessary that the RO maintains a record of the observations made during routine
      visits, spot checks and major inspection of the aircraft in the hangars etc. If this method
      is followed, a sufficient number of checks could build up confidence in the officers for
      renewing the C of A and hence a detailed inspection of the aircraft at the time of
      renewal may not be required. Head of RO should ensure that sufficient number of
      inspections were carried out and recorded.
4.2   Light aircraft could be inspected in two or three stages depending on convenience and
      also the confidence built up by the ROs with the engineering set up of the particular
      operator. Each aircraft should be inspected whenever it is under major Inspection.

CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
                                                                             PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 0        Chapter 2
                                                                  March 2009        Page 4 of 15

       During inspection it must be ensured, that no unauthorized modifications have been
       carried out. Modifications which have been approved and have been carried out must
       be in accordance with the appropriate manuals.
4.3    The Rate of Climb of the aircraft, where applicable, observed during test flight should
       be compared with previous Rate of climb value. In case of deterioration in
       performance, the causes should be investigated and if necessary, a reference should be
       made to the manufacturer under intimation to Hqrs.
4.4    During C of A renewal, an applicable inspection as per the maintenance programme
       approved by the RO/SRO is to be carried out on the aircraft. Additionally, a C of A
       renewal schedule may be prepared to include items such as Retraction of Landing Gear,
       functioning of flight controls/ flaps, condition of placards, ELT check, generation of
       warnings on various cockpit equipment, and condition of all safety equipment,
       operation of emergency equipment and lights etc.
4.5    During C of A check, the annual inspection on CVR and FDR, where applicable, must be
       carried out in accordance with the CARs on these equipment.
4.6    It must also be ensured that time expired components are not reinstalled on the
       aircraft without having been overhauled/repaired.
        Operator’s store should be checked at regular intervals to see that the components in
       the stores, particularly in the bonded area are only approved, type certified and proper
       records are available of such components.
4.7    Log books should be thoroughly checked for any entry regarding damage to the aircraft
       during the operation in the year. It is emphasised that any overwriting should clearly
       indicate the previous entry.
4.8    Inspection should be carried out in the area of landing gear attachment, wing
       attachments and tail area to see if there is any evidence of heavy landing or accident. It
       should also be ensured from the records that the operator has been carrying out
       regular checks of the aircraft during the year. All schedules due have been timely
       carried out and certified. For reciprocating engine aircraft, records of engine overhaul,
       compression check, oil consumption, fuel uplift, and aircraft defect register etc. shall be
       scrutinized with a view to observe any abnormality.
4.9    Special care should be given to major repairs having been carried out on the aircraft to
       ensure that the repairs are in accordance with the approved data have been carried
       out by competent persons and in an approved manner using approved materials.
       Where repairs have been carried out inspection panels should be opened and inside of
       the repairs thoroughly inspection in case there is doubt.
4.10   Communication Radio/and Navigation checks should be carried out in the presence of
       the officers to ensure correct functioning and satisfactory operation.
4.11   During the course of inspection of an aircraft for issue/renewal of C of A there is a
       probability that an operator is not able to comply with all the requirements applicable
       to the aircraft at the time of issue/renewal of C of A. The C of A shall not be renewed in

CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
                                                                            PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 0        Chapter 2
                                                                 March 2009        Page 5 of 15

      case an AD or modification/ repairs affecting safety has not been complied with. Any
      other item of emergency like first aid kit, fire extinguishers, life jackets, life vests,
      escape slides have to be on board and no relaxations should be granted in such cases.
      However, certain requirements which may not affect the safety immediately for which
      the operator has got a genuine difficulty in complying with due to non-availability of
      spares, any special tool not available, the C of A may be renewed for which the
      operator should be intimated in writing that these requirements must be complied
      with within a definite time limit. Heads of ROs may grant such relaxations up to 45 days
      provided the operator has been able to show that he has placed the order for the
      spares and they have not arrived or there are certain circumstances beyond his control.
      Weighing of aircraft could also be deferred where the facility for weighing is not readily
      available or the weighing scales are not calibrated or serviceable. This requirement
      could also be given a time limit for compliance but should not exceed three months.
      However, where there is a doubt that the CG has shifted appreciably due to some
      major modification, replacement of part, change of engine etc., no relaxation should be
      granted and the aircraft has to be weighed and CG determined before the C of A could
      be issued.

5     RE-BUILT AIRCRAFT

      There may be occasions when an operator rebuilds an aircraft based on the availability
      of a major component, viz. fuselage etc. Such a part could have been purchased by the
      operator either from the insurance company or from another operator. After installing
      the airworthy parts procured either from abroad or from other approved agencies in
      India these aircraft can be again made serviceable. Where an aircraft has been built
      with a fuselage already available, it will be essential that the constructor’s serial
      number of the fuselage which was entered earlier against another registration number
      allotted should again be re-allotted to the aircraft. With the consent of the operator a
      new registration number could be allotted to such an aircraft clearly indicating that the
      earlier constructor’s number has not been allotted to this aircraft. In case an operator
      desires he can get the earlier constructor number cancelled and re-allot his own
      number in this regard.

6     VALIDITY OF C OF A

      As per Rule 50, the C of A shall be valid for period as indicated on the C of A. CAR F part
      III stipulates the validity as follows:




CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
                                                                         PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0        Chapter 2
                                                               March 2009       Page 6 of 15



                     Aircraft Age                                     Validity
       Up to 5 Years                             5 years
       Above 5 years & up to 8 Years             till the aircraft attains age of 10 years
       Above 8 years and up to 18 Years          2 Years
       Between 18 & 19 Years                     till the aircraft attains age of 20 years
       19 years and above                        1 Year
       Note: C of A renewal inspection for aircraft more than 25 years of age by minimum
              3 officers from different regions stands withdrawn.

7     CONDITIONS FOR CONTINUED VALIDITY OF C OF A

7.1   The continued validity of the C of A shall be subject to the aircraft maintenance
      organization performing an annual review of airworthiness for the aircraft wherein the
      following shall be ensured:
      i)    all due maintenance specified in the applicable maintenance programme have
            been completed;
      ii) all Airworthiness Directives have been complied with; any modifications and
            repairs carried out conform to the applicable regulations;
      iii) each discrepancy recorded in the technical log has been actioned and certified;
      iv) all applicable releases to service have been completed and certified;
      v) all components’ lives are within the limits laid down in the applicable
            maintenance programme;
      vi) weight and balance data in the aircraft logbook is accurate and within the
            limitations of the aircraft type certificate;
      vii) the flight manual is current version for the aircraft;
      viii) all documents and safety equipment on board are updated and in proper
            condition;
      ix) a general condition inspection of the aircraft is performed with satisfactory
            results.
      x)    all applicable ARAs applicable since issue or last renewal of C of A.
7.2   The annual review of airworthiness shall be carried out by persons meeting
      qualifications and experience as per CAR Section 2, Series F part III and authorized by
      the Quality Manager to carry out the review. A report (Annual Review of Airworthiness)
      as per the prescribed proforma shall be submitted to the concerned regional office by
      the Quality Manager 15 days prior to completion of one year after issue/renewal of C
      of A and every subsequent year thereafter.
7.3   Each person who performs and certifies an annual review of airworthiness for an
      aircraft shall enter;



CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
                                                                             PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0        Chapter 2
                                                                  March 2009         Page 7 of 15

      a)   the following statement in the aircraft logbook or other approved technical
           record:
               “I hereby certify that an annual review of airworthiness has been carried out
               on this aircraft and that the current requirements of Civil Aviation
               Requirements have been complied with”;
      b) dated signature with licence number; and
      c)   due date for next review, in the appropriate section of the technical log book.
7.4   Each person who performs an annual review of airworthiness and finds that an aircraft
      does not comply with the requirements listed in above shall;
      a) record the discrepancies in the aircraft logbook or other approved technical
           record; and
      b) forward a copy of the discrepancies to the concerned regional office.

8     Officers Authorized to Issue/Renew C OF A

8.1   An Initial C of A (partially completed) in respect of an aircraft will be issued by the
      DGCA Headquarters while registering the aircraft. However, subsequent renewal will
      be done by the officers authorized by the Ministry under the delegation of powers (SO
      726E) and under no circumstances it will be signed by an officiating officer or an officer
      looking after the current duties of higher rank.
8.2   Powers delegation for Issue/Renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness


       ISSUE            All Up Weight of > 15000 kg   Dy. Director of Airworthiness and above
       (Only at Hqrs)   All Up Weight up to 15000 kg Senior Airworthiness Officer and above
                        All Up Weight up to 2000 kg Airworthiness Officer and above
                        All Up Weight up to 15000 kg Senior Airworthiness Officer and above
       RENEWAL
                                                     Dy. Director / Controller of Airworthiness
                        All Up Weight > 15000 Kg
                                                     and above

8.3   The office file on the renewal of C of A should be completed in all respect and shall
      contain all necessary papers such as application for renewal, enclosures of the work
      performed on the aircraft and certificates issued by the operator and the MRO, filled
      up check lists etc. etc. On completion of the work, the file must be submitted to the
      head of the regional office / Sub regional office for his information. The aircraft files are
      liable to be produced to the Inquiry Officers/ Court of Inquiries in case of accident.
      Pages should be correctly marked and all the receipts, issues placed in the correct
      order. Wherever any relaxation etc. has been granted it should be communicated in
      writing.



CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
                                                                           PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0        Chapter 2
                                                                March 2009        Page 8 of 15

      Note: It must be ensured that C of Renewal records are maintained on original file and
            not on part file. In the event file is located at other regional office, it must be
            ensured that prior to renewal of C of A the file is available in the office where C
            of A is being renewed.

8.4   Head of Regional Office should ensure that verbal concessions and permissions may
      not be resorted to. Where the operator specifically requests for a dispensation from a
      requirement, the same may be considered and if feasible, granted in writing and
      acknowledgement obtained from the operators for record.
8.5   A report on the C of A renewal shall be sent to the Hqrs. as per the existing Performa
      immediately after the C of A is renewed.

9     SUSPENSION OF CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS AND ITS REVALIDATION

9.1   Aircraft Rule 55 lays down conditions under which the C of A stands suspended or
      deemed to be suspended. The rule also clearly indicates how to get the suspended C of
      A revalidated. In general, the certificate stands suspended or cancelled when the
      aircraft suffers major damage, unapproved modifications/repairs have been carried out
      and life expired components continue to remain on the aircraft. In such cases the
      certificate is automatically validated after the above deficiencies are removed and
      certified by an AME.
9.2   After an accident it is a normal practice that the C of A is endorsed indicating that this
      has been suspended as a result of the accident. Revalidation of the certificate in such
      cases will be done only after the aircraft is properly repaired; required inspection for
      renewal of C of A is carried out by an appropriately licensed AME.
9.3   In case an operator applies for a full term C of A, he will pay the required fees also and
      comply with all the requirements normally required for renewal of C of A. However, the
      operator may get the C of A re-validated for the remaining period which could be done
      after an inspection by an authorized officer.
9.4   C of A shall deem to be suspended in case the operator does not submit the ARA as per
      CAR.

10    Ferry Flight

      Where the C of A is suspended or deemed to be suspended for any reason, ferry flight
      permission can be granted to take the aircraft back where the repair facilities are
      available. However, such ferry flight shall be permitted without any passengers with
      the minimum crew required for the flight as mentioned in the Flight Manual and the
      maintenance or repair which is considered essential has been carried out for the
      purpose of ferry flight. Such permission can be granted by Directors/ Controllers of the

CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
                                                                           PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0        Chapter 2
                                                                March 2009        Page 9 of 15

       station. In cases where the C of A has lapsed, the permission for ferry flight will be
       granted by the Director of Airworthiness. Where the C of A is actually suspended or
       deemed to be suspended such permission may be granted by an officer of the rank of
       Controller in the Regional Office. Reference should be made to the CAR Section 2 Series
       F Part VII for special flight permits and the procedure given therein should be followed.

11     REPLACEMENT/ISSUE OF DUPLICATE OF C OF A

11.1   C of A would need to be replaced under the following circumstances:
       (i) When there is no place on the certificate for renewal;
       (ii) When in poor state due to normal wear and handling;
       (iii) When the original is lost.
11.2   Upon requests from Operators for issuance of a duplicate Certificate of Airworthiness
       due to originals having been lost, misplaced or mutilated along with an (a) affidavit and
       (b) FIR lodged with police (c) applicable fees, the officers empowered to renew the
       Certificate of Airworthiness (Including at regional/sub regional offices) may issue the
       duplicate Certificate of Airworthiness. Whilst doing so, they will endorse the word
       “Duplicate” on the respective C of A. A copy of the same should also be forwarded to
       Headquarters stating the reasons necessitating its issue for record purposes.

       Note :
       i)   Fees (10 % of the original issue fees) shall be charged only when the original
            certificate have been lost/ misplaced.
       ii) No fees shall be charged when the certificate is mutilated or no space is available
            for making further entries.

12     Check Lists for Issue and Renewal are placed as Appendix I and II.




CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
                                                                                 PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                             Revision 0        Chapter 2
                                                                       March 2009         Page 10 of 15

                                                                                              APPENDIX I
                        Checklist for issue of Certificate of Airworthiness (C of A)
  Applicant/Operator:

  Registration No: VT-                        Aircraft type:                           MSN:
  S. No    Documents to be submitted along with Submitted                  Remarks            Signature
           application
      1.   CA25                                          Yes/No

      2.   Documents indicating Weight of the            Yes/No
           aircraft (AFM pages etc)
      3.   Requisite Fee (as per the weight of the       Yes/No
           aircraft)
            Up to 1000 kg submit Rs.20,000
           only,
            If the weight of the aircraft is more
              than 1000kgs use the formula given
              below:-
             (Wt -1000) +20000 = Fee to be
              deposited for C of A.
            Pl note Wt. to be rounded off to next
             higher thousand for ex. 73,200 kg to
             be taken as 74000Kgs.
            If short term C of A is requested a fee
              equivalent to issue of partially filled
              C of A will be charged.
      4.   Details of equipments, systems and            Yes/No
           instruments installed on aircraft.
           (CVR, FDR and ELT may be highlighted)
      5.   Application for Noise certificate along       Yes/No
           with document indicating noise levels
           of the aircraft as required in Appendix.
      6.   Export C of A                                 Yes/No
      7.   Erection certificate                          Yes/No
           (if aircraft imported in dismantled
           condition)
      8.   Flight test report                            Yes/No
           (if aircraft imported in dismantled
           condition)

      9.   If short term C of A is requested a           Yes/No
           certificate should be given that all
           relevant CARs, ADs and special


CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
                                                                                  PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                             Revision 0        Chapter 2
                                                                       March 2009         Page 11 of 15

             requirements have been complied
             with.
        10. Standard C of A                              Yes/No
        11. If the C of A is requested for a new type    Yes/No
            of aircraft (introduced in the country
            for the first time) then the application
            should be made along with following
            documents:
              Design approval issued by FAA/JAA
               or any other regulatory authority
              Type certificate & Data sheet
              Export C of A issued within 60 days
               of submission of application
              MMEL
              Customised weight & balance
               manual
              Soft copies of mandatory
               modifications for new type of
               aircraft/engine/propeller is enclosed


                                                                                          ___________
Date: ___________                                                                          Signature

Note 1. The above check list is for issue of partially filled C of A. For issue of complete C of A the
        officers may use the existing check list as per DGCA.STD.DOC/CL/28.
Note 2. Following to be checked before submission of application:-
   1.     CA-25 Appendix ’A’, Appendix ’B’ and Appendix ’G’ are duly filled and signed by the
          owner/authorised representative and name and designation is clearly mentioned further no
          item shall be left unattended, if not applicable please write NA. Appendix ’B’&’G’ preferably
          be signed by a licensed AME.
   2.     Export C of A shall clearly indicate MSN, Type and Date of manufacture of aircraft.
   3.     Erection certificate shall be signed by licensed AME in relevant category.
   4.     Flight test report shall also give status of avionics systems installed on the aircraft.
   5.     A detailed calculation of the fee should be submitted on a separate paper, the fee drafts
          should be deposited at the DGCA gate and a stamp indicating the amount shall be received on
          forwarding letter etc.
   6.     Documents indicating the weight of the aircraft should also indicate serial no of the aircraft.




CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
                                                                                PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                            Revision 0        Chapter 2
                                                                     March 2009      Page 12 of 15

                                                                                      APPENDIX II
                  CHECK LIST FOR RENEWAL OF CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS

Name of Owner/Operator                 :
Registration No & Type of Aircraft     :
Type & No. of Engines                  :
Type of Propeller (if applicable)      :
C of A valid till                      :
Last ARA dated                         :
Date & Place of Inspection             :
Name & Designation of Officer          :

 S/N                  ITEMSOFINSPECTION                                         REMARKS   SIGNATURE
AIRCRAFT RELATED DOCUMENTS
 1.    Receipt of application as per appendix given in CAR ‘F’ Part III.
 2.    Receipt of requisite fees asper Rule 62 of Aircraft Rules, 1937.
 3.    Quantum of work approval, if required.
 4.    Number of spot checks carried out on the aircraft since last
       renewal of C of A.
 5.    Number of major defects reported since last renewal of C of A.
 6.    Number of major defect reports, if any, closed/ open?
 7.    Whether any incident /accident recommendation is pending for
       compliance?
 8.    Condition of C of A, C of R and validity of Aeromobile Licence
       and Air Operator's Permit.
 9.    Scrutiny of J.L.B/FRB/techlog.
 10.   Scrutiny of Aircraft, Engine, and Propeller log books particularly for
       entering of AD compliance status.
 11.   Defect Register for proper rectification of major and repetitive
       defects.
 12.   Fuel & Oil consumption register, as applicable.
 13.   Engine parameter register, as applicable
 14.   Certificate of engine performance review.
 15.   Status of AD complaince.
 16.   List of materials & spares used. Check for release notes and proper
       documentation.
 17.   Inspection schedule since last C of A renewal.
 18.   Certificate of First Aid/ Physician Kit.
 19.   Certificate from Operations/Quality Department that the Flight
       Manual (if applicable) is current and up-to-date. Latest amendment /
       revision number.


CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
                                                                                 PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                             Revision 0        Chapter 2
                                                                      March 2009      Page 13 of 15

 20.   Record of ARAs since last C of A
 21.   Perservation records, if applicable
 22.   Record of compass swinging.
 23.   T.B.O. of components within limit.
 24.   Test flight report.
 25.   Certificate of maintenance review as per para 7 of CAR (Sec-2), Series
       ‘F’ Part III from QM/ Chief of Inspection / Engineer-in-Charge.
 26.   Certificate regarding compliance of all other requirements of
       applicable CARs.
 27.   A Certificate that the Radio Communication, Navigation and Radar
       equipment on board have been checked.
 28.   Certificate for use of approved materials and that the work has been
       carried out as per approved procedures by approved persons.
 29.   Report of fuel sample for microbiological test.
                                          PHYSICAL INSPECTION OF AIRCRAFT

 GO AROUND INSPECTION
 1.    Check for damages, dents/any extensive patchrepairs in the
       airframe/ engine and quality of repair.
 2.    Check tyres, brakes, landing gears.
 3.    Check engine inlet,fanblades,outlets,open the cowling and check for
       oil leaks.
 4.    Checktheconditionofpropeller(ifinstalled)andalso conditionofyellowpaint
       onpropellertips.
 5.    Check fuel tanks for any leakage.

 6.    Check the condition of flaps/ aileron/ stabilizers or any dent
       delamination etc.
 7.    Check the condition of pitot/ AOA probes and cleanliness of
       static ports.
 8.    Check the conditionof static dischargers/ wicks.
 9.  Check condition of Radome.
 10. Check evidence of over rotation.
 11. Check any evidence of toilet fluid leakage.
 12. Check for any hydraulic leakage.
 13.   Check for any evidence of detereriotion of visible seals on
       doors , windows etc.
 14.   Check APU (if installed) compartment for any leakage of
       hydraulic fluid/ oil leakage.
 15.   Check for any missing rivets, fasteners, peeling of paint.
 16.   Check for any evidence of corrosion, hydraulic fluid leak in wheel
       well area.


CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
                                                                                    PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                Revision 0        Chapter 2
                                                                          March 2009     Page 14 of 15

 17.   Check cleanliness of wheel well area.
 18.   Check the cleanliness of aircraft.
 19.   Painting of registration markings.
 20.   Installation of owner’s name plate.
 21.   Operations of various systems such as flaps, under-carriage,
       ailerons, rudder etc.
 22.   Operations of external lights such as navigation, anti collision,
       landing / taxing, strobe lights etc.
 23.   Condition of de-icer boots and satisfactory operation
 24.   Check condition of cargo doors.
 25.   Check condition of cargo compartment floor.
 26.   Check pressure bulkheads for condition, corrosion etc.
 27.   Check pressure equalizer panels.
 28.   Condition of Radio/Navigation antennas.
AIRCRAFT INTERIOR
1.   Check escape slide-chute bottle pressure (if applicable).
2.     Check condition of cabin crew seat (if applicable).
3.     Check seat belts for condition and seats for satisfactory
       operation of inclination.
4.     Check that “FASTEN SEAT BELT WHILE SEATED” sign and “NO
       SMOKING” sign are displayed in proper place.
5.     Check life vests, as applicable.
6.     Check that seats are provided with fire blocking materials.
7.     Check serviceability of emergency escape path markings/
8.     lights. the condition of hat racks.
       Check
9.     Check reclining mechanism of seats.
10.    Check that emergency exit doors are properly placarded.
11.    Check that all passenger seats are provided with “PASSENGER
       BRIEFING CARD”.
12.    Check First aid/ Physician kits.
13.    Check portable oxygen/ fire extinguisher bottles, megaphone,
14.    etc. as for satisfactory operation of cabin crew calling system/
       Check applicable.
       PA system.
15.    Check satisfactory operation of toilet motor, smoke warning
       system, and display of “NO SMOKING” placard.
16.    Check for proper operation of toilet door.
 COCKPIT
 1.  Check for satisfactory operationof sliding windows, if applicable.




CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
                                                                                  PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                              Revision 0        Chapter 2
                                                                        March 2009     Page 15 of 15

 2.    Check availability of crash axe, portable fire extinguisher, portable
       oxygen bottle.
 3.    Check availability of the following documents:
        Company operations manual, if applicable;
        FCOM/ AOM/ POH as applicable;
        Certificate of Airworthiness;
        Certificate of Registration;
        Aeromobile licence;
        Approved weight schedule;
        Air operator’s Permit;
          NoiseCertificate
        Valid CRS
        Approved MEL/ CDL and DDPG;
        Cockpit and Emergencycheck listas applicable;
 4.    Check windshields and windows for the followings:
        Sign of discolouration;
        Sign of over heating;
        Presence of bubbles;
        Any other abnormality;
 5.    Check satisfactory operation of the followings, if installed:
        Stall warning system;
        Fire warning system;
        Weather Radar ( in test mode),
        Transponder;
        GPWS;
        ACAS;
        VHF communication;
        ADF;
        VOR;
        Master Warning and Caution lights and System annunciators;
        ELT;
        Electrical operation of cargo doors;
        Extension/ Retraction of landing gears ,asapplicable.
 6.    Check for free and full movements of flight & engine controls.
 7.    Markings of instrument dials and placards Readability
 8.    Display of compass correction card.
 9.    Operation of inertia reel.
 10.   Engine ground run performance.




CERTIFICATE OF AIRWORTHINESS
                                                                              PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 0        Chapter 3
                                                                  March 2009        Page 1 of 21

                                 CHAPTER 3
                   APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION

1.    Scope (145. B.01)

      This chapter describes the administrative procedures which the Airworthiness
      Directorate officers shall follow when exercising their tasks and responsibilities regarding
      issuance, continuation, change, suspension or revocation of CAR-145 maintenance
      organization approvals.

2.    DGCA Role (145. B.10)
2.1   General
      Rule 133B of the Aircraft Rules 1937 stipulates that organisations engaged in the
      maintenance of aircraft and aircraft components shall be approved by DGCA. The
      Airworthiness Directorate has been vested with the responsibilities for the issuance,
      continuation, change, suspension or revocation of a maintenance approval.
2.2   Resources
      The approval will be processed by Regional Airworthiness office for Indian Organisation
      and by DGCA Hdqrs. for Foreign organizations. A team of at least two officers of
      Airworthiness Directorate should associate with the approval/ variation of maintenance
      organization.

3.    Qualification and training

      Head of the Regional Office shall ensure that the officers involved in CAR-145
      organisation approvals must:
      (a) be appropriately qualified and have all necessary knowledge, experience and
          training to perform thir allocated tasks.
      (b) have received training/continuation training on CAR-145 where       relevant,
          including its intended meaning and standard.

4.    Procedures
      The following procedures shall be followed:
      (a)     For organisation located in India, the Director of Airworthiness of the regional
              office is delegated with the authority to grant approval to organisations. In his




APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                          PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                     Revision 0      Chapter 3
                                                               March 2009      Page 2 of 21

             absence, Director of Airworthiness (Hdqrs) and above are also delegated with the
             authority to grant approval to organisations.
      (b)    For organisation located outside India, Director of Airworthiness (Hdqrs) and
             above are delegated with the authority to grant approval to organisations.
      (c)    The steps involved in the approval of an organisation are as follows and would
             involve filling up of CA Form 6 – Approval Recommendation Report.
      (d)    The approval process should normally be completed within six months.
             (i) Initial procedure:
                   Receipt of application along with fees (refer Rule 133C and other
                     Instructions).
                   Introductory meeting with the applicant. The applicant may be asked to
                     give a presentation on his organisation. Discussion and acceptance of
                     Accountable Manager and post holders.
                   Record of discussions and intimation to Hdqrs.
             (ii) Detailed examination of the application (Approximately 2 months);
                   Scrutiny of the MOE and the parawise compliance report.
                   Intimation of deficiencies, if any.
                   Inspection of the organisation to confirm the facilities as per proposed
                     MOE and information provided in the compliance report in terms of
                     facility, personnel, planning and records etc.
                   Intimation of deficiencies and confirmation of corrected findings and re-
                     inspection, if required.
                   Submission of report on file to Head of Regional office (HRO).
                   Approval of MOE and post holders.
                   Issue of approval and intimation to Hdqrs.

5.    Organizations located in countries outside India (145.B.15)

      Applications of foreign firms seeking approval under CAR 145 are dealt with by DGCA
      Headquarters. Such applications shall be accompanied by the following:
      (i) Letter of Intent from the Indian operator desirous of using the facility.
      (ii) FAA/EASA and Local Authority approval.
      (iii) Recent audit findings from the above mentioned authorities and internal audit
            report.
      (iv) Resolution of the audit findings.
      (v) Work done on similar scope in the last three years.

APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                              PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0        Chapter 3
                                                                  March 2009        Page 3 of 21

      (vi) MOE & Capability List.
      (vii) Fees.

      Upon satisfactory scrutiny the case file shall be submitted by AWO/SAWO to DDAW and
      DAW. Check lists in this regard may be used. Approvals of the firm may be issued. Where
      maintenance facilities are located outside India the investigation and continued oversight
      of the approval may be carried out by specific teams appointed by DGCA Hdqrs.

6.    Initial approval (145.B.20)

6.1   Provided the requirements of 145.A.30(a) and (b) are complied with, the RAO shall
      formally indicate its acceptance of the personnel, specified in 145.A.30(a) and (b), to the
      applicant in writing after examining their knowledge, background and satisfactory
      experience related to aircraft or component maintenance and working knowledge of
      CAR 145.

      (i)   Formally indicated by the DGCA in writing means that the CA Form 4 should be used
            for this activity. With the exception of the accountable manager, a CA Form 4 should
            be completed for each person nominated to hold a position as required by 145.A.30
            (b).
      (ii) Formal indication of acceptance should be by use of the CA Form 4 or in the case of
            the Accountable Manager via approval of the Maintenance Organisation Exposition
            containing the Accountable Managers commitment statement.
      (iii) The DGCA/RAO may reject an accountable manager where there is clear evidence
            that they previously held a senior position in any approved Organisation and abused
            that position by not complying with the particular CAR requirements.
6.2   The officers of Airworthiness Directorate shall verify that the procedures specified in the
      maintenance organization exposition comply with CAR - 145 and verify that the
      accountable manager signs the commitment statement. The review of the Exposition
      including verification of the procedures as detailed therein shall be done as per Part 3 of
      CA Form 6.
6.3   The RAO shall verify that the organisation is in compliance with the requirements of CAR-
      145. For this purpose, the following procedure may be adopted while auditing the
      organisation for grant/ variation of approval:
      (i) For a large organization, one large team audit or a short series of small team audits
             may be carried out.


APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                              PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0        Chapter 3
                                                                   March 2009       Page 4 of 21

      (ii) It is recommended that the audit is carried out on a product line type basis in that,
            for example, in the case of an organisation with Airbus A310 and A320 ratings, the
            audit be concentrated on one type only for a full compliance check and dependant
            upon the result, the second type may only require a sample check against those
            activities seen to be weak on compliance for the first type.
      (iii) The officers of AWD should always ensure that they are accompanied throughout
            the audit by a senior technical member of the organisation. Normally this is the
            quality manager. The reason for being accompanied is to ensure the organisation is
            fully aware of any findings during the audit.
6.4   The RAO shall inform the senior technical member of the organisation at the end of the
      audit visit on all findings made during the audit.
6.5   A meeting with the accountable manager shall be convened at least once during the
      initial approval process to ensure that he/she fully understands the significance of the
      approval and the reason for signing the exposition commitment of the organisation to
      compliance with the procedures specified in the exposition.
6.6   All findings must be confirmed in writing to the organisation.
      (i) The audit report form should be the CA Form 6. The officers of AWD should inform
             the head of the office of the findings made during the audit who shall in turn inform
             the same to the Quality Manager for necessary corrective action.
      (ii) A quality review of the CA Form 6 audit report form should be carried out by the
             head of the office. The review should take into account the relevant paragraphs of
             CAR-145, the categorization of finding levels and the closure action taken.
             Satisfactory review of the audit form should be indicated by a signature on the
             audit form.
6.7   The officers of Airworthiness Directorate shall record all findings, closure actions (actions
      required to close a finding) and recommendations.

      (i)  The reports should include the date each finding was cleared together with
           reference to the RAO report or letter that confirmed the clearance.
      (ii) There may be occasions when officers of AWD may find situations in the applicant's
            organisation on which he/she is unsure about compliance. In this case, the
            organisation should be informed about possible non-compliance at the time and
            the fact that the situation will be reviewed within the Airworthiness Directorate
            before a decision is made. If the decision is a finding of being in compliance then a
            verbal confirmation to the organisation will suffice.



APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                             PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0        Chapter 3
                                                                 March 2009        Page 5 of 21

      (iii) Findings should be recorded on the audit report form with a provisional
            categorization as a level 1 or 2. Subsequent to the audit visit that identified the
            particular findings, Airworthiness officers should review the provisional finding
            levels, adjusting them if necessary and change the categorization from provisional
            to confirmed.
      (iv) All findings should be confirmed in writing to the applicant organisation within 2
            weeks of the audit visit.
6.8   For initial approval all findings must be corrected before the approval can be issued.

7.    Issue of approval ( 145.B.25)

7.1   The Director of Airworthiness shall formally approve the exposition and issue to the
      applicant a Form 3 approval certificate, which includes the approval ratings. The
      certificate of approval shall only be issued when the organization is in compliance with
      CAR-145.
      (i) The approval will be based only upon the organisational capability (including any
             associated sub-contractors) relative to CAR-145 and not limited by reference to
             FAA/ EASA type certificated products. For example, if the organisation is capable of
             maintaining within the limitation of CAR -145 the Boeing 737-200 series aircraft the
             approval schedule should state A1 Boeing 737-200 series and not Boeing 737-2H6
             which is a particular airline designator for one of many -200 series.
      (ii) The approval of the exposition shall be intimated in writing. The following pages
             shall be stamped and signed:
             (a) List of effective pages.
             (b) Scope of activities (at each site if applicable).
             (c) List of nominated persons (Including Accountable Manager).
             (d) Facility details (at each site if applicable).
             (e) Scope of Quality System.
             (f) Authorization System
7.2   The conditions of the approval shall be indicated on the Form 3 approval certificate. The
      validity of the CAR -145 approval will be for a period not exceeding one year.
7.3   The reference number shall be included on the Form - 3 approval certificate. The numeric
      sequence should be unique to the particular approved maintenance organisation.
7.4   For organizations having multiple locations, the approval shall be issued by the DAW of
      the main base. In such cases the airworthiness office at the sub base location may carry
      out the inspection and forward the recommendations. The periodic renewal also may be


APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                             PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0        Chapter 3
                                                                 March 2009        Page 6 of 21

      carried out by the RAO on receipt of recommendations of the airworthiness office at the
      sub base location. The oversight functions, however lies with the region/sub region
      where the activity is based.
7.5   Fees: For grant of approvals, or changes to the approval ratings by inclusion of additional
      type of Aircraft (aircraft and engine combination) on the Certificate of approval, fees
      shall be charged in accordance with Rule 133C. Enhancement of the scope of
      maintenance of an aircraft already included in the certificate of approval will not attract
      charging of additional fees. For renewal of approvals 50 percent of the grant of approval
      fees shall be charged in accordance with Rule 133C.
      RAOs must ensure that correct fees is charged with regard to number of employees in an
      organisation as required by Rule 133C.

8.    Continuation of an approval (145.B.30)

      The continuation of an approval shall be monitored in accordance with the applicable
      initial approval’ process under 145.B.20. In addition:

8.1   The office shall maintain and update a program listing the approved maintenance
      organisations under its supervision, the dates when audit visits are due and when such
      visits were carried out.
      Credit may be claimed by the officers of AWD for specific item audits completed during
      the preceding 11 months period (i.e., each item of CA form 6 may be deferred by 11
      months from the due date of the same item, if the previous results were satisfactory)
      subject to following four conditions:

      (i)   the specific item audit should be the same as that required by CAR -145 latest
            amendment;
      (ii) there should be satisfactory evidence on record that such specific item audits were
            carried out and that all corrective actions have been taken;
      (iii) the officers of AWD should be satisfied that there is no reason to believe standards
            have deteriorated in respect of those specific item audits being granted a back
            credit; and
       (iv) the specific item audit being granted a back credit should be audited not later
              than 23 months after the last audit of the item.
8.2   Each organization must be completely reviewed (audited) by RAOs for compliance with
      CAR-145 at periods not exceeding 12 months.


APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                              PART II
                AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                     Revision 0      Chapter 3
                                                                   March 2009      Page 7 of 21

      (i)    Where it has been decided that a series of audit visits are necessary to arrive at a
             complete audit of an organisation, the program will indicate which aspects of the
             approval will be covered on each visit.
      (ii)   It is recommended that part of an audit concentrates on two ongoing aspects of
             the CAR-145 approval, namely the organisations internal self monitoring quality
             reports produced by the quality monitoring personnel to determine if the
             organization is identifying and correcting its problems and secondly the number
             of concessions granted by the quality manager.
      (iii)  At the successful conclusion of the audit including approval of the exposition, an
             audit report form will be completed by the auditing officer including all recorded
             findings, closure actions and recommendation. A CA Form 6 should be used for
             this activity.
      (iv)   In the case of line stations a sampling program based upon number of line
             stations and complexity may be adopted.
8.3   A meeting with the accountable manager shall be convened at least once every 12
      months to ensure he/she remains informed of significant issues arising during audits and
      to ensure he/she fully understands the significance of the approval.

9.    Changes (145.B.35)

9.1   RAOs shall receive application from the organisation of any proposed change as listed in
      145.A.85.
9.2   RAOs shall comply with the applicable elements of the initial process paragraphs for any
      change to the organisation.
9.3    RAO may prescribe the conditions under which organisation may operate during such
      changes unless it determines that the approval should be suspended.
9.4   To have adequate control over any changes to the management personnel specified in
      145.A.30 (a) and (b) will require an amendment to the exposition.

                Changes to the CAR-145 approvals include the following:
                Name change
                Address change
                Approval scope and rating
                New base facility

      The applicable part/s of the CA Form-6 should be used for the change.



APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                              PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0        Chapter 3
                                                                  March 2009        Page 8 of 21

10.    Maintenance organisation exposition (MOE) amendements (145. B.40)

10.1   The officers of Airworthiness Directorate shall verify that the procedures specified in the
       exposition are in compliance with CAR-145 before formally notifying the approved
       organization of the approval.
10.2   A simple exposition status sheet should be maintained which contains information on
       when an amendment was received by RAO and when it was approved.
10.3   The organization should submit each exposition amendment to the RAO for approval. On
       being satisfied that the amendment meets the requirement of CAR 145, an approval to
       the same shall be indicated in writing and with intimation to DGCA Hdqrs.

11.    Admonition, Warning, Revocation, suspension and limitation of approval (145.B.45)

       The procedure as laid down in sub rule 10 of Rule 133B and instructions issued by DGCA
       Hdqrs from time to time shall be followed in order to:
       (a) suspend an approval on reasonable grounds in the case of potential safety threat;
            or
       (b) admonish, warn, suspend, revoke or limit the approval granted to a person or
            organization pursuant to 145.B.50.

12.    Findings (145.B.50)
       (a) When during audits or by other means evidence is found showing non-compliance
            with the requirements of CAR- 145, the following actions shall be taken:

            (i)   For level 1 findings, immediate action shall be taken to revoke, limit or
                  suspend in whole or in part, depending upon the extent of the level 1 finding,
                  the maintenance organisation approval, until successful corrective action has
                  been taken by the organization. In practical terms a level 1 finding is where a
                  significant non-compliance with CAR-145 is found.
                  The following are examples of level 1 finding:
                  − Failure to gain access to the organisation during normal operating hours of
                     the organisation in accordance with 145.A.90 (2) after two written
                     requests.
                  − If the calibration control of equipment as specified in 145.A.40 (b) had
                     previously broken down on a particular type product line such that most




APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                              PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0       Chapter 3
                                                                   March 2009       Page 9 of 21

                      “calibrated” equipment was suspect from that time then that would be a
                      level 1 finding.
                   Note: A complete product line is defined as all the aircraft, engine or
                         component of a particular type.
                   For a level 1 finding it may be necessary for officers of Airworthiness
                   Directorate to ensure that further maintenance and re-certification of all
                   affected products is accomplished, dependent upon the nature of the finding.

            (ii)    For level 2 findings, the corrective action period granted must be appropriate
                    to the nature of the finding but in any case initially must not be more than
                    three months. In certain circumstances and subject to the nature of the
                    finding the three month period may be extended subject to a satisfactory
                    corrective action plan agreed. In practical terms where an officer of AWD
                    finds a non-compliance with CAR -145 against one product, it is deemed to be
                    a level 2 finding. The following are example level 2 findings:
                   − One time use of a component without any serviceable tag.
                   − The training documents of the certifying staff are not completed.

      (b)   Action shall be taken to suspend in whole or part the approval in case of failure to
            comply within the timescale granted.

            (i)    Where the organisation has not implemented the necessary corrective action
                   within that period it may be appropriate to grant a further period of up to
                   three months, subject to notifying the accountable manager. In exceptional
                   circumstances and subject to a realistic action plan being in place, the DGCA
                   Hdqrs. may specifically vary the maximum 6 month corrective action period.
                   However, in granting such a change the past performance of the organization
                   will be considered.

            (ii)    It may be necessary to ensure that further maintenance and re-certification
                   of all affected products is accomplished, dependent upon the nature of the
                   finding.

13.   Record-keeping (145.B.55)




APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                              PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0       Chapter 3
                                                                   March 2009      Page 10 of 21

13.1   Records of approval of an organisation shall be retained for an adequate period that
       allows adequate traceability of the process to issue, continue, change, suspend or
       revoke each individual organization approval.

       (i)   The records shall include as a minimum:
             (a) the application for an organisation approval, including the continuation thereof.
             (b) the continued oversight program including all audit records.
             (c) the organisation approval certificate including any change thereto.
             (d) a copy of the audit program listing the dates when audits are due and when
                 audits were carried out.
             (e) copies of all formal correspondence including Form 4 or equivalent.
             (f) details of any exemption and enforcement action(s).
             (g) any other regulatory authority audit report forms.

       (ii) maintenance organization expositions.
       (iii) The minimum retention period for the above records shall be four years except (c)
             & (h), which should be retained permanently.
       (iv) Either a paper or computer system or any combination of both may be used subject
             to appropriate controls.
       (v) The record-keeping system should ensure that all records are accessible whenever
             needed within a reasonable time. These records should be organized in a consistent
             way throughout (chronological, alphabetical order, etc.). Copies of policy letters
             should also be retained in separate folders for future reference.
       (vi) All records containing sensitive data regarding applicants or organizations should be
             stored in a secure manner with controlled access to ensure confidentiality of this
             kind of data.
       (vii) All computer hardware used to ensure data backup should be stored in a different
             location from that containing the working data in an environment that ensures they
             remain in good condition. When hardware or software changes take place special
             care should be taken to ensure that all necessary data continues to be accessible at
             least through the full period as specified above.

14.    Exemptions (145.B.60)

       All exemptions granted as per this CAR shall be recorded and retained by Regional
       Airworthiness Offices.


APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                                                                   PART II
                AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                                   Revision 0             Chapter 3
                                                                                                March 2009             Page 11 of 21

                                                                                                                             Appendix- I
                                                                 CA Form 04
                                      DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION


 Details of Management Personnel required

 to be accepted as specified in CAR ____________________

 1 .Name:


 2.Position:


 3.Qualifications relevant to the item (2) position:


 4.Work experience relevant to the item (2) position:


 Signature: ........................................................ Date: .....................................


 On completion, please send this form under confidential cover to the DGCA


                                                           DGCA USE ONLY

Name, Designation and signature of DGCA Official accepting this person:

Signature:______________________                            Date:_______________________

Name :_________________________ Office : ______________________




                                                                                                                             Appendix II


APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                      PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                  Revision 0     Chapter 3
                                                             March 2009    Page 12 of 21

                                       CA FORM -06
                        CAR-145 APPROVAL RECOMMENDATION REPORT
Part 1: General

Name of organisation:


Approval reference:


Requested approval rating/

Form 3 dated*:

FAA FAR 145 Cert No.

(If app.)

Address of Facility Audited:



Period covered under Audit :   From : ________________ To : _________________

Date(s) of Audit:


Audit reference(s):


Persons interviewed:


DGCA Official(s) Names :

Signature(s):

DGCA office:

Date of Form 6 part 1 completion:
*delete where applicable



APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                                 PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 0        Chapter 3
                                                                     March 2009       Page 13 of 21

                                       CA FORM 6
                        CAR-145 APPROVAL RECOMMENDATION REPORT
Part 2: CAR -145 Compliance Audit Review

The five columns may be labelled and used as necessary to record the approval class &/or
product line reviewed. Against each column used of the following CAR-145 sub-paragraphs
please either tick (√ the box if satisfied with compliance or cross (X) the box if not satisfied with
compliance and specify the reference of the Part 4 finding next to the box or enter N/A where
an item is not applicable or N/R when applicable but not reviewed.

      Para                 Subject

145.25              Facilities

145.30              Personnel

145.35              Certifying Staff

145.40              Equipment, Tools,
                    etc

145.42              Acceptance of
                    Components

145.45              Maintenance Data

145.47              Production
                    Planning

145.50              Certification of
                    Maintenance

145.55              Maintenance
                    Records

145.60              Occurrence
                    Reporting

145.65              Procedures &



APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                 PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL             Revision 0     Chapter 3
                                                    March 2009       Page 14 of 21

                   Quality

145.70             See Part 3

145.75             Privileges of AMO

145.80             Limitations on
                   AMO

145.85             Changes to AMO

145.90             Continued Validity

DGCA officer(s):                        Signature(s):



DGCA office:                             Date of Form 6 part 2 completion




APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                                PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 0        Chapter 3
                                                                    March 2009        Page 15 of 21

                                            CA FORM 6

                       CAR --145 APPROVAL RECOMMENDATION REPORT

PART 3: Compliance with 145.A.70 Maintenance organisation exposition

Please either tick (✓) the box if satisfied with compliance; or if not satisfied with compliance and
specify the reference of the Part 4 finding; or enter N/A where an item is not applicable; or N/R
when applicable but not reviewed.

Part 1 Management
1.1 Corporate commitment by the accountable manager

1.2   Safety and Quality Policy.

1.3   Management personnel.

1.4   Duties and responsibilities of the management personnel.

1.5   Management Organisation Chart.

1.6   List of Certifying staff (Note: a separate document may be referenced).

1.7   Manpower resources.

1.8   General description of the facilities at each address intended to be approved.

1.9   Organisations intended scope of work.

1.10 Notification procedure to the DGCA regarding changes to the organisation's activities
     / approval / location / personnel

1.11 Exposition amendment procedures.

Part 2 Maintenance Procedures
2.1 Supplier evaluation and subcontract control procedure.

2.2   Acceptance/inspection of aircraft components and material from outside contractors.

2.3   Storage, tagging, and release of aircraft components and material to aircraft
      maintenance.

2.4   Acceptance of tools and equipment.



APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                            PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0     Chapter 3
                                                                  March 2009    Page 16 of 21

2.5   Calibration of tools and equipment

2.6   Use of tooling and equipment by staff (including alternate tools).

2.7   Cleanliness standards of maintenance facilities.

2.8   Maintenance instructions and relationship to aircraft/aircraft component manufacturers'
      instructions including updating and availability to staff
2.9   Repair procedure.

2.10 Aircraft maintenance programme compliance

2.11 Airworthiness Directives procedure

2.12 Optional modification procedure.

2.13 Maintenance documentation in use and completion of same.

2.14 Technical record control.

2.15 Rectification of defects arising during base maintenance

2.16 Release to service procedure

2.17 Records for the operator.

2.18 Reporting of defects to the DGCA /Operator/Manufacturer

2.19 Return of defective aircraft components to store.

2.20 Defective components to outside contractors

2.21 Control of computer maintenance record systems

2.22 Control of man-hour planning versus scheduled maintenance work.

2.23 Control of critical tasks.

2.24 Reference to specific maintenance procedures.

2.25 Procedures to detect and rectify maintenance errors.




APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                             PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0     Chapter 3
                                                                    March 2009   Page 17 of 21

2.26 Shift / task handover procedures.

2.27 Procedures for notification of maintenance data inaccuracies
     and ambiguities to the type certificate holder.
2.28 Production planning procedures

Part L2 : Additional Line Maintenance Procedures
L2.1 Line maintenance control of aircraft components, tools, equipment, etc.

L2.2   Line maintenance procedures related to servicing/fuelling/de-icing

L2.3   Line maintenance control of defects and repetitive defects


L2.4   Line procedure for completion of technical log

L2.5   Line procedure for pooled parts and loan parts


L2.6   Line procedure for return of defective parts removed from aircraft

L2.7   Line procedure for control of critical tasks

Part 3 Quality System Procedures
3.1 Quality audit of organisation procedures.

3.2    Quality audit of aircraft

3.3    Quality audit remedial action procedure.

3.4    Certifying staff qualification and training procedure.

3.5    Certifying staff records.

3.6    Quality audit personnel

3.7    Qualifying inspectors.

3.8    Qualifying mechanics




APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                               PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0        Chapter 3
                                                                   March 2009       Page 18 of 21

3.9   Aircraft / aircraft component maintenance tasks exemption process control.

3.10 Concession control for deviation from organisation's procedures.

3.11 Qualification procedure for specialised activities such as NDT, welding etc.

3.12 Control of manufacturers' and other maintenance working teams

3.13 Human Factors training procedure

3.14 Competence assessment of personnel

Part 4
4.1 Contracted operators

4.2   Operator procedures/paperwork

4.3   Operator record completion

Part 5
Appendices
5.1 Sample Documents                     5.3 List of Line maintenance locations

5.2   List of sub-contractors            5.4 List of CAR-145 organizations

Date of Form 6 part 3 completion:

MOE Reference:                            MOE Amendment:

DGCA official(s):                        Signature(s):

DGCA office:                             Date of Form 6 part 3 completion:


Part 4: Findings CAR-145 Compliance status

Each level 1 and 2 finding should be recorded whether it has been rectified or not and should be
identified by a simple cross reference to the Part 2 requirement. All non-rectified findings should
be copied in writing to the organisation for the necessary corrective action.




APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                            PART II
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                     Revision 0       Chapter 3
                                                                  March 2009     Page 19 of 21

Part 2 or 3   Audit reference(s):              Level              Corrective action
reference     Findings                                 Date Due      Date Closed      Reference




Part 5: CAR-145 Approval or continued approval or change recommendation*

Name of organization:
Approval reference:
Audit reference(s):

The following CAR -145 scope of approval is recommended for this organization. Or, it is
recommended that the CAR-145 scope of approval specified in CA Form 3 referenced............ be
continued.

Name of recommending DGCA Officer          :

Signature of recommending DGCA Officer     :

DGCA office                                :

Date of recommendation                     :

Form 6 review (quality check) :                                   Date:




APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                                   PART II
               AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                            Revision 0     Chapter 3
                                                                      March 2009       Page 20 of 21

                                                                         Appendix- III
        CA Form TWO          APPLICATION FOR INITIAL GRANT/ RENEWAL /VARIATION


        1.   Registered name of the applicant :     ________________________

        2.   Trading name (if different)        :    ________________________

        3.   Address requiring approval         :    ________________________

        4.   Tel:_________________ Fax _____________ E-mail __________

        5.   Scope of CAR 145 Approval relevant to this application        :   _______________

        6.   Position and name of the (proposed*) Accountable Manager: _______________

        7.   Signature of the proposed* Accountable Manager                : _______________

        8.   Place   : ___________________

        9.   Date    :   ___________________

        10. Fees as per Rule 133C of the Aircraft Rules : ________________


     Note (1) : A note giving the address (es) to which the Form(s) should be sent.
     Note (2 ) : An optional note to give information on any fees payable.

     *Applicable only in the case of a new CAR-145 Applicant.


                                     SCOPE OF CAR 145 APPROVAL

 CLASS               RATING                              LIMITATION                     BASE     LINE
              A1 Aeroplanes/airships       Quote aeroplane/airship type
              above 5700 Kg
  Aircraft




               A2                          Quote aeroplane/airship manufacturer
               Aeroplanes/airships         or group or type
               5700 Kg and below
               A3 Helicopters              Quote helicopter manufacturer or group or
                                           type

APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                                                                       PART II
                                                     AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 0     Chapter 3
                                                                                                              March 2009   Page 21 of 21

                                                     A 4 Aircraft other than   Quote aircraft type or group
                                                     A1, A2 or A3

 Engines     B1 Turbine                 Quote engine type
             B2 Piston                  Quote engine manufacturer or group or type
             B3 APU                     Quote engine manufacturer or type
            C1 Air Cond & Press         Quote aircraft type or aircraft manufacturer or component
            C2 Auto Flight              manufacturer or the particular component and or cross
            C3 Com and Nav              refer to a capability list in the exposition.
    Components Other Than Complete Engines Or APUs




            C4 Doors – Hatches
            C5 Electrical Power
            C6 Equipment
            C7 Engine – APU
            C8 Flight Controls
            C9 Fuel – Airframe
            C 10 Helicopter –Rotors
            C 11 Helicopter –
                  Transmission
            C12 Hydraulic
            C 13 Instruments
            C14 Landing Gear
            C15 Oxygen
            C16 Propellors
            C17 Pneumatic
            C 18 Protection Ice /rain
              /fire
            C19 Windows
            C20 Structures
Specialized D1 Non destructive insp. Quote particular NDT method
  Services
 With reference to the above scope of approval and item 5 on page 1, please complete in the
 following example style, but relevant to your organization.
A1 Base & Line Boeing 737-200      B2 Lycoming Piston
A2 Base Piper PA34                 B3 Garrett GTCP85
A2 Base & Line Cessna Piston       C2 SFENA
Twins
A3 Bell 206/212                    C4 Boeing 747
B1 CFM 56                          D1 Eddy Current
There maybe any number of types/manufacturers, etc. listed against each rating.



APPROVAL OF MAINTENANCE ORGANISATION
                                                                               PART II 
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 0     Chapter 3A 
                                                                     July 2010        Page 1 of 8 

                                          CHAPTER 3A                         
         APPROVAL OF CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION 
                                                  
1.     Introduction 
        
1.1    This chapter describes the procedures which the Airworthiness Directorate officers shall 
       follow when exercising their tasks and responsibilities regarding implementation of CAR 
       M,  approval  of  Continuing  Airworthiness  Management  Organization  and  maintenance 
       organisation under CAR M.  
        
1.2    Regional officers have been provided with adequate staff to implement the requirements 
       of CAR M. 
 
1.3    Heads of Regional offices shall ensure that the officers involved in this task have practical 
       experience  and  expertise  in  the  application  of  safety  standards  and  safe  operating 
       practices. 

 
2.     Qualification, Experience and Knowledge 

        

2.1    DGCA inspectors should have 

        
2.1.1  practical experience and expertise in the application of aviation safety standards and safe 
       operating practices; 
2.1.2  comprehensive knowledge of: 
       a.  relevant  parts  of  implementing  rules,  certification  specifications  and  guidance 
           material; 
       b.  Aircraft Rules, CARs APM and any other policy matter. 
       c.  the rights and obligations of an inspector; 
       d.  quality systems; 
       e.  continuing airworthiness management. 
       f.  training on auditing techniques.  
        
2.1.3  five years relevant work experience to be allowed to work as an inspector independently. 
APPROVAL OF CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS ORGANISATION 
                                                                                    PART II 
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                              Revision 0     Chapter 3A 
                                                                           July 2010         Page 2 of 8 

        
2.1.4  a  relevant  engineering  degree  or  an  aircraft  maintenance  technician  qualification  with 
       additional  education.  ‘relevant  engineering  degree’  means  an  engineering  degree  from 
       aeronautical,  mechanical,  electrical,  electronic,  avionic  or  other  studies  relevant  to  the 
       maintenance and continuing airworthiness of aircraft/aircraft components. 
        
2.1.5  knowledge of a relevant / similar type(s) of aircraft gained through a formalized training 
       course. 
        
2.1.6  Knowledge of maintenance standards. 
        
2.2    In addition to technical competency, inspectors should have a high degree of integrity, be 
       impartial in carrying out their tasks, be tactful, and have a good understanding of human 
       nature. 
         
2.3     A programme for continuation training should be developed which    provides for   the 
        inspectors,  at regular intervals, to visit appropriate manufacturers and attend technical 
        symposia  as  well  as  training  or  refresher  courses  to  gain  first‐hand  knowledge  of  new 
        developments.  
         
2.4     As a general policy, it is not desirable for the inspectors to obtain technical qualifications 
        from those entities under their direct regulatory jurisdiction. 
         
2.5     An  office  roster  should  be  prepared  assigning  officers/groups/teams  for  various 
        operators. This should include the chain of responsibility.  
         
3.      Submission of Application 
         
3.1     The application for Subpart F approval shall include the following and as called for in CA 
        Form 6F: 
        a)    Extent of approval. 
        b)    MOM  
        c)    Facilities  
        d)    Personnel  
        e)    Certifying staff  

APPROVAL OF CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS ORGANISATION 
                                                                                   PART II 
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                             Revision 0     Chapter 3A 
                                                                          July 2010         Page 3 of 8 

       f)     Equipment & Tools  

       g)     Details of Maintenance Data 

3.2    The application for Subpart G approval shall include the following and as called for in CA 
       Form 13: 

       a)     Extent of approval. 

       b)     CAME 

       c)     Facilities  

       d)     Personnel  

       e)     CAMO 

       f)     Airworthiness Review staff  

       g)     Maintenance Program 

        
4.     Processing of Application 

        
       On  receipt  of  the  application,  the  Director  of  Airworthiness  shall  assign  the  task  of 
       processing the application to a dealing officer identified in the office roster. The assigned 
       officer  shall  hold  a  meeting  with  the  operator  to  determine  that  the  operator  has 
       personnel  with  the  appropriate  knowledge  of  CAR  M  regulations  necessary  guidance 
       should be provided in respect of manpower and facility requirements in the preliminary 
       meeting. 
        
5.     Inspection of operator 

        
5.1    Depending  on  the  complexity  of  the  activities  /  size  of  the  CAMO,  the  inspection  team 
       shall  constituted  by  the  Director  of  Airworthiness  of  the  region  concern  in  which  the 
       operator  is  located.  For  the  purpose  of  determining  the  location  of  the  operator 
       consideration may be given to the Convenience of the Operator / Location of the CAMO / 
       Location from which the Accountable manager normally functions / location of the Base 

APPROVAL OF CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS ORGANISATION 
                                                                                        PART II 
                AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                               Revision 0     Chapter 3A 
                                                                              July 2010         Page 4 of 8 

           Maintenance Organisation. Once the jurisdiction of regional office is established all issues 
           pertaining  to  the  operator  should  be  handled  by  the  respective  regional  office.  In  case 
           the  operator  has  more  than  one  location,  the  nearest  local  airworthiness  office 
           assistance may be sought for the purpose of physical verification by the principal regional 
           office under whose jurisdiction the main base / organisation is located. While scrutinizing 
           the maintenance program the procedure as given in AMC MB301 shall be adhered to. 

            

5.2         The team leader should review the MOM / CAME for adequacy of documented policies, 
           objectives and procedures to perform the intended activities in a manner called for in the 
           CAR M and record the completion of evaluation.  

            

5.3        While reviewing the MOM / CAME emphasis should be made on clear documentation of 
           policy  /  objective  /  requirements  of  the  organisation  in  respect  of  each  activity  and 
           supplemented  by  corresponding  step  by  step  procedure  to  achieve  the  intended  end 
           result  /  compliance  of  the  defined  policy  /  objective  /  requirements.  The  procedure 
           should be tamper proof and closed loop in nature, detailing the evidence to be retained 
           as a proof of having followed the document procedure. The format of the evidences that 
           are  required  to  be  retained  should  also  be  included  in  the  manual.  The  manual  should 
           also  clearly  identify  overall  person  responsible  for  the  activity  and  persons  who  are 
           functionally responsible to execute the procedures / activities along with their qualifying 
           process  (Qualification,  Knowledge,  Experience,  Training  and  Examination  procedure).  A 
           separate  section  of  the  manual  should  include  audit  questioner  corresponding  to  each 
           documented requirement and procedure with clear identification. 

        
5.4        Further, the assessment shall be made to ensure that the organisation and facilities are 
           described in realistic condition. 

            

5.5        During the physical inspection / assessment of the organisation / CAME / MOM, CA Form 
           6F /CA Form 13 should be used for verifying compliance with CAR M. Observations made 
           during the inspection / assessment should be recorded in writing.  


APPROVAL OF CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS ORGANISATION 
                                                                                        PART II 
                AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                               Revision 0     Chapter 3A 
                                                                               July 2010         Page 5 of 8 

            

5.6        The investigation report shall be discussed by the team leader with the organisation. The 
           agreed  upon  deficiencies  if  any  shall  be  intimated  to  the  applicant  for  necessary 
           corrective / preventive action. All correspondence shall be addressed to the (nominated) 
           post holders. 

            

5.7        A  time  frame  shall  be  provided  to  intimate  the  action  taken  on  the  deficiency.  On 
           completion of this time frame if no feedback is received a reminder shall be sent to the 
           applicant for intimation of the action taken in fifteen days. On completion of this grace 
           period  the  matter  should  be  reviewed  with  the  Director.  If  necessary  at  this  stage  the 
           operator should be informed of non receipt of appropriate information and the original 
           application  shall  be  returned  to  the  operator.  Where  the  operator  has  informed  about 
           the action taken on the deficiencies intimated to the applicant a verification visit shall be 
           organized by inspection team. Upon satisfactory verification reports should be generated 
           in  the  office  and  records  should  be  completed  and  presented  to  the  Director  of 
           Airworthiness.  

            
6.         Approvals  
            
           Approval  shall  be  accorded  to  the  CAMO  /  Maintenance  organisation  meeting  the 
           requirements  of  CAR  M.  The  format  of  approval  certificate  is  as  given  in  CA  Form  3.  A 
           copy of the approval certificate shall be sent to Hdqrs for records. Similar procedure shall 
           be adopted in case of variation to the scope of approval is sought by the operator. 
        
7.         Maintenance of Records 

             
            The organisation file shall be updated after every inspection. A system of record‐keeping 
            should allow adequate traceability of the process to issue, continue, change, suspend or 
            revocation of each certificate. 
             
7.1        A file shall be created in two parts, Part A shall have the following records:‐ 

           (a)  the application  for  an  organisation  approval 
APPROVAL OF CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS ORGANISATION 
                                                                                  PART II 
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                             Revision 0     Chapter 3A 
                                                                        July 2010         Page 6 of 8 

       (b)  the organization  approval  certificate  including  any  changes 
       (c)  Form 4  
       (d)  List of ARC holders  
        
7.2    Part B – Working File 

       (a)  a  copy  of  the  audit  program  listing  the  dates  when  audits  are  due  and  when  
            audits  were  carried  out.  
       (b)  the DGCA  continued  oversight  records  including  all  audit  records.  
       (c)  copies of  all  relevant  correspondence.  
       (d)  details of  any  exemption  and  enforcement  actions.  
       (e)  any  report  from  DGCA  relating  to  the  oversight  of  the  organisation.  
       (f)  organisation exposition  or  manual  and  amendments.  
       (g)  copy  of  any  other  document  directly  approved  by  the  DGCA.  
       (h)  CAME /MOM shall be kept separately with the dealing officers. 
 
7.3    The retention period for records shall be at least four years.  

        
7.4    All records as specified above shall be maintained and stored in a secure manner. These 
       may  be  required  at  the  time  of  audits,  investigation  of  incidents  &  accidents  or  by 
       inspection by DGCA/other authorities 

        

7.5    The  record‐keeping  system  should  ensure  that  all  records  are  accessible  whenever 
       needed within a reasonable time. These records should be organized in a consistent way 
       throughout the DGCA (chronological, alphabetical order, etc.). 
        
7.6    All  records  containing  sensitive  data  regarding  applicants  or  organizations  should  be 
       stored in a secure manner with controlled access to ensure confidentiality of this kind of 
       data.  
 
7.7    All  computer  hardware  used  to  ensure  data  backup  should  be  stored  in  a  different 
       location  from  that  containing  the  working  data  in  an  environment  that  ensures  they 
       remain in good condition. When hardware‐ or software‐changes take place special care 


APPROVAL OF CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS ORGANISATION 
                                                                                    PART II 
               AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                            Revision 0     Chapter 3A 
                                                                          July 2010         Page 7 of 8 

        should  be  taken that all necessary data continues to be accessible at least through the 
        full period specified in M.B.104 (c). 

         

7.8     Each  aircraft  shall  have  a  separate  file  which  shall  contain  the  following:‐The minimum  
        records  for  the  oversight  of  each  aircraft  shall  include,  at  least,  a  copy  of:  

        (a)    aircraft  certificate of airworthiness,  
        (b)    airworthiness review certificates,  
        (c)    Section A  Subpart G organization recommendations,  
        (d)    reports  from  the  airworthiness  reviews  carried  out  directly  by  the  DGCA,  
        (e)    all  relevant correspondence  relating  to  the  aircraft,  
        (f)    details  of any exemption and enforcement  action(s),  
        (g)    any document directly  approved  by  DGCA.  
  
       Aircraft records shall be retained until two years after the aircraft has been permanently 
       with‐drawn from service.  

        
        
        
8.  Procedure for indirect approval 
 
8.1      While  accepting  an  indirect  approval  process,  the  regional  offices  shall  ensure  that 
         conditions  are  laid  down  in  the  MOM  /  CAME.  The  organisation  shall  forward  the 
         amendments  to  MOM  /  CAME  at  least  15  days  in  advance  prior  to  effectivity  of  the 
         approved document to regional office.  
      
8.2      Upon receipt of an intimation of indirect approval regarding amendment to MOM/CAME 
         is received the assigned officers shall examine the amendments on priority and in case of 
         disagreement or any other observation the same shall be intimated to the organisation 
         before the applicability date of such amendment. 
          
9.       Surveillance 
          


APPROVAL OF CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS ORGANISATION 
                                                                                 PART II 
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                            Revision 0     Chapter 3A 
                                                                       July 2010         Page 8 of 8 

9.1    The  ASP  for  the  year  shall  be  amended  to  include  the  new  approved  organisation  and 
       sent to Hdqrs. Aircraft wise files will be maintained when carrying out oversight for ARC. 
        
9.2    At the initial level more frequent visits on monthly basis may be required to ensure that 
       the organization maintains the capabilities established at the time of grant of approval. 
       After  gaining  full  confidence  the  frequency  of  inspection  of  the  organization  may  be 
       scaled  down.  However  all  areas  of  the  CAMO  /  Maintenance  organization  shall  be 
       inspected at least once in 12 months interval. 
        
9.3    Surveillance  shall  be  carried  out  as  per  SPM  and  enforcement  action  shall  be  as 
       Enforcement Policy and Procedure Manual. Records of any findings / enforcement action 
       taken shall be retained in Part B of the Organization file. 
                                                     




APPROVAL OF CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS ORGANISATION 
                                                                               PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                           Revision 0        Chapter 4
                                                                    March 2009          Page 1 of 8

                                CHAPTER 4
       AIR OPERATOR CERTIFICATION PROCEDURE (Airworthiness Aspects)

1.    Introduction

      In accordance with the provisions of Rule 134 of the Aircraft Rules, 1937 no persons shall
      operate an air transport service to, within and from India without permission of the
      Central Government. The authority to grant the permission has been delegated by the
      government to DGCA. Accordingly, permits for operating the following types of air
      transport services are presently issued by DGCA to applicants who meet the laid down
      requirements for the specific type of air transport service:

      A.      Scheduled Air Transport Service (Passenger)
      B.      Scheduled Air Transport Service (Cargo)
      C.      Non- Scheduled Air Transport Service (Passenger)
      D.      Non- Scheduled Air Transport Service (Cargo)

      These permits are equivalent to the Air Operator's Certificate required to be granted by
      ICAO member States in accordance with the provisions of Annex 6. Permits for any other
      special type of operation can be granted subject to the applicant showing satisfactory
      capability to undertake the type of operations.

2.    References

           Act / Rule    134
           CAR           Section 3, Series C part I to V, O part II,IV,X,XI,XII,XIII and CAR 145
           ICAO          Annex 6, 5th Edition
           Circular      ATAC1 of 2009
           Fee           As per Rule 62, 133C

3.    Procedures

      The Air Transport Advisory Circular (ATAC 1 of 2009) explains the procedure followed for
      grant of the permits and the various requirements which an applicant has to fulfil for
      obtaining the permit. The issuance of a permit shall be dependent upon the applicant
      demonstrating an adequate Organisation, method of control and supervision of flight
      operations, training programme and maintenance arrangements consistent with the
      nature and extent of the operations specified. On compliance of the requirements, the
      applicant would be issued a permit, setting forth the operational authorisation and
      limitations to carry out the specified commercial air transport and special operations.

      The procedure for grant of Air Operator's Permit is outlined in the following Steps:

             Application for grant of initial No Objection Certificate (NOC).
             Actions required to be taken by initial NOC holder.


AIR OPERATOR CERTIFICATION PROCEDURE (Airworthiness Aspects)
                                                                                 PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                            Revision 0        Chapter 4
                                                                       March 2009       Page 2 of 8

              Application for permission for import/acquisition of aircraft.
              Actions to be taken after import/acquisition of aircraft.
              Issue of Air Operator's permit.

3.1    Application for the grant of initial no objection certificate

3.1.1 (NOC is granted by Airport Transport Directorate after Acquisition Committee in the
      MOCA clears the case). No Airworthiness action is required at this moment.

3.1.2 The applicant submits a written application to the Ministry of Civil Aviation for grant of No
      Objection Certificate for import/acquisition of aircraft. The request would be considered
      by the Standing Committee. The Ministry of Civil Aviation would inform the applicant
      about the decision of the Ministry. The permission in proper format shall be issued by
      DGCA. The permission for import/acquisition of the aircraft shall normally be valid for a
      period of one year. This permission may be extended by 3 months with prior approval of
      the competent authority. However, where the aircraft proposed to be imported is a new
      one with a definite delivery schedule, the validity of import permission will be in
      accordance with the delivery schedule.

3.1.3 The applicant is required to ensure that before import of the aircraft, all the DGCA
      mandatory modifications are complied with and that no major checks are due within one
      year/300 flight hours including those applicable to aging aircraft, if any. Operator must
      ensure that Component history is obtained while acquiring the aircraft and the maximum
      age of the aircraft does not exceed as per the permissible age stipulated in CAR F Part XX.

3.1.4 The applicant must ensure that the permission for import/acquisition of the aircraft is
      valid till the date of arrival of aircraft in the country. In case the NOC expires, the applicant
      may apply for grant of the NOC to Ministry of Civil Aviation. No Airworthiness action is
      required at this stage.

3.2    Preparatory steps required to be taken by the initial NOC holders

3.2.1 The preparation for developing the capability to operate the services commences after
      grant of initial NOC to the applicant. While completion of some of the under mentioned
      actions may be possible only after acquisition of the aircraft, the applicant should initiate
      and complete actions to the extent possible before acquisition of the aircraft is permitted.

3.3    Maintenance Management Personnel Required

3.3.1 A sound and effective management structure is essential and it is particularly important
      that the operational management should be properly qualified and should have proper
      status in the organization to ensure safety of operations. It is, therefore, essential that the
      applicant has adequate management personnel in its operations and that these personnel
      are competent and qualified in the respective areas and should be employed on full time
      basis in the following or equivalent positions (maintenance):


AIR OPERATOR CERTIFICATION PROCEDURE (Airworthiness Aspects)
                                                                            PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0        Chapter 4
                                                                  March 2009        Page 3 of 8

             Chief Executive Officer/ Accountable Manger
             Director of Engineering/Chief Engineer
             Quality Assurance Manager

3.3.2 The duties and responsibilities of the managers and senior executives must be clearly
      defined in writing and chains of responsibility firmly established. While the number of
      persons required will vary with the size and the complexity of the operations, the
      applicant must satisfy the DGCA that the organization structure is adequate and properly
      matched to the operating network and commitments. The names, qualifications and
      experience of the aforesaid management personnel shall be submitted to DGCA. The
      positions held by these personnel in the Organisation shall be indicated in the applicant's
      MCM/MOE.

3.4    Preparation of the Policy Documents.

3.4.1 The rules and regulations promulgated by the DGCA provide a framework of positive
      control and guidance. It should however, be recognized that it is not feasible or desirable
      to cover every conceivable operational detail in the rules and regulations. The operators
      should, therefore, develop their own instructions for the guidance of personnel on the
      details essential for the conduct of the operation. This helps to facilitate the development
      of operating standards and techniques best suited to particular circumstances and
      conditions of operation. On these principles the operator should lay down all its policies
      regarding operation, maintenance and training in the following documents for the type of
      aircraft proposed:

       a)   MCM/ MOE
       b)   Training Manual (for Scheduled Operations only)
       c)   Maintenance Procedures Manual including the various periodic Inspection
       d)   Schedules and Special Inspection Schedules.
       e)   Minimum Equipment List and Configuration Deviation List
       f)   Component Overhaul and Storage Limitations (COSL)
       g)   Security Manual

3.5    Recruitment and Training of Personnel

3.5.1 The applicant should recruit and start training of adequate number of the following
      categories of personnel on the type of aircraft proposed to be acquired:

       a)   Aircraft Maintenance Engineers
       b)   Any other category of personnel required for the operations

3.5.2 The training programme for each category of engineering personnel should be developed
      by the operators based upon the background of the trainees. Prior DGCA approval is not
      required if the training is conducted at institutes approved/acceptable to DGCA. Institutes
      approved under FAR/EASA 147 are accepted. For institutes not covered by Part 147, DGCA
      approval of the training programme is necessary.

AIR OPERATOR CERTIFICATION PROCEDURE (Airworthiness Aspects)
                                                                            PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0        Chapter 4
                                                                  March 2009        Page 4 of 8


3.6    Setting up of Maintenance Facilities

3.6.1 On receipt of initial NOC, the applicant may set up the basic maintenance facilities for the
      aircraft type to be operated in accordance with CAR-145 and CAR Section 2 Series O. The
      salient actions in this regard are as given below:

       a)     The operator shall ensure that the normal maintenance of his aircraft is done at a
              CAR 145 approved maintenance organization. If required, the operator may set up
              his own maintenance facility for approval under CAR 145, or outsource to an
              existing CAR145 AMO.

       b)     The applicant/operator should nominate suitable persons as Quality Manager as
              per MCM/MOE of the organisation who shall be responsible for complying with
              the laid down requirements and adhering to quality procedures as approved in
              these manuals.

       c)     If the operator has his own approved maintenance facility, the maintenance
              planning and technical services aspects should be a part of the organization. In
              case, however, the maintenance is outsourced, the operator still must have
              adequate organization to ensure that mandatory airworthiness information and
              directives are complied with and proper maintenance activities are undertaken
              when due.

       d)     The operator’s maintenance planning department should be adequately staffed
              with technical officers to perform the following functions:

                 Delay, defect and engineering incident investigation and analysis
                 Reliability analysis, engine performance monitoring and component life control
                 Compliance of Service Bulletins, modifications, inspection schedules,
                  maintenance of technical records, issue of technical circulars and distribution
                  of technical data.

              The technical staff required to perform the above functions should be trained
              adequately on the quality control functions and on aircraft type.

       e)     The operator shall prepare a Maintenance Control Manual for his organization.
              This manual should describe the engineering quality procedures and the
              maintenance system to be followed by the operator as per the guidelines given in
              Series O part II,IV/CAR 145. The manual should be submitted to the concerned
              Regional/Sub-regional Airworthiness Office for approval. The MCM shall be
              approved by RAO after scrutiny and ensuring that it meets the operator’s
              maintenance requirements. A guidance for the operators on the contents of the
              MCM has been provided in AAC 2/09.




AIR OPERATOR CERTIFICATION PROCEDURE (Airworthiness Aspects)
                                                                             PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0        Chapter 4
                                                                  March 2009         Page 5 of 8

       f)      The operator shall prepare maintenance programme document which will list the
               periodic maintenance inspection schedules including special inspection schedules
               for the aircraft, COSL and other checks on the aircraft not specified by aircraft
               manufacturers but made mandatory by regulations. This may include
               microbiological tests of fuels, annual inspections for C of A, flight data recorders
               and other special equipment. The maintenance programme shall be scrutinized by
               the RAO to confirm that it conforms to MPD/ AMM. Where maintenance
               programme has been already approved for the operators of same type of aircraft,
               the same may be adopted with necessary modifications, if required, for any
               differences in the aircraft configuration with the approval of the RAO/SRO.

3.6.2 Readouts of Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) and Flight Data Recorder (FDR) are extensively
      used for safety oversight and monitoring health of operations. The operator’s
      arrangements for flight recorder monitoring are to be approved by Regional Air Safety
      Office. The operator may develop their own facilities or make arrangement with some
      DGCA approved agency (by AS Dte) to prepare the readout as and when required.

3.7    The operator shall set up an environment controlled bonded store, which should be
       equipped with suitable racks, stands and bins for storing aircraft spares and notables.
       Suitable person(s) should be approved as Stores Inspectors. The operator should
       demonstrate to RAO the system to ensure that the life limited items do not remain in the
       stores on expiry of their fixed life. The store shall be equipped with adequate quantity of
       spares, notables and consumables including spare CVR and FDR. However, necessary
       agreement with the manufacturer/supplier of aircraft may be made for supply of spares
       along with the aircraft.

3.8    The operator shall identify and procure all the tools and equipments required for each
       maintenance inspection schedule to be performed on the aircraft and its engine. Similarly,
       special tools required for inspection shall be identified and procurement action taken so
       that the tools are received by the time the aircraft is acquired.

3.9    The operator shall procure up-to-date copies of the specific aircraft related maintenance
       documents including Aircraft Flight Manual, Maintenance Planning Document,
       Maintenance Manual, Illustrated Parts Catalogue, Structural Repair Manual, Wiring
       Diagram Manual and Weight and Balance Manual, MMEL and other documents, as laid
       down in CAR-145. The operator shall procure copies of all applicable Airworthiness
       Directives, Service Bulletins and DGCA mandatory modifications. The operator should also
       be on the mailing list of the aircraft and engine manufacturers for prompt receipt of
       modifications, Service Bulletins, Service Letters etc.

3.10   Ensuring suitability of aircraft:

(a)    The AWD should examine the aircraft details to ascertain that the aircraft meets the
       criteria in respect of:

           maximum permissible age,

AIR OPERATOR CERTIFICATION PROCEDURE (Airworthiness Aspects)
                                                                               PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                           Revision 0        Chapter 4
                                                                    March 2009         Page 6 of 8

          number of cycles/hours logged and
          Type Certification requirements as specified in CAR Section 2 Series 'F' Part XX for
           import of aircraft.

       This requirement is not applicable to aircraft acquired from domestic sources and which
       have been maintained in accordance with DGCA approved procedures unless some special
       conditions are imposed on the aircraft. The aircraft imported for the purpose shall be of
       the type design which is approved under Federal Aviation Administration (European
       Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), Civil Aviation Authority of United Kingdom (CAA, UK) or
       any other authority acceptable to DGCA.

(b)    The aircraft shall be fitted with the equipments in accordance with Civil Aviation
       Requirements Section 2 Series 'I' and Series 'O'. The AWD should check the information
       about the compliance of Airworthiness Directives, Modifications, and Service Bulletins.

       While entering in any agreement for leasing the aircraft, the applicant must make it clear
       in the lease agreement that the aircraft after registration in India shall be maintained in
       accordance with the Indian rules, regulations, procedures and any conditions specified by
       DGCA and there shall be no binding or limitation of any kind in this regard in the lease
       agreement. A copy of the lease agreement duly signed shall also be submitted to DGCA
       (DAW, Headquarters).

(c)    Before attending the review meeting for the assessment of state of preparedness of the
       applicant to operate air transport services, the financial or operational lease of the aircraft
       should be examined by the AWD Hqrs, particularly with regard to transfer/delegation of
       any regulatory functions to India as the state of operator.

(d)    Wherever activities have been outsourced to other organizations, or where use of
       facilities of other organizations is envisaged, the operator must be asked to provide
       contractual documents. These contracts must be thoroughly scrutinized by AWD to
       ensure that the all eventualities are covered and the basic responsibility of providing
       proper maintenance remains with the operator.

3.11   Review Meeting to Assess State of Preparedness

       In order to examine the state of preparedness to commence operations, the Air Transport
       Directorate organises a review meeting at DGCA Headquarters with the Chief Executive,
       senior managers in charge of Engineering, Operations and Commercial and the concerned
       DGCA officers at headquarters and Regional Airworthiness Office. The Regional/Sub-
       regional airworthiness office shall keep the DGCA Headquarters fully informed of the
       preparatory steps taken. Minutes of the meeting, summarising the steps remaining to be
       taken by the operator are circulated to the regional office.

3.12   Inspection of Applicant's Facilities and Compliance Report from RO.




AIR OPERATOR CERTIFICATION PROCEDURE (Airworthiness Aspects)
                                                                              PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0        Chapter 4
                                                                   March 2009         Page 7 of 8

        RO/SRO should continuously monitor the progress made by the operator in fulfilling the
        requirements and development of infrastructure facilities and systems by the applicant. It
        must be ensured that for matters other than the maintenance of aircraft, all
        correspondence will be made with the operator, and not with the AMO. officer/SRO shall
        carry out inspection of the facilities and submit report to headquarters on the following.

        a)   Parawise Compliance of CAR Section 3 Series C part II or III as applicable.
        b)   Arrangements made by the applicant for major maintenance and other maintenance
             related tasks.
        c)   Valid C of A of the aircraft.
        d)   Names of engineers and approval holders with details of endorsements

 3.13   Proving Flights:

        The applicant may be required to conduct proving flights to demonstrate the maturity of
        his total package. Proving flights may be conducted in all respects as if they were revenue
        services. AWD officers may associate with the proving flights to confirm maintenance
        arrangements at destination and in general, line maintenance procedures.

3.14    Demonstrations

        The officers of AWD may be required to associate with any demonstrations which may be
        required to complete the process of issuance of AOP. These include demonstration of
        flight despatch, load and trim preparation, emergency drills such as fire drill, evacuation
        drill, slide chute deployment, ETOPS approval procedures etc.

 4.     Issue of air operator's permit

 4.1    This is the final stage to ensure that the applicant has acquired the capability required to
        operate the services proposed in the application. At this stage, all necessary maintenance
        manpower, systems, infrastructure, equipment, tools, aircraft spares etc. shall be in place.
        In case Any deficiencies are noted (such as depletion of manpower since the review when
        it was found satisfactory), the same must be brought to the notice of AT Dte. with a copy
        to AWD Hqrs.

 5.     Enhancement of facilities commensurate with activities.

        When the fleet size grows, the operator must demonstrate that The operator shall his
        maintenance organization has sufficient number of engineers and other personnel to
        maintain the additional aircraft. The operator shall also have to expand the Quality
        Control and Flight Safety Cells as the fleet size grows so that these vital functions are
        discharged satisfactorily. The AWD officers should make a comment on this capability of
        the AMO in the periodic surveillance reports.

 6.     Continuing surveillance of the operator


 AIR OPERATOR CERTIFICATION PROCEDURE (Airworthiness Aspects)
                                                                           PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0        Chapter 4
                                                                March 2009         Page 8 of 8

6.1   The RO/SRO shall exercise continuing surveillance of the operators to ensure safety in
      operations. The applicant is also required to conduct his own surveillance inspections and
      safety audits.

6.2   The maintenance areas to be covered in surveillance activities shall include at least a re-
      evaluation of the operator's organization, facilities, equipment, aircraft maintenance,
      safety precautions, checking of personal records, training, company manuals, and
      compliance with the provisions of the Permit etc.

6.3   In the initial stages of operation, the operator shall be monitored for any irregular
      procedures and evidence of inadequate facilities and equipment. The emphasis of the
      surveillance and inspection programme by DGCA officers is to confirm that the methods
      or systems the operator intended to use to ensure compliance with the applicable
      regulations are being followed and are effective in achievement of safety objectives.

6.4   When in the course of operator's surveillance, deficiencies are observed, prompt
      corrective action shall be initiated by the operator to correct the deficiencies within a
      specified time. If the operator fails or is unable to meet or maintain the required
      standards, the operator's privileges may be temporarily or permanently withdrawn or
      restricted.

6.5   The AWD must ensure that the nominated post holders are available with the operator
      and the AMO, and that internal audit/ quality assurance system functions satisfactorily.




AIR OPERATOR CERTIFICATION PROCEDURE (Airworthiness Aspects)
                                                                                 PART II 
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                               Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                       July 2010          Page 1 of 32 

                                     CHAPTER 5  
                         PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL 
1.      Introduction 
         
        Rule 133B provides for approval of an organisation engaged in manufacture of an 
        aircraft / component / item of equipment or part and CAR 21 Sub‐part G stipulates 
        the  requirements  to  be  fulfilled  by  an  organisation  desirous  of  seeking  such 
        approval.  It  is  necessary  to  standardize  the  procedures  followed  by  Regional 
        Airworthiness  Offices  while  processing  the  applications  of  the  organisations  and 
        ensure  uniform  implementation  of  the  applicable  regulatory  requirements, 
        processing  of  Part‐21  Subpart  G  approval  applications,  associated  Production 
        Organization’s  Exposition  and  carryout  the  organisation  audit  and  issue,  maintain 
        and amend a POA certificate following a satisfactory recommendation. 
         
        The  approval  shall  be  performed  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Subpart  G, 
        Section  A  and  Section  B  of  CAR‐21  for  the  airworthiness  and  environmental 
        certification of aircraft and related products, parts and appliances, as well as for the 
        certification of design and production organisations. 
 
2.      Acceptance of Application 
         
2.1     Applications made in accordance with CAR‐21 for Production Organisation Approval 
        shall  be  assigned  to  an  officer  not  below  the  rank  of  Controller  of  Airworthiness. 
        Form  50  shall  be  used  for  new  applications  and  Form  51  shall  be  used  by  POA 
        holders for applications for change to their approval. 
         
2.2     The  officer  concerned  will  scrutinize  the  applications  for  correctness  and 
        completeness.  Where  incorrect  or  incomplete  information  is  supplied,  it  shall  be 
        notified  to  the  applicant  by  a  letter  detailing  the  omissions  and  errors  within  a 
        week’s time. 
         
2.3     Upon receipt of correct application, the officer concerned shall make a first check 
        on  eligibility  according  to  Part‐21  and  will  determine  how  to  proceed  with  the 
        application. When eligibility has been fully assessed, within 10 days time the officer 
        concerned will inform the applicant, whether the application is accepted or not. The 
        eligible  organisation  shall  be  informed  of  the  planned  technical  investigation  with 
        the tentative time frames.   
         
2.4     A file shall be opened in the name of the organisation and applicable fees shall be 
        realized  from  the  organization.  In  case  of  refusal  of  an  application,  the  officer 
        concerned shall notify in writing to the applicant together with the reasons thereof, 
        including  a  reference  to  the  provisions  for  appeal.  In  such  case  the  fees  collected 
        shall be returned. 
 
 

 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                    PART II 
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                              Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                          July 2010          Page 2 of 32 

    3.      DETERMINATION OF THE POA TEAM 
     
    3.1     After  eligibility  has  been  assessed  and  once  principle  acceptance  is  given,  the 
            regional  office  shall  establish  an  appropriate  Investigation  team  and  if  required in 
            consultation with the Headquarters (Airworthiness Directorate). Officers from other 
            Regional  Offices  having  necessary  competence  and  previously  accumulated 
            experience may be involved while constituting the Investigation team. The  Director 
            of  Airworthiness  will  nominate  a  team  leader  and    members  to  carry  out  the 
            investigation process. The composition and size of the basic investigation team may 
            consist of only the Team Leader but may vary depending  upon: 
             
            (a)   Size of the applicant organization; 
            (b)   Complexity of the organization approval applied for; 
            (c)   Number of sites covered by the approval; 
            (d)   Nature of the services to be covered by the organization and its direct impact 
                  to aviation safety. 
             
    3.2     Officers  not  forming  part  of  the  investigation  team  may  participate  in  the 
            investigation  as  an  observer,  for  acquiring  on  job  training.  For  specific  technical 
            investigations  the  basic  team  can  call  for  assistance  from  appropriate  technical 
            experts from the industry but not from the same organisation. Cost of hiring such 
            technical experts shall be borne by the applicant. 
             
    4.      CERTIFICATION PROCEDURE 
             
    4.1      Investigation for Initial Organisation Approval 
         
    4.1.1  The investigation process will be performed according to Section B of CAR‐21 and 
           its  associated  Acceptable  Means  of  Compliance  (AMC)  /  Guidance  Material  (GM) 
           and this procedure. Findings made during the investigation process will be handled 
           by the Team Leader in accordance with CAR 21 and its associated AMCs/ GMs. 
            
    4.1.2  The investigation process involves the following steps: 
            
           (a)  The  nominated  post  holders  shall  be  evaluated  and  accepted  by  the  team 
                  leader; 
           (b)  The  POE    and  the  associate  Quality  System  shall  be  evaluated  by  the  team 
                  leader in accordance with annexure ‐ VI; 
           (c)  Subsequently audit team shall carry out physical verification of availability of 
                  necessary  organizational  infrastructure  in  terms  of  suitable  accommodation, 
                  manufacturing  facility,  competent  manpower  and  adherence  to  the 
                  documented  quality  system.  During  the  inspection  of  the  production 
                  organization, annexure‐VI may be used for verification purpose.  The findings 
                  made  during  the  inspection  shall  be  recorded  on  the  form  56.  The 
                  discrepancies  noted  shall  be  communicated  to  the  Quality  Manager  for 
                  appropriate corrective and preventive action. 

     
    PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                PART II 
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                              Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                      July 2010          Page 3 of 32 

        (d)  Upon receipt of the action taken report, the audit team members shall assess 
             the  action  taken  for  its  adequacy  and  acceptance.  The  acceptance  of  the 
             action  taken  shall  be  authenticated  on  the  CA  form  2001.  The  audit  team 
             members may carry out follow up inspection, I considered necessary. 
 
  4.1.3 When the full investigation for compliance of the applicant with CAR‐21 has been 
        satisfactorily determined,  the following documents shall be put up to the head of 
        the regional office: 
         
        (a)  The  completed  DGCA  form  56  (all  5  sections).  Wherever  possible  the  phone 
               and  fax  number  and  e‐mail  address  of  the  organisation  shall  be  provided. 
               (Completed and signed by the Team Leader and all Team Members); 
        (b)  Notes  of  the  final  POA  Team  meeting  with  the  applicant  including 
               recommendations  and  significant  findings  together  with  appropriate 
               conclusions and corrective actions; 
        (c)  The Production Organisation Exposition. (Approved by the Team Leader – Not 
               below the rank of Controller of Airworthiness); 
        (d)  Form‐4  (accepted  and  signed  by  the  Team  Leader  ‐  Not  below  the  rank  of 
               Controller of Airworthiness); 
        (e)  Consistency of the Form 50 with the Form 56 and the Production Organization 
               Exposition; 
        (f)  The continued surveillance plan by the Regional Office /Sub regional Office.  
         
        Note:  In  case  the investigation team has been constituted without an officer from 
        the concerned Region / Sub‐region, a member nominated by the team leader shall 
        review the documents. 
         
4.1.4  The DAW of the region concerned shall countersign the form 56 when satisfied with 
        the  review  of  paragraph  4.1.3  (a)  to  (f)  and  having  assured  that  records  will  be 
        maintained. The DAW shall also verify that the continued surveillance plan covers 
        all elements of the Quality System. The Regional Office shall notify Headquarters of 
        any  major  delays,  serious  problems  or  rejection  of  key  staff  members  of  the 
        applicant during the investigation process. 
 
4.2     Issuing the Organization Approval Certificate 
 
4.2.1  The investigation team leader shall submit to the DAW, the proposal for the DGCA 
        Form 55 approval certificate, the countersigned form 56 (all parts). When satisfied 
        with the above recommendation package the DAW shall sign the DGCA Form 55 
        approval certificate. 

4.2.2  The DAW will forward the original signed DGCA Form 55 to the organisation with a 
       copy to the Sub‐regional office (if applicable) and Headquarters. 
 
4.2.3  The  DAW  will  establish  a  system  to  maintain  records  of  all  documents  generated 
       and  received  during  the  approval  process  and  the  subsequent  continued 

 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                              PART II 
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                            Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                     July 2010         Page 4 of 32 

        surveillance  process.  The  DGCA  Form  56,  copy  of  the  form  55  and  the  continued 
        surveillance  plan  shall  be  retained  under  the  allocated  DGCA  approval  number. 
        Specific reference will be made to the next date that the form 56 recommendation 
        is due. Designated Officer of Headquarters will update the approvals database with 
        the  above  information.  The  DAW  of  the  Region  will  maintain  a  register  of  all 
        Organisation Approvals issued by the region in accordance with  
        CAR‐21 giving the following details: 
        (a)  Approval number 
        (b)  Name of organisation 
        (c)  Address 
        (d)  Scope of approval 
 
4.3    Changes within the Approved Production Organisation 
        
4.3.1  Any proposed significant changes as listed in CAR‐21A.147 or CAR‐21A.148 and its 
       AMC  shall  be  processed  by  the  respective  Regional  /  Sub‐regional  offices  and 
       investigated. All significant changes as detailed in the above referred CARs require a 
       form 51. The Sub‐regional offices shall forward a copy of all form 51s to the DAW of 
       the  Region  for  processing  in  accordance  with  paragraph‐2  of  this  chapter 
       (application  acceptance  process).  The  application  for  a  change  should  include  the 
       relevant fees. The Sub‐regional office will confirm receipt of payment to the DAW of 
       the Region. The Team Leader will determine the extent of any subsequent review 
       according  to  the  extent  of  proposed  changes  to  the  Organisation  and/or  its 
       Exposition and shall carry out necessary actions. 
 
4.3.2  The Sub‐regional offices shall inform the DAW of the Region of all cases where the 
       organisation  wishes  to  operate  in  accordance  with  CAR‐21A.147  (b).  When  the 
       investigation for the change has been satisfactorily completed, the dealing officer of 
       the  Regional/Sub‐Regional  office  shall  carry  out  a  review  of  any  applicable 
       documents  detailed  in  paragraph  4.1  and  4.2  pertaining  to  the  change.  When  a 
       change to the certificate is required, paragraph 4.2‐4.7 shall be used. 
        
4.4    Production without POA:  Cases pertaining to grant of permission to organizations 
       for  manufacturing  product,  part  and  appliance  shall  be  dealt  in  line  with  this 
       chapter and in accordance with CAR 21 Subpart F. 
        
4.5    Production  of  organizations  not  covered  iin  CAR‐21  shall  be  approved  in  line  with 
       CAR section 2 Series F part XIV. 
         
5.     Continued Surveillance 
        
5.1    A continued surveillance plan shall be developed by a nominated field officer taking 
       into  consideration  follow  up  of  corrective  actions  and  acceptance  by  the  DAW  of 
       the  Region  as  per  CAR‐  Sub  Part  G  and  its  associated  AMC&GM  and  recorded  on 
       part 2 to the DGCA form 56. The continued surveillance plan shall be communicated 
       to  the  organization  by  the  designated  Team  Leader.  DGCA  form  56  (part  1‐5) 

 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                  PART II 
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                        July 2010          Page 5 of 32 

        recommendation  must  be  completed  every  24  months.  Officer  assigned  with  the 
        responsibility of overseeing the activities of the organisation concerned must carry 
        out  a  quality  review  of  the  form  56  and  countersign  the  form.  The  designated 
        officer shall submit / forward the form 56 to the Head of the Regional Airworthiness 
        office  (Not  below  the  rank  of  CAW)  for  continuation  of  the  approval  every  12 
        months along with the completed surveillance plan. Where continued validity of the 
        certificate  is  accepted,  Director  of  Airworthiness  shall  notify  the  approved 
        production  organization  and  DGCA  Headquarters.  Designated  officer  of 
        Headquarters shall update the approvals database with all the relevant information. 
         
   5.2  Any  negative  decision  by  the  Regional/Sub  Regional  Office  shall  be  taken  in 
        consultation with Headquarters. The approval holder will be notified by letter and 
        copy  to  the  DAW  of  the  region  (if  applicable)  /  Headquarters  (Airworthiness 
        Directorate), detailing the suspension or revocation of the POA by the Head of the 
        concerned office. The letter will specify the reference to the provisions for appeal 
        by  the  POA  holder.  The  Team  Leader  assigned  to  perform  the  continued 
        surveillance  will  process  all  findings  and  notify  the  DAW  of  the  Region  who  will 
        inform  Headquarters  immediately  regarding  any  Level  1  finding  made  against  the 
        POA  holder  along  with  details  of  action  taken  by  the  office.  In  case  of  a  Level  1 
        finding the DAW of the Region will review the finding and take appropriate action. 
   
  5.3  In extenuating circumstances the 12 month audit cycle period may be extended by 
        the Regional / sub‐regional office concerned with approval of Headquarters. This is 
        subject to verification by other means that the systems are functioning within the 
        POA holder’s organization. 
         
6.      ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS 
         
6.1  Reporting System 
 
6.1.1  CAR‐21A.3 (b) and 21A.165 (f) detail the Production Organisation Approval holders 
        responsibilities  regarding  reporting  to  DGCA.  The  Regional  /  Sub‐Regional  Offices 
        shall  process the reports in association with the Aeronautical Engineering Division 
        at DGCA Headquarters. The form and manner for such reports shall be as laid down 
        in  the  organization’s  procedures  as  contained  in  the  Production  Organisation 
        Exposition of the POA holder. 
 
6.2  Panel of Experts 
              
6.2.1   A  Panel  of  Experts  (PE)  which  comprises  specialists  with  extensive  technical 
        knowledge  and  experience  necessary  for  approval  of  production  organizations  as 
        established by DGCA. 
         
6.2.2  The  PE  specialists  shall  advise  on  technical  certification  principles  and  technical 
        interpretation  of  the  implementing  rules  of  the  Basic  Regulation,  technical 
        standardisation  and  technical  training  ensuring  appropriate  technical  certification 

 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                   PART II 
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                          July 2010          Page 6 of 32 

        knowledge within DGCA. They may also act as team members, provided there is no 
        conflict  of  interest.  In  such  cases  they  shall  abstain  from  participating  in  the 
        deliberations  of  the  PE.  The  Government  of  India  rules  on  the  subject  shall  be 
        applicable to the PE. 
 
6.3  Resolution of Disagreements 
 
6.3.1  Every  effort  shall  be  made  to  resolve  all  kind  of  disagreements  concerning  issues 
       between DGCA and the Approval Holder/Applicant at the lowest possible level. The 
       investigation  team  will  be  the  primary  decision  maker  in  the  process  under  the 
       supervision  of  its  team  leader.  The  DAW  of  the  Region  shall  have  the  ability  and 
       power  to  take  the  first  decisions  to  the  largest  possible  extent.  If  the  Approval 
       Holder/  Applicant  do  not  agree  with  the Investigating Team decision, the Head of 
       the  office  as  a  first  step,  and  the  DAW  of  the  region,  will  try  to  reach  a  mutually 
       acceptable  resolution.  If  an  agreement  still  cannot  be  reached,  the  matter  will  be 
       brought to the f Airworthiness Directorate at Headquarters who will take a decision 
       thereto.  If  further  escalation  is  necessary  the  final  decision  will  be  made  by  the 
       DGCA  following  consultation  with  the  panel  of  experts.  In  this  case  the  Applicant 
       shall  have  the  right  to  be  heard  by  the  PE.  The  opinion  of  the  PE  will  be 
       communicated to the Applicant together with the final decision. 
 
6.4  Involvement of the Legal Service 
        
6.4.1  The  DAW  (Headquarters)  may  consult  the  Directorate  of  Information  and 
       Regulation of DGCA at the earliest possible stage,; 
 
       (a)  before the adoption of a negative decision taken during the approval  process 
              which is subject to appeal according to Indian Aircraft Rules, 1937 Rule no. 3B 
              or this internal working procedure; 
       (b)  when  an  applicant  or  certificate  holder  requests  that  a  disagreement  be 
              formally handled and the DAW (Headquarters) should consult the Directorate 
              of Information and Regulation of  DGCA at the earliest possible stage; 
       (c)  when  there  is  a  disagreement  with  the  applicant  or  certificate  holder  on  a 
              significant decision affecting the result of the approval process;  
       (d)  in any other case when deemed necessary. 
        
7      Limitation, Suspension and Revocation 
                     
7.1    A Production Organisation Approval shall be limited, suspended or revoked by the 
       DGCA if the certificate becomes invalid under the conditions specified in CAR‐21, or 
       fails to comply with the DGCA fees and charges Regulation.  
        
7.2    The Head of the regional office shall notify the holder of a Production Organisation 
       Approval  in  writing  about  this  suspension  or  revocation  including  the  reasons 
       thereof and the right to appeal against this decision. 
        

 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                               PART II 
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                     July 2010         Page 7 of 32 

    7.3    An enforcement action must be taken in accordance with Sub rule (10) of Rule 133B 
           and the Enforcement Manual. 
 
    8      Communication and Publication 
            
           Significant  decisions  affecting  the  result  of  the  approval  procedure  shall  be 
           communicated by DGCA to the applicant in writing. The status of approval shall be 
           updated in the DGCA website by DAW (Headquarters). 
     
    9      Confidentiality of Documents 
            
           All documents and information received and held by DGCA related to the approval 
           procedure  which  originates  from  the  Approval  Holder/Applicant  or  a  third  party 
           shall not be made public or without the consent of the Approval Holder/Applicant.  
            
     




     
    PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                              PART II 
               AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                      Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                                     July 2010             Page 8 of 32 

 
                                                                                                            ANNEXURE‐ I 
                                                                                                                               
        Application for  Production Organization Approval under CAR 21, Subpart G                        Form CA‐50 
                                                          D G C A 
       1.  Registered name and address of the organization.                    

       2.  Trade name (if different):                                          

       3.  Locations for which the approval is applied for:                    

       4.  Brief summary of proposed activities at the item 3 addresses 

             a)   General                                                      

             b)   Scope of approval                                            

             c)   Nature of privileges                                         

       5.  Description of organisation                                         

       6.    Links/arrangements with design approval holder(s) /               
             design organization(s) where different  from 1.  
       7.    Approximate number of staff engaged or intended                   
             to be engaged in the activities 
       8.     Position and name of the accountable manager                     

                                                                              Signature of 
       Date : 
                                                                              Accountable Manager 
Note : 
1.           Applicants for Production Organization Approval (POA) under CAR 21, Subpart G, will be charged as 
             follows for issue of POA: 
             (i)     50 employees: Rs.25, 000/‐ 
             (ii)    > 50 and up to 200 employees: Rs.50, 000/‐ 
             (iii)   > than 200 employees: Rs.1, 00,000/‐ 
2.           The fees for renewal of POA shall be fifty percent of that of the new POA as above. 
3.           Completion Instructions 
             Block 1:  The  name  of  the  organization  must  be  entered  as  stated  in  the  register  of  the  Indian 
                       Companies Registration Office. For the initial application a copy of the entry in the register 
                       of the Indian Companies Registration Office must be provided to the DGCA. 
             Block 2:  State the trade name by which the organization is known to the public if different from the 
                       information given in Block 1. The use of a logo may be indicated in this Block. 
             Block 3:  State all locations for which the approval is applied for. Only those locations must be stated 
                       that are directly under the control of the legal entity stated in Block 1. 
             Block 4:  This Block must include further details of the activities under the approval for the addresses 
                       indicated in Block 4. The Block “General” must include overall information, while the Block 
                       “Scope of approval” must address the scope of work and products/categories following t he 
                       principles laid down in the GM 21.151. The Block “nature of privileges” must indicate the 
                       requested privileges as defined in 21.163(b)‐(d). For an application for renewal state “N/A”. 
             Block 5:  This  Block  must  state  a  summary  of  the  organization  with  reference  to the outline of the 
                       production  organization  exposition,  including  the  organizational  structure,  functions  and 
                       responsibilities.  The  nomination  of  the  responsible  managers  in  accordance  with 

 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                         PART II 
       AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                         Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                               July 2010             Page 9 of 32 

                21.145(c)(2)  must  be  included  as  far  as  possible,  accompanied  by  the  corresponding  CA 
                Forms 4. For an application for renewal state “N/A”. 
      Block 6:  The information entered here is essential for the evaluation of eligibility of the application. 
                Therefore  special  attention  must  be  given  concerning  the  completion  of  this  Block  either 
                directly  or  by  reference  to  supporting  documentation  in  relation  to  the  requirements  of 
                21.133(b) and (c) and the AMC to 21.133(b) and (c). 
      Block 7:  The information to be entered here must reflect the number of staff, or in case of an initial 
                approval  the  intended  number  of  staff,  for  the  complete  activities  to  be  covered  by  the 
                approval and therefore must include also any associated administrative staff. 
      Block 8:  State the position and name of the accountable manager. 




 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                             PART II 
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                    July 2010       Page 10 of 32 

           
                                                                                      ANNEXURE‐ II 

                  AIRCRAFT STATEMENT OF CONFORMITY                               FORM CA 52 
1. State of manufacture   2. Civil Aviation Authority of the State  3. Statement Ref. No 
                                       of manufacture                
4. Organization: 
5. Aircraft Type:                          6. Type‐certificate Refs: 
 
7. Aircraft Registration Or Mark:          8. Manufacturers Identification No 
 
9. Engine/Propeller Details (*): 
 
10. Modifications and/or Service Bulletins (*): 
 
11. Airworthiness Directives: 
 
12. Concessions: 
 
13. Exemptions, Waivers or Derogations (*): 
 
14. Remarks: 
 
15. Certificate of Airworthiness: 
 
16. Additional Requirements: 
 
17. Statement of Conformity: 
 
It is hereby certified that this aircraft confirms fully to the type‐certificated design and to the 
items above in boxes 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13. 
 
The aircraft is in a condition of safe operation. 
 
The aircraft has been satisfactorily tested in flight. 
 
18. Signed                     19. Name                         20. Date (d/m/y) 
                                                                 
21. Production Organization Approval Reference 
 
           
           
           




   
  PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                                       PART II 
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                                  Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                                              July 2010               Page 11 of 32 

                                                                                  FORM CA‐52 COMPLETION INSTRUCTIONS 
                                                                       
For the purpose of Car 21 Subpart F, Statement of Conformity means Form CA‐52 for complete aircraft or Form CA‐1 for other 
products, parts, appliances and/or materials. 
 
Authorized person means a person identified as signatory in the Manual accepted by DGCA and provided in accordance with 
2l.125 (b). 
 
Responsible  position  means  a  position  held  by  a  person  with  terms  of  reference  which  include  responsibility  for  product 
conformity, and who has sufficient authority to prevent the release of items which do not conform to the applicable design 
data and/or are not in condition for safe operation. 
 
1.          PURPOSE AND SCOPE 
 
Use of the aircraft Statement of Conformity issued by a manufacturer producing under Car 21 Subpart F is described under 
21.130 and the corresponding acceptable means of compliance. 
 
The purpose of the aircraft Statement of Conformity (Form CA‐52) issued under Car 21 Subpart G is to enable the holder of an 
appropriate  production  organisation  approval  to  exercise  the  privilege  to  obtain  an  individual  aircraft  certificate  of 
airworthiness from DGCA. 
 
2.           GENERAL 
 
The Statement of Conformity must comply with the format attached including block numbers and the location of each Block. 
The size of each Block may however be varied to suit the individual application, but not to the extent that would make the 
Statement of Conformity unrecognizable. If in doubt consult DGCA. 
 
The Statement of Conformity must either be pre‐printed or computer generated but in either case the printing of lines and 
characters must be clear and legible. Pre‐printed wording is permitted in accordance with the attached model but no other 
certification statements are permitted. 
               
Completion  may  be  either  machine/  computer  printed  or  hand‐written  using  block  letters  to  permit  easy  reading.  The 
application should be in English language.       
 
A copy of the Statement and all referenced attachments are to be retained by the approved production organization. 
 
3.          COMPLETION OF THE STATEMENT OF CONFORMITY BY THE ORIGINATOR 
 
There should be an entry in all Blocks to make the document a valid statement. 
 
A  Statement  of  Conformity  may  not  be  issued  to  regulatory  authority  of  third  country  of  registry  unless  the  design  of  the 
aircraft and its installed products are approved. 
 
The information required in Blocks 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 may be by reference to separate identified documents held on file 
by the production organization, unless DGCA agrees otherwise. 
 
This Statement of Conformity is not intended to include those items of equipment that may be required to be fitted in order 
to  satisfy  applicable  operational  rules.  However,  some  of  these  individual  items  may  be  included  in  Block  10  or  in  the 
approved  type  design.  Operators  are  therefore  reminded  of  their  responsibility  to  ensure  compliance  with  the  applicable 
operational rules for their own particular operation. 
 
Block 1          Enter name of the State of manufacture. 
Block 2         Pre printed DGCA. 
Block 3         A  unique  serial  number  should  be  pre‐printed  in  this  Block  for  Statement  control  and  traceability  purposes. 
                Except  that  in  the  case  of  a  computer  generated  document  the  number  need  not  be  pre‐printed  where  the 
                computer is programmed to produce and print a unique number. 
 
Block 4         The full name and location address of the organisation issuing the statement. This Block may be pre‐printed. 
                Logos etc. are permitted if the logo can be contained within the Block. 
 

 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                                       PART II 
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                                Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                                             July 2010                Page 12 of 32 

Block 5        The aircraft type in full as defined in the type‐certificate and its associated data sheet. 
 
Block 6        The type‐certificate reference numbers and issue for the subject aircraft. 
 
Block 7        If the aircraft is registered then this mark will be the registration mark. If the aircraft is not registered then this 
               will be such a mark that is accepted by DGCA. 
 
Block8         The identification number assigned by the manufacturer for control and traceability and product support. This 
               is sometimes referred to as a Manufacturers Serial No or Constructors No. 
 
Block9         The  engine  and  propel1er  type(s)  in  full  as  defined  in  the  relevant  type‐certificate  and  its  associated  data 
               sheet. Their manufacturer identification No and associated location should also be shown. 
 
Block 10       Approved design changes to the Aircraft Definition. 
 
Block 11       A  listing  of  al1  applicable  airworthiness  directives  (or  equivalent)  and  a  declaration  of  compliance,  together 
               with  a  description  of  the  method  of  compliance  on  the  subject  individual  aircraft  including  products  and 
               instal1ed parts, appliances and equipment. Any future compliance requirement time should be shown. 
 
Block 12       Approved  unintentional  deviation  to  the  approved  type  design  sometimes  referred  to  as  concessions, 
               divergences, or non‐conformances. 
 
Block 13       Only agreed exemptions, waivers or derogations may be included here. 
 
Block 14       Remarks. Any statement, information, particular data or limitation which may affect the airworthiness of the 
               aircraft. If there is no such information or data, state: 'NONE'. 
 
Block 15       Enter  'Certificate  of  Airworthiness',  or  'Restricted  Certificate  of  Airworthiness',  or  for  the  Certificate  of 
               Airworthiness requested. 
 
Block 16       Additional requirements such as those notified by an importing country should be noted in this Block. 
 
Block17        Validity of the Statement of Conformity is dependent on full completion of al1 Blocks on the form. A copy of 
               the flight test report together with any recorded defects and rectification details should be kept on file by the 
               POA  holder.  The  report  should  be  signed  as  satisfactory  by  the  appropriate  certifying  staff  and  a  flight  crew 
               member, e.g., test pilot or flight test engineer. The flight tests performed are those defined under the control 
               of the quality system, as established by 21.139 in particular 21.I39(b)(1)(vi), to ensure that the aircraft controls 
               with the applicable design data and is in condition for safe operation. 
               The listing of items provided (or made available) to satisfy the safe operation aspects of this statement should 
               be kept on file by the POA holder. 
Block 18       The  Statement  of  Conformity  may  be  signed  by  the  person  authorized  to  do  so  by  the  production  approval 
               holder in accordance with 2l.145(d). A rubber stamp signature should not be used. 
 
Block 19       The name of the person signing the certificate should be typed or printed in a legible form. 
 
Block 20       The date the Statement of Conformity is signed should be given. 
 
Block 21       DGCA approval reference of the POA holder should be quoted. 




 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                                         PART II 
        AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                                        Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                                                July 2010                 Page 13 of 32 

 
                                                                                                                           ANNEXURE ‐ III 
 
                                CERTIFICATE OF RELEASE TO SERVICE FORM                                                    FORM CA‐52 
 




 
                                                      GOVERNMENT OF INDIA 
                                       DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION 
                                                             
                                       CERTIFICATE OF RELEASE TO SERVICE 
       
      APPROVED PRODUCTION ORGANISATION NAME: 
       
      Production Organization approval reference: 
       
      Certificate of release to service in accordance with 21.163(d) 
       
       
      Aircraft:……………………………………  Type…………………….………………………………………………. 
      Constructor No / Registration…………………………............................................. has been 
      maintained as specified in Work Order………………………………………………………………….…. 
      Brief description of work performed………………………………………………………………………… 
      ....................................................................................................................................... 
      ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…………………. 
      Certifies that the work specified was carried out in accordance with 2l.163(d) and in 
      respect  to  that  work  the  aircraft  is  considered  ready  for  release  to  service  and 
      therefore is in a condition for safe operation. 
       
      Certifying Staff (name)          :    …………………………………………………….. 
       
      (signature)                      :    …………………………………………………….. 
       
      Location                         :   ……………………………………………………… 
       
      Date                             :   …. /…../ ……..        (day/ month/ year). 




 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                          PART II 
                AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                 Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                                July 2010           Page 14 of 32 

             
                                                                                                   ANNEXURE – IV 
                                                                                                                   
                         POA Certificate of Approval ‐ Sheet A                                      Form CA ‐ 55 
                                                   DGCA 
                                          APPROVAL CERTIFICATE 
                                          Reference: DGCA.G.XXXX 
     Pursuant to the Indian Regulations in force and subject to the conditions specified below, 
                                            DGCA hereby certifies 
                                         Company Name & Address 
                                                    as a 
                                        PRODUCTION ORGANISATION 
                                approved according to Car 21, Subpart G 
CONDITIONS: 
1.   The approval is limited to that specified in the enclosed Terms of Approval; and 
2.  This  approval  requires  compliance  with  the  procedures  specified  in  the  Production 
     Organization Exposition; and 
3.  This  approval  is  valid  whilst  the  approved  production  organization  remains  in  compliance 
     with Car 21, Subpart G. 
 
 
Date of original issue:                                              Signed       : 
Date of this issue:                                                  For  DGCA : 
POA Certificate of Approval ‐ Sheet B 
DGCA                                       Terms of Approval                         TA: DGCA.G.XXXX 
This document is part of Production Organization Approval Number DGCA.G.XXXX issued to 
Company name : 
 
Section 1.  SCOPE OF WORK: 
 
PRODUCTION OF    _____________________ PRODUCTS / CATEGORIES _______________________ 
 
For details and limitations refer to the Production Organization Exposition,  
 
Section 2. LOCATIONS: 
Section 3. PRIVILEGES: 
 
The Production Organization is entitled to exercise, within its Terms of Approval and in accordance with 
the  procedures  of  its  Production  Organization  Exposition,  the  privileges  set  forth  in  21.163.  Subject  to 
the following: 
 
Prior to approval of the design of the product a Form CA‐1 may be issued only for conformity purposes. 
 
A Statement of Conformity may not be issued for a non approved aircraft. 
 
Maintenance  may  be  performed,  until  compliance  with  maintenance  regulations  is  required,  in 
accordance with the Production Organization Exposition Section xxx. 


    
   PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                                       PART II 
               AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                               Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                                              July 2010              Page 15 of 32 

Date of original issue:                                                              Signed      : 
Date of this issue       :                                                           For DGCA : 
                                                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                     ANNEXURE ‐ V 
    
                                                                 FORM 21 ‐ 56 
              IRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION                Part  1 of 5 
                                                                  Page 1 of 1 
        RECOMMENDATION REPORT IN SUPPORT OF CAR‐21 SUBPART‐G APPROVAL ISSUE/ 
                       RENEWAL / CONTINUATION / VARIATION 
     
   PART 1 :  BASIC DETAILS OF THE ASSESSMENT 
     
   Name of the Organization                                                        : __________________________ 
    
   Approval Reference                                                                   : ________________________ 
    
   Address (es) of the facilities surveyed                                   : ________________________ 
    
   Main CAR‐21 Subpart G activities at facilities surveyed    : ________________________ 
    
   Date (s) of survey                                                                      : ________________________ 
    
   Names and positions of the organization’s  
   Senior Management attended during survey                    : _________________________ 
    
   Name of DGCA officer                                                             : _________________________ 
    
   Office                                                                                         : __________________________ 
    
   Form 21‐56 completion date                                                : __________________________ 
    
    
    
   Note :  If it is determined that recommendation for issue/renewal/continuation/variation of 
   Approval cannot be made because of non‐compliance with CAR‐21 Subpart G, the reasons for 
   non‐compliance need to be identified in PART 4 of the report.  A copy of PART 1 and PART 4, 
   or  at  least  the  information  included  in  these  parts,  must  be  given  to  the  organization  to 
   ensure  that  the  organization,  in  failing  to  obtain  CAR‐21  Subpart  G  Approval,  even  if  only 
   temporarily, has the same information as is on the files of the DGCA. 
    
    
    
    
    
    
   PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                                PART II 
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                            Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                                      July 2010             Page 16 of 32 

 
                                                                                                            FORM 21 ‐ 56
                     DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION                                                  Part  2 of 5 
                                                                                                            Page 1 of 7 
            RECOMMENDATION REPORT IN SUPPORT OF CAR‐21 SUBPART G AIONPPROVAL ISSUE/ 
                            RENEWAL/ CONTINUATION/ VARIATION 
CAR 21 SUBPART G COMPLIANCE  
 
Name of the  organization    : __________________________ 
                                               
Approval of organization    : __________________________ 
 
Approval  Reference          : __________________________                           
 
Survey reference                        : __________________________ 
 
Note A : This form has been complied according to those paragraphs of CAR –21 Subpart G which are relevant 
                to an organization trying to demonstrate compliance  
 
Note B :  The right hand part of each box must be completed with one of three indicators: 
                1.    a tick (√) which means compliance. 
               2.    NR which means the requirement is Not Relevant to the activity at the address surveyed (the 
                reason for  
                       NR should be stated  in PART 4 of the report, unless the reason is obvious). 
               3.    a number relating to a comment which must be recorded in PART 4 of the report. 
 
CAR 21.33  Eligibility 
 
The DGCA will only accept an application for a production organization approval if ‐ 
 
(a)             The DGCA agrees that, for a defined scope of work, such an approval is appropriate for the purpose 
                of showing conformity with a specific design; and 
                +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
 
(b)             The applicant holds or has applied for an approval of such a design, or the applicant has a suitable 
                arrangement  with  the  applicant  for  or  holder  of  an  approval  of  such  a  design  which  ensures 
                satisfactory co‐ordination between production and design. 
                +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
 
CAR 21.134 Application 
 
                Each  application  for  a  Production  Organization  Approval  must  be  made  in  a  form  and  manner 
                acceptable to the DGCA, and must include an outline of the information required by CAR 21.143 and 
                the Terms of Approval requested to be issued under CAR 21.151. 
                +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
 
CAR 21.139 Quality System 
 
(a)             The production organization must show that it has established and can maintain a quality system.  
                The  quality  system  must  be  documented.    This  quality  system  shall  be  such  as  to  enable  the 
                organization to ensure that each product, part or appliance produced by the organization or by its 
                partners,  or  supplied  from  or  subcontracted  to  outside  parties,  conforms  to  the  applicable  design 
                data and is in condition for safe operation, and thus exercise the privileges set for in CAR 21.163. 
 

 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                                      PART II 
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                                 Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                                             July 2010              Page 17 of 32 

          +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
                                                                                                                 FORM 21 ‐ 56 
                      DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION                                                       Part  2 of 5 
                                                                                                                  Page 2 of 7 
 
(b)       The quantity system must include: 
 
          (1)  As applicable within the scope of approval, control procedures for those elements shown below;    
          and 
 
              (a)   +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+   Document issue, approval or change. 
    
              (b)    +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+   Vendor and sub‐contractor assessment, audit and control 
 
              (c)      +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+          Verification  that  incoming  products,  parts,  materials,  and  equipment,         
                                                 including  items  supplied  new  or  used  by  buyers  of  products,  are  as  specified  in 
                                                 the applicable  design data. 
                      
             (d)         +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+   Identification and traceability 
                      
            (e)                +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+   Manufacturing processes 
                      
            (f)                +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+   Inspection and testing, including production flight tests. 
             
            (g)                +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+   Calibration of tools, jigs and test equipment 
             
             (h)               +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+   Non conforming item control 
             
             (i)               +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ Airworthiness co‐ordination with the applicant/holder of a design approval. 
             
             (j)               +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ Records completion and retention 
             
            (k)                +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ Personnel competence and qualification 
             
            (l)                +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ Issue of airworthiness certifications 
             
            (m)                +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ Handling, storage and packing 
             
            (n)                +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ Internal quality audits and resulting corrective actins 
             
            (o)                +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ Work within the Terms of Approval performed at any location other than the  
                                                      approved facilities.  
             
             (p)          +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+  Work  carried  out  after  completion  of  production  but  prior  to  delivery,  to                         
                                                    maintain the aircraft in a condition for safe operation 
             
                     Note : The control procedures need to include specific provisions for any critical parts. 




 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                            PART II 
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                        Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                                  July 2010            Page 18 of 32 

 
                                                                                                   FORM 21 ‐ 56 
                 DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION                                              Part  2 of 5 
                                                                                                    Page 3 of 7 
          (2)  An  independent  quality  assurance  function  to  monitor  compliance  with,  and  adequacy  of,  the 
                documented procedures of the quality system.  This monitoring must include a feedback system to  
                the  person  or  group  of  persons  specified  in  CAR  21.145(c)(2)  and  ultimately  to  the  manager 
                specified in CAR 21.145(c)(1) to ensure, as necessary, corrective action. 
 
              +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
 
CAR 21.143 Expositions 
 
(a)           The  organization  must  furnish  to  the  DGCA  a  production  organization  Exposition  providing  the 
              information listed in Appendix A to CAR 21 (see part 3 of this Form) 
 
              +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
               
(b)           The  Production  Organization  Exposition  must  be  amended  as  necessary  to  remain  an  up‐to‐date 
              description of the organization, and copies of amendments must be supplied to the DGCA 
 
              +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
               
CAR 21.145 Approval requirements 
 
The production organization must show, on the basis of the information submitted in accordance with CAR 
21.143, that‐ 
 
(a)           General 
              The  facilities,  working  conditions,  equipment  and  tools,  processes  and  associated  materials, 
              personnel  numbers  and  competence,  and  general  organization  are  adequate  to  discharge 
              responsibilities under CAR 21.165 
 
(b)           Data 
              (1)  The production organization is in receipt of all necessary airworthiness data from the holder 
                       of or applicant for the approval of the Type Design, as appropriate to determine conformity 
                       with the applicable design data. 
                        
                       +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
 
              (2)  The production organization has a procedure to ensure that airworthiness data are correctly 
                       incorporated in its production data. 
                        
                       +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
 
              (3)  The above data are kept up to date and made available to all personnel who need access to 
                       such data to perform their duties. 
                      
                       +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
 
 
 
 
 


 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                             PART II 
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                       Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                                    July 2010            Page 19 of 32 

                                                                                                      FORM 21 ‐ 56 
                     DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION                                             Part  2 of 5 
                                                                                                       Page 4 of 7 
SURVEY REFERENCE: 
 
CAR 21.145 Approval Requirements (cont’d) 
 
(c)      Organization 
 
         (1)         A  manager  accountable  to  the  DGCA,  has  been  nominated,  with  responsibility  within  the 
                     organization to ensure that all production is performed to the required standards and that the 
                     production organization is continuously in compliance with the data and procedures identified 
                     in the Exposition. 
                     +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
          
         (2)        A  manager  or  group  of  managers  has  been  nominated  to  ensure  that  the  organization  is  in 
                    compliance  with  the  requirements  of  this  Subpart,  and  are  identified,  together  with  the 
                    extent of their authority.  In this respect such person(s) must ultimately be responsible to the 
                    manager identified in sub‐paragraph (c)(1) of this paragraph.  The knowledge, background and 
                    experience  of  the  managers  nominated  must  be  appropriate  to  discharge  their 
                    responsibilities. 
                    +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
 
         (3)        Staff at all levels have been given appropriate authority to be able to discharge their allocated 
                    responsibilities  and  that  there  is  full  and  effective  co‐ordination  within  the  production 
                    organization is respect of airworthiness matters. 
                    +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
          
 (d)     Certifying Staff 
 
         (1)        Certifying  Staff  has  been  defined  as  those  personnel  who  are  authorized  by  the  production 
                    organization and the DGCA to sign the documents issued under CAR 21.163 under the scope 
                    or terms of the approval.  The knowledge, background, and experience of the certifying staff 
                    must be appropriate to discharge their allocated responsibilities. 
                    +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
          
         (2)        The  production  organization  maintains  a  record  of  all  certifying  staff  which  must  include 
                    details of their authorization. 
                    +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
 
        (3)  Certifying staff are provided with evidence of the scope of their authorization. 
 
                  +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
CAR 21.147   Changes to the Approved Production Organization 
 
(a)     After  the  issue  of  a  Production  Organization  Approval,  each  change  to  the  approved  production 
        organization that is significant to the showing of conformity or to the airworthiness of the product, 
        part  or  appliance,  particularly  changes  to  the  quality  system,  must  be  approved  by  the  DGCA.    A 
        proposal  for  such  a  change  must  be  notified  as  soon  as  practical  and  the  production  organization 
        must  show,  as  far  as  possible  before  the  implementation  of  the  change,  to  the  satisfaction  of  the 
        DGCA that it will continue to comply with requirements of this Subpart G. 
 
         +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
          
 




 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                               PART II 
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                           Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                                     July 2010             Page 20 of 32 

 
                                                                                                       FORM 21 ‐ 56 
                   DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION                                                Part  2 of 5 
                                                                                                        Page 5 of 7 
SURVEY REFERENCE: 
 
CAR 21.147 Changes to the Approved Production Organization  
 
(b)           The DGCA may prescribe the conditions under which a Subpart G approved production organization 
              may  operate  during  such  changes  unless  the  DGCA  determines  that  the  approval  should  be 
              suspended. 
              +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
 
CAR 21.148  Changes in location 
 
              A  change  in  the  location  of  the  manufacturing  facilities  of  the  approved  production  organization 
              must be regarded as a change of significance to the organization which must therefore comply with 
              CAR 21.147 
              +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
 
CAR 21.149  Transferability 
              Except  for  a  change  in  ownership,  which  must  be  regarded  as  a  change  of  significance,  and  must 
              therefore comply with CAR 21.147, a Production Organization Approval is not transferable. 
              +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
               
CAR 21.151  Terms of approval 
 
              Terms of approval are issued as part of a Production Organization Approval.  The Terms of Approval 
              identify the scope of work, the products and/or the categories of parts and appliances for which the 
              holder is entitled to exercise the privileges defined in CAR 21.163. 
              +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
               
CAR 21.153  Changes to the terms of approval 
 
              Application for a change to the Terms of Approval must be made in a form and manner acceptable 
              to the DGCA.  The applicant must comply with the applicable requirements of this Subpart G. 
              +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
               
CAR 21.157  Investigations 
 
             Each  applicant  for  or  holder  of  a  Production  Organization  Approval  shall  make  arrangements  that 
             allow  the  DGCA  to  make  any  investigations,  including  investigations  of  partners  and/or  sub‐
             contractors, necessary to determine compliance with the applicable requirements of this Subpart G. 
             +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
 
CAR 21.163  Privileges 
 
              The holder of a Production Organization Approval may, within his Terms of Approval issued under 
              CAR21.135 
               
(a)           In  the  case  of  complete  aircraft  and  upon  presentation  of  a  Statement  of  Conformity,  obtain  an 
              aircraft certificate of airworthiness, Standard or Export. 
              +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
 

 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                             PART II 
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                      Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                                   July 2010            Page 21 of 32 

 
                                                                                                     FORM 21 ‐ 56 
                    DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION                                             Part  2 of 5 
                                                                                                      Page 6 of 7 
SURVEY REFERENCE: 
        
 
(b)       In the case of other products, parts or appliances issue Authorised Release Certificates (DGCA Form 
          21‐1) without further showing. 
 
          +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
           
(c)       Maintain a new aircraft that he has produced and issue a certificate of release to service in respect 
          of that maintenance. 
 
        +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
         
CAR 21.165    Responsibilities of Holder 
 
                The holder of a Production Organization Approval shall – 
 
(a)       Ensure that the production organization Exposition furnished in accordance with CAR 21.143 and the 
          documents to which it refers, are used as basic working documents within the Organization. 
 
          +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
           
(b)       Maintain the production organization in conformity with the data and procedures approved for the 
          Production Organization Approval. 
 
          +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
           
(c)       Determine that each completed aircraft conforms to the type design and is in condition for safe 
          operation prior to submitting Statements of Conformity to the DGCA or 
 
          ‐  Determine that other products, parts or appliances are completed and conform to the approved 
             design data and are in condition for safe operation before issuing DGCA Form 21‐1 to certify 
             airworthiness, or  
           
          ‐  Determine that other products, parts or appliances conform to the applicable data before issuing 
             DGCA Form 21‐1 as a conformity Certificate 
 
          +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
           
(d)       Record all details of work carried out in a form acceptable to the DGCA 
 
          +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
           
(e)       (1)  Report  to  the  holder  of  the  Type  Certificate  or  Design  Approval  ,  all  cases  where  products, 
                  parts  or  appliances  have  been  released  by  the  production  organization  and  subsequently 
                  identified to have deviations from the applicable design data, and investigate with the holder 
                  of the Type Certificate or Design Approval to identify those deviations which could lead to an 
                  unsafe condition 
 
          +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
           
 
 


 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                           PART II 
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                       Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                                 July 2010            Page 22 of 32 

                                                                                                 FORM 21 ‐ 56 
                 DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION                                            Part  2 of 5 
                                                                                                  Page 7 of 7 
SURVEY REFERENCE: 
 
       (2)  Report  to  the  DGCA,  the  deviations  identified  according  to  sub‐paragraph  (e)(1)  of  this 
                  paragraph.    Such  reports  must  be  made  in  a  form  and  manner  acceptable  to  the  DGCA 
                  according to CAR 21.3(b)(2). 
 
                 +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
        
       (3)  Where  the  Production  Organization  Approval  holder  is  acting  as  a  supplier  to  another 
                  production organization, report also to that other organization 
 
                +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
        
(f)    Provide  assistance  to  the  holder  of  the  Type  Certificate  or  Design  Approval  in  dealing  with  any 
       continuing airworthiness actions that are related to the products, parts or appliances that have been 
       produced. 
 
               +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
        
(g)    Institute  an  archiving  system  incorporating  requirements  to  its  partners,  suppliers  and  sub‐
       contractors, ensuring conservation of the data used to justify conformity of the products, parts or 
       appliances,  to  be  held  at  the  disposal  of  the  DGCA  and  to  be  retained  in  order  to  provide  the 
       information necessary to ensure the continuing airworthiness of the products, parts or appliances. 
 
       +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
        
(h)    Where, under his Terms of Approval, he issues a certificate of release to service, determine that 
       each completed aircraft has been subjected to the necessary maintenance and is in condition for 
       safe operation, prior to issuing the certificate. 
 
       +‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐+ 
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                                    PART II 
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                               Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                                           July 2010              Page 23 of 32 

                                                                                                                FORM 21 ‐ 56 
                      DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION                                                      Part  3 of 5 
                                                                                                                 Page 1 of 1 
    RECOMMENDATION REPORT IN SUPPORT OF CAR‐21 SUBPART G ISSUE / RENEWAL / CONTINUATION / 
                                        VARIATION 
 
CAR‐21 SUBPART G EXPOSITION COMPLIANCE 
Name of the Organization  : __________________________ 
Approval of organization    : __________________________ 
Approval Reference         : __________________________                                          
Survey reference           : __________________________ 
Note A:  Each box must be completed with of three indicators: 
          1.  a tick (√) which means of compliance. 
          2.  NR which means the requirement is NOT RELEVANT to the activity at the address surveyed. (The reason for 
                NR should be stated in PART 4 of the report, unless the reason is obvious) 
          3.  a number relating to a comment which must be recorded in PART 4 of the report. 
 
Note B:  The exposition may be complied in any subject order as long as all applicable subjects are covered. 
 
Note C:   If the organization holds another CAR approval requiring an exposition or handbook it is acceptable to use this 
          index as a supplement to the existing exposition or handbook and to cross‐refer each subject to the position in 
          the existing exposition or handbook.   
 
Production Organization Exposition: 
Revision Status: 
(Content as required by CAR 21.143(a)‐Appendix A to CAR‐21) 
 
(a)                  A  statement  signed  by  the  accountable  manager  confirming  that  the  production  organization 
                     exposition and any associated manuals which define the approved organization’s compliance with this 
                     Subpart will be complied with at all times. 
 
(b)                  The title(s) and names of managers accepted by the DGCA in accordance with CAR 21.145(c)(2) 
 
(c)                  The duties and responsibilities of the manager(s) as required by CAR 21.145(c)(3) including matters on 
                     which they may deal directly with the DGCA on behalf of the Organization 
 
(d)                  An  organizational  chart  showing  associated  chains  of  responsibility  of  the  managers  as  required  by 
                     CAR 21.145 (c) (1) and (c)(2) 
 
(e)                  A list of certifying staff. 
                     [Note: a separate document may be referenced] 
 
(f)                  A general description of man‐power‐resources 
 
(g)                  A  general  description  of  the  facilities  located  at  each  address  specified  in  the  production 
                     organization’s certificate of approval 
 
(h)                  A  general  description  of  the  production  organization’s  scope  of  work  relevant  to  the  Terms  of 
                     Approval 
 
(i)                  The procedure for the notification of Organizational changes to the DGCA 
 
(j)                  The amendment procedure for the production organization exposition 
 
(k)                  A description of the quality system and the procedures as required by CAR 21.139(b)(1) 
 
(l)                  A list of those outside parties referred to in CAR 21.139(a) 
                     [Note: a separate document may be referenced] 
 

 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                                             PART II 
               AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                                     Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                                                    July 2010      Page 24 of 32 

                                                                                                                  FORM 21 ‐ 56 
                              DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION                                               Part  4 of 5 
                                                                                                                  Page 1 of 1 
             RECOMMENDATION REPORT IN SUPPORT OF CAR‐21 SUBPART G APPROVAL ISSUE / RENEWAL / 
                                       CONTINUATION / VARIATION 
     
    FINDINGS ON CAR‐21 SUBPART G (COMPLIANCE STATUS)               
     
    Name of the Organization  : __________________________ 
    Approval  Reference            : __________________________ 
    Survey reference                 : __________________________ 
     
    Note A:  Each finding must be identified by number and the number must cross‐refer to the same number in a box in Part 2 or 3 of the 
             CAR‐21   Subpart G Survey Report. 
     
    Note B: As stated in Part 1 any comments recorded in this Part should be copied to the organization surveyed together with Part1. 
     
    NO:                          FINDING                                   LEVEL        OUTSTANDING ACTION          CLEARANCE 
                                                                                                                  DATE     REP.REF
                                                                                                                               . 
                                                                                                                                 
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                                                                                     
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
    NAME & SIGNATURE OF SURVEYOR :           
                                                            Date :    
       
 



 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                                                PART II 
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                            Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                                       July 2010        Page 25 of 32 

 
                                                                                              FORM 21 ‐ 56 
               DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION                                          Part  5 of 5 
                                                                                              Page 1 of 1 
    RECOMMENDATION REPORT IN SUPPORT OF CAR‐21 SUBPART G APPROVAL ISSUE / RENEWAL / 
                              CONTINUATION / VARIATION 
 
 
CAR –21 SUBPART G APPROVAL RECOMMENDATION 
 
Name of the Organization           : _____________________ 
 
Approval Reference                : _____________________ 
 
Survey Reference                  : _____________________ 
 
 
Recommendation for issue / renewal / variation of approval: 
The following CAR‐21 Subpart G Terms of approval are recommended for the above organization at 
the address (es) specified in Part 1 of this report: 
 
______________________________________________________________ 
 
_______________________________________________________________ 
 
______________________________________________________________ 
 
______________________________________________________________ 
 
Or 
 
Recommendation for continuation of existing approval: 
 
It  is  recommended  that  the  CAR‐21  Subpart  G  Terms  of  Approval  identified  in  DGCA  Form  21‐55 
referenced ____________ be continued. 
 
 
Name of DGCA Officer making recommendation   : __________________________ 
 
Signature of the DGCA Officer                                      : __________________________ 
 
DGCA Regional Office                                        : __________________________          
                                                               
Date                                                                    : __________________________ 
 
 




 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                               PART II 
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                           Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                     July 2010       Page 26 of 32 

 
                                                                                     ANNEXURE‐ VI 

                     Check List for Contents of Production Organization Exposition 
Name of the Organization    : 
Contact Person & Phone No.: 
POE Title & reference            :            
Reviewing Officer & Date of Review: 
Document Identification and reference: 
Name of the organization and Address: 
PART I 
      •    Statement signed by the Accountable Manager confirming the compliance with the 
           CAR and other regulations ‐ Counter signature. 
      •    list of title(s) and names of managers accepted by the DGCA in accordance with CAR 
           21.145(c)(2). 
      •    Duties and responsibilities of the manager(s) as required by CAR 21.145 (c)(3) 
           including the authority and co‐ordination with its various departments  and design 
           organization. 
      •    Organizational chart indicating the chain of responsibility of the managers as required 
           by CAR 21.145(c)(1) and (c)(2) is available. Check whether all responsible managers 
           directly report to Accountable Manager or have direct access to him. 
      •    List of certifying staff. ( Not to include inspection personnel) 
      •    Manpower resource requirement anr training requirements described in the manual 
           including the manner of compliance with the same. 
      •    General description of the facilities located at each address specified in the 
           production organization’s certificate of approval covered in the Manual. Check that 
           the manual describe the facilities and equipment at each location. 
      •    Terms of Approval is specified for each scope of work being carried out.   
      •    Procedure for the notification of Organizational changes to the DGCA is described 
      •    Accountable Manager 
      •    Responsible Managers 
      •    Facility & Location 
      •    Scope of work 
      •    Amendment procedures for the POE and occasions for amendment  
      •    Check for any changes in organization. Is the chart  updated & same is communicated 
           and  prior to notifying changes to POE , acceptance of the changes by DGCA had been 
           obtained. ` 
      •    Check that the procedures and periodicity / situation requiring  amendment to the 
           POE & QS are explained.  

 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                               PART II 
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                           Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                     July 2010        Page 27 of 32 

    •      Check whether holders of this manual keep their copies up to date with approved 
           amendments.  
    •      Description of the quality system and the procedures are relevant to the scope of 
           approval as required by CAR 21.139(b)(1).  
    •      Check that the function of independent Quality Assurance System described.  
    •      Availability of list of outside parties as referred in CAR 21.139(a). 
    •      Check that the manual contain/cross refers to the list of sub‐contractors / outside 
           parties and bought out item suppliers and products supplied by them.  
 
PART II 
Document control 
    •      Classification of  documents, originator/ issue, distribution / control requirements / 
           procedures are defined in the quality system 
    •      Document preparation, review and approval procedure 
    •      Procedure for distribution of document 
    •      Procedure for confirming the action taken by the recipient of the document‐ in 
           addition to normal action, check updation of training syllabus if applicable. 
    •      Dissemination of information to personnel concerned ( in each case ) 
    •      Release of Standard of Preparation 
    •      Release of design data and control procedures 
    •      Preparation and upkeep  of manufacturing document and process sheets/ inspection 
           standards 
    •      List of document released by the department & distribution list in respect of each 
           document.  
    •      Maintenance of master copy, identification of control copy / reference.  
    •      Procedure to communicate error / ambiguity noted in the manufacturing document 
           to the approving authority 
    •      Check for the Stamping of obsolete copies and retention by originating department 
           for future reference.  
    •      Removal and destruction of obsolete documents and maintenance of evidence 
    •      Requirement for periodical review of the documents have been established                      
    •      Availability of copies of all the documents ( Internal / External documents )  at one 
           location – Quality Engineering  
Vendors and sub contractor assessment  audit and control stores 
Vendor 
    •      Vendors classification and their evaluation criteria have been established  
    •      Vendor assessment forms & audit report are available and approved 
    •      Vendors monitoring & control criteria had been established  

 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                        PART II 
        AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                              July 2010       Page 28 of 32 

    •   Approved Vendors list and products that can be procured are maintained 
    •   Documents to be supplied and packing requirements have been identified 
    •   Procedure to notify the deficiency noted in the supplied item have been established. 
Sub contract 
    • Organization’s Quality standards/ plan for each type of work had been established and 
      organizations are audited against the standard 
    • Quality plan specifies the infrastructure, drawings & materials equipment, quality 
      control measures, manufacturing procedure and documentation, inspection and 
      certification requirements, personnel competence, record to be delivered / retained, 
      Archiving, handling and packing requirements,  
    • Issue & withdrawal of drawings & specifications  control ‐ Vendors/Sub‐contractors  
    • Requirement of approval of subcontractor including first article inspection have been 
      established 
    • Sub contractor approval procedures have been established. 
    • Subcontractor monitoring requirements / procedure have been established ‐ 
      Subcontractor rating based on quality of the parts, deviations, rejection and audit 
      findings ( excluding commercial aspects and delivery schedule ) 
    • Inspection requirements of subcontractor manufactured items have been established 
    • Inspection requirements after receipt of the part from sub‐contractor and experience 
      requirements of personnel engaged in the activity 
    • Procedure to deal with non‐conformances / deviations noted have been established 
    • Contract made with the sub‐contractor provides for investigation by DGCA staff 
Verification of incoming products, parts, materials, and equipment 
    • Acceptance criteria  for Vendors supplied items have been established ( Matrix form 
      of by way of grouping ) ‐ Raw material, std parts, bought out items etc. 
    • Inspection requirements after receipt of the part from sub‐contractor ( Matrix form of 
      by way of grouping )  
    • Procedure to deal with non‐conformances / deviations noted during receipt have 
      been established 
    • Competency of personnel inspecting Vendors supplied items have been established 
    • Competency of personnel inspecting sub‐contractor supplied items have been 
      established 
Identification and traceability 
    • Identification requirements with respect to the design standard have been established 
      during all stages of manufacturing 
    • Process of traceability with respect to  design data, material source, manufacturing 
      document, personnel involved in manufacturing / inspection and machine and tools 
      used have been established  
    • Flow chart explaining identification method adopted has been depicted. 


 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                        PART II 
        AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                              July 2010        Page 29 of 32 

Manufacturing process 
    • Configuration control procedure is documented. 
    • General manufacturing procedure, documents used for manufacture and purpose 
      have been established. 
    • Check whether the manual describe the procedures used to perform the work. 
    • Check whether the manual identify the standards observed in the performance of 
      work. 
    • Working environment for each type of activity had been defined 
    • Requirements and procedure for maintenance of  manufacturing facilities have been 
      established 
Inspection and testing including production test flight 
    • Inspection requirements of the product from the raw material stage onwards to 
      finished product have been defined along with the standards to be followed 
    • Check whether the manual describe the method used to ensure that authorized 
      personnel adopt an acceptable method to indicate adherence to the manufacturing 
      and inspection requirements. 
Calibration of Tools, jigs and test equipment 
    • Acceptance procedure for each category of tools /equipment / gauges have been 
      established 
    • Check whether calibration standards, inspection and maintenance requirements  for 
      tools, equipment and instruments have been established 
    • Maintenance of master list of tools / equipment / gauges / instruments and 
      monitoring of calibration and inspection status have been established. 
    • Rework / rejection criteria for tools / gauges have been established. 
    • Calibration and maintenance records upkeep procedure is defined 
    • Control procedures to avoid issuance / use of tools / equipment / gauges not 
      conforming to standards for use during manufacture and inspection 
Non conforming item control 
    • Identification of non conformance items and extent of deviation 
    • Recording and classification of non conformances 
    • Classification of deviations & Procedure to deal with non conformance 
    • Analysis of non conformances and preventive action 
    • Notifying the Airworthiness authorities regarding the manufacturing defects 
Airworthiness co‐ordination with the applicant /holder of design approval 
    • Release of  design data and changes to the product 
    •  Referral procedure to design organization / approved designers with respect to 
       manufacturing problems / defects.  
    Note: ‐ Spot disposition by approved designer without proper analysis of snag not 
       acceptable 
 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                         PART II 
        AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                               July 2010       Page 30 of 32 

    • Disposal procedure of manufacturing problems / defects by the design organization / 
      approved designers and follow up action. 
    • Collection of in‐service failures, malfunction / defects by manufacturing organization 
      and notification to the Type Design approval holder 
    • Analysis and investigation of failures, malfunction / defects. 
    • Notification of solutions to the aircraft operators / product users 
    • Procedure to deal with non conformances noted on sub‐contracted ( Including design) 
      items 
     
Record completion and retention 
    • Location wise documents used 
    • Procedure to confirm completion of manufacturing / established procedure 
    • Periodicity of retention of completed manufacturing / inspection documents 
    • Procedure to identify / archive and access control 
    • Minimum standards for storage area of manufacturing documents 
    • Computerized document retention procedure and back up system 
Personnel competence and qualification 
    • Requirements for approval of various group of post holders, inspection  and certifying 
      personnel in terms of education, experience, medical standards, training, on job 
      training and assessment procedure 
    • Identification of approved personnel 
    • Duties and responsibilities for approved personnel 
    • Monitoring of standard of work of personnel and renewal of approval  
    • Record keeping of  details of approved personnel 
Issue of Airworthiness certification 
    • Certification requirements during various stages of manufacturing have been defined 
    • Procedure for identification of certification status of the part / item have been 
      established 
    • Requirements for issuance of Airworthiness certification 
    • Procedure to issue Authorized Release certificate and Aircraft statement of conformity 
      have been established. 
 
Handling, storage and packing  
 
    • Packing requirements for each group of materials, components of aircraft have been 
       established 
    • Storage conditions for various types of materials and aircraft components have been 
       established 
 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                         PART II 
        AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                               July 2010         Page 31 of 32 

    • Handling requirements of materials and component during all stages of manufacturing 
      and at stores have been defined. 
    • Note: the above procedures should include sub‐contract / vendor supplied items also. 
Internal Quality Audit and resulting corrective actions 
    • Quality audit plan for the entire organization, sub‐contractors and Vendors has been 
      documented 
    • Elaborate audit check list for each functional aspect (with cross reference to the 
      requirement / standards / procedure of the organization) have been prepared and 
      cross referred in the document. 
    • Qualification , Experience, training, on job training requirement, assessment and 
      approval procedure of auditing personnel have been defined. 
    • Procedure to use audit check list, recording on non conformances, classification of 
      non conformances and communicating to responsible personnel have been 
      documented. 
    • Assessment of deficiencies for root cause and Manner of communicating corrective 
      action by responsible managers 
    • Acceptance of corrective / preventive action by the Manger responsible for quality 
      assurance 
    • Procedure to maintain statistics of area wise non‐conformances. Review of non‐
      conformances by the Accountable manager 
    • Procedure to communicate findings of internal audit to the Airworthiness Authorities 
    • System to implement  various regulatory requirements including CAR 
Work within the Terms of Approval performed at locations other than the approved facility 
    • Details of work carried out at other location 
    • Requirements of the organization for the outside facility 
     • Management and administration of applicable elements of Quality system at the 
         remote location 
 Work carried out after completion of production but prior to delivery, to maintain the 
 aircraft in a condition for safe operation 
    • Extent of maintenance work required to be performed 
    • Release of work scope of maintenance 
    • Accomplishment of maintenance work and certification 
    •   Aircraft / Component Release to service procedures. 
    •   Recording of defects and rectification of defects 
    •   Maintenance of Aircraft records 
    •   Monitoring of maintenance programme 
    •   Accomplishment of modifications & service bulletins and certification 



 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                            PART II 
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 1         Chapter 5 
                                                                  July 2010       Page 32 of 32 

        •   Requirements for approval of  maintenance  and certifying personnel in terms of 
            education, experience, medical standards, training, on job training and assessment 
            procedure 
     
    The Organization’s Procedure should be a tamper proof close loop system providing 
    traceability ( Personnel, equipment and Literature / document ) at all stages. The procedure 
    should address the following aspects: 
           What should be done? 
           When should the procedure be used? 
           Where should the procedure be used ? 
           Why should you follow the procedure ? 
           Who should follow the procedure ? 
           How the work should be performed ? 
     
    The Procedure should require generating evidence to indicate that documented procedure 
    had been followed. Provide cross reference to appropriate document with para number. 
 




 
PRODUCTION ORGANISATION APPROVAL  
                                                                            PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0        Chapter 6
                                                                 March 2009         Page 1 of 3

                                CHAPTER 6
                 APPROVAL OF MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST (MEL)

1.    Introduction

      Sub-rule (5) of rule 60 of the Aircraft Rules, 1937 inter-alia states that no aircraft shall
      be released for flight with defects/ damage unless these are covered in the approved
      list of deficiencies (MEL). CAR Section 2 Series ‘B’ Part I requires approval of MEL for
      Scheduled, Non-scheduled and General Aviation operators on the basis of Master
      Minimum Equipment List (MMEL) issued by the manufacturer.

      This chapter lays down the guideline for approval of the MEL by DGCA.

2.    Procedure

2.1   It should be clear that the MEL is an operator’s document and not an AMO’s
      document. All correspondence for the MEL approval should therefore be made with
      the operator or his representative.
2.2   The operator is required to prepare the MEL based on the MMEL and shall submit the
      same to the concerned RAO. The RAO shall scrutinize the MEL on the basis of the
      MMEL ensuring the following:
      (a)     The MEL is based on the MMEL. It shall be ensured that the MMEL has all the
              latest revisions approved by the regulatory authority of the country of
              manufacture/ design. The first page of the MEL should indicate the Revision No.
              and date of the MMEL to which it has been updated.

      (b)     The Preamble of the MEL document shall contain the requirement that the
              defect will be rectified within a time frame as defined for each category of
              defect/ un-serviceability.

      (c)     The regulatory requirements referred to in the MMEL such as TCAS, GPWS, CVR,
              DFDR, Emergency Escape Path Mark lighting etc. should be included based on
              the relevant requirements in the CAR. A list of such MEL items shall be obtained
              from the Operator’s Quality Manager.

      (d)     The Operator’s quality manager shall certify that the MEL has been prepared in
              consultation with the operations department. A similar certificate shall be given
              while applying for each amendment of the MEL.

      (e)     The MEL shall include all the maintenance and operational procedures given by
              the manufacturer in Despatch and Deviation Procedures Guide (DDPG)/
              Operations procedures.

      (f)     It shall be ensured by RAO that the MEL is not less restrictive than the MMEL.

APPROVAL OF MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST (MEL)
                                                                           PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0        Chapter 6
                                                                March 2009         Page 2 of 3


      (g)     For items not included in the MMEL, but forming part of the MEL, due
              justification for the same shall be provided by the operator.

      (h)     After scrutiny, the head of RAO shall submit the MEL to the assigned FOI on file
              for further scrutiny of the MEL from operational angle. A copy of the latest
              MMEL shall also be provided to the assigned FOI. The MEL cases, where the
              operator is based in a sub regional office shall, after thorough scrutiny from the
              airworthiness angle be forwarded to RAO for scrutiny by FOI.

      (i)     Any deficiency noticed during scrutiny either by Airworthiness or FOI shall be
              referred to the operator by the RAO for corrective action.

      (j)     On being satisfied that the proposed MEL meets the MMEL and DGCA
              regulatory provisions from maintenance and operational aspects, the MEL shall
              be approved by the Regional Office under intimation to the DGCA Headquarters
              (Attn. Airworthiness Directorate) along with a copy of approved MEL.

3.    MEL Revisions

      The procedure as given above for approval of MEL shall also be followed for approval
      of any revision/amendment to the MEL by the RO/SRO.
4.    Status of MMEL

4.1   A link for the MMEL issued by the FAA of USA has been provided on the DGCA’s
      website (http://dgca.nic.in). RAO may obtain updated/latest copies of the MMEL from
      the site.

4.2   It will be primarily operator’s responsibility that an updated and approved MEL is on
      board each aircraft. This may be checked by AWD officers during spot checks and
      surveillance.

5.    General

5.1   Scheduled operators are required to maintain a record month wise of all the defects
      carried forward under MEL and analyze the same to determine if facilities at line
      stations require strengthening to minimize MEL release. Results of such analysis are
      required to be notified to the concerned RAOs every month.

5.2   RAOs are required to ensure that operators are forwarding such reports, on receipt of
      which they are required to scrutinise the reports. All other operators are, however,
      required to maintain a record of all releases under MEL. The records shall be checked
      by officers of the RAO as and when they visit the premises of these operators.



APPROVAL OF MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST (MEL)
                                                                       PART II
        AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0        Chapter 6
                                                            March 2009        Page 3 of 3

5.3   When MEL has been invoked and could not be revoked within the time period
      stipulated for a particular category due to unavoidable circumstances, the Quality
      Manager in extreme exigencies may approve extension of MEL for another time in the
      same category. However necessary justification for the extension shall be recorded in
      the relevant documents and the local Airworthiness Office intimated of such
      extension. This aspect shall be reflected in the MEL preamble.

6.    Maintenance of MEL/MMEL

      Headquarters and RAO shall maintain approved MELs and updated copies of MMEL
      for those aircraft for which manufacturers have issued MMELs. Upon receipt of
      revision status of MMEL, RAO shall ensure that operators under their jurisdiction
      revise the MEL for aircraft operated by them accordingly and follow the procedure
      given in item 4 for approval.




APPROVAL OF MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST (MEL)
                                                                            PART II
        AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 1           Chapter 7
                                                                August 2009           Page 1 of 4

                                   CHAPTER 7
                             AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES

1.    Introduction
1.1   CAR Section-2, Series-M, Part-1 lays down the requirements for issuance of
      Airworthiness Directives issued by the State of Design as mandatory for aircraft,
      components and items of equipment for civil aircraft registered in India, by DGCA
      Headquarters.
1.2   It may be noted that responsibility for compliance of all Airworthiness Directives,
      Service Bulletins, Service Instructions, Service Letters where applicable lies with the
      operator. However, the Regional /Sub Regional Offices must ensure that the
      Airworthiness Directives declared mandatory are complied by the operators.
1.3   Where maintenance of aircraft and/or compliance with the ADs has been outsourced,
      the operator must have adequate organizational staff to ensure that all maintenance
      and ADs are complied with as and when due. Maintenance of such compliance records
      shall also be the responsibility of the operator.
1.4   The purpose of issuing ADs by the State of design is to intimate changes/ modifications
      in the aeronautical products for safety, product improvement, better performance
      etc. These are generally based on the operational feedback given to the
      manufacturers by the concerned operators. ADs, Service Bulletins, shall be considered
      mandatory unless notified otherwise by the headquarters. At times service experience
      reveals that a type certified product has to be modified for its continued
      airworthiness. In such cases, the Airworthiness Authority of the country of origin,
      based on the recommendations of the manufacturer as well as their own
      recommendations based on the findings made during incident/ accident
      investigations, declare the AD/SB as mandatory.

2.    Procedure

2.1   For declaring the Ads as mandatory, Airworthiness Directorate at DGCA headquarters
      shall visit the websites of regulatory authorities of the State of Design in respect of all
      aircraft, engine, components, items of equipment for aircraft registered in India. The
      ADs will be reviewed for its applicability and effectivity prior to declaring these as
      mandatory. The applicable ADs will be given a new number and the same shall be
      intimated to the regional offices with a reference to the downloaded AD. The regional


AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES
                                                                           PART II
        AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 1          Chapter 7
                                                                August 2009          Page 2 of 4

      offices/ sub-regional offices will in turn intimate the operators under their jurisdiction
      and ensure compliance of these ADs during scrutiny of ARAs, C of A issue/ renewal and
      during routine spot check/ surveillance/ audits.

3.    General

3.1   All the ADs issued by the respective regulatory bodies of the State of Design/
      manufacturer shall be deemed to be mandatory. The compliance of routine Service
      Bulletins which are mostly for product improvement are left to the operator.
3.2   The operator should have a mechanism whereby they should get all the continuing
      airworthiness information for their aircraft, components and items of equipment.
      These include all applicable ADs and Service Bulletins for the type of aircraft, engine or
      the components and should review it at regular intervals to implement the same in
      service. Such procedures should he reflected in the operators MOE/EPM/QCM/MCM.
      Though, it is not mandatory for the Airworthiness Officers to attend such review
      meetings but it will enhance their information about the problem faced by operator
      and will ensure that procedures are followed in a regular manner.
3.3   Operator’s MOE/EPM/QCM/MCM should also indicate the line of responsibility for
      compliance of the mandatory ADs. The procedure should include a proper intimation
      system to the maintenance/ line engineers for compliance and also a feedback of
      compliance. The system should include action, if any task cards are to be revised,
      spares or kits to be ordered, any call outs to be issued to maintenance personnel or
      crew, any amendments to AFM or other documents is envisaged etc. The work of this
      analysis is performed by technical services department and may include actions by
      stores, line/ base maintenance, planning, records sections etc. The feedback system
      should, after ensuring necessary actions have been taken, enable the task to be
      completed and filed.
3.4   Regional Airworthiness officers are required to scrutinize the major defects in an
      aircraft, engine and its components. In cases of defects which may jeopardize the
      safety of the aircraft, headquarters should be informed without delay so that the
      matter can be pursued with the manufacturers/ airworthiness authorities of the
      country of manufacture. At the same time, operator should also be advised to take up
      the matter with the concerned manufacturer. Based on the recommendations and
      findings, airworthiness directive / inspection on the aircraft/ engine/ accessory will be
      issued.



AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES
                                                                           PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 1          Chapter 7
                                                                August 2009          Page 3 of 4

3.5    In general, Airworthiness Directives issued by FAA, CAA UK, DGAC and any other State
       of design, whose aircraft are registered in India, will be declared mandatory by DGCA
       Headquarters and Regional/ Sub-Regional offices will be intimated accordingly.
       However, in case of alert AD issued by the State of Design, immediate intimation by
       email/ telephone shall be provided to the Regional Offices where such aircraft are
       based.
3.6    In case of a new aircraft being introduced in the region, a current AD list for the
       aircraft shall be obtained from the operator and this list will form the basis for
       declaring ADs for new type of aircraft as mandatory.
3.7    Each operator should submit the compliance status of the ADs in respect of aircraft,
       engine and component to the regional office within the time stipulated therein. In
       case of any difficulty arising in complying with the ADs, the operator may apply for an
       extension to the Regional Office, which will forward the same to headquarters with
       their recommendations.
3.8    Each operator is required to submit a consolidated list of ADs at the time of Certificate
       of Airworthiness renewal. Airworthiness Officers are required to inspect physically, as
       far as practicable, the inspections performed during the C of A renewal or during ARA
       for ensuring compliance of the ADs. Normally Airworthiness Officers should check
       compliance of all continuing airworthiness information issued since last renewal of C
       of A, however, when an old aircraft has been inducted into the region for operation,
       the airworthiness officers may satisfy themselves from the previous records that all
       previously issued ADs have been complied with and appropriate records are available
       with the operator.
3.9    In case inaccurate or incomplete entries have been made in the records for
       compliance of various modifications, or where there is sufficient reason to believe that
       a false entry has been made, the officer carrying out the inspection should bring this
       to the notice of Head of the office who may carry out verification of compliance by
       getting the aircraft/ engine / item of equipment dismantled, up to the extent possible,
       or any other action as deemed fit. Such items which require periodic inspections
       should be included in the applicable task cards or maintenance schedules.
3.10   It should be noted that non-compliance of an AD will render the C of A invalid. This
       fact should be brought to the notice of the operator and in case of not receiving any
       request for extension or the compliance status of a mandatory modification within the
       stipulated time; the regional airworthiness office should intimate the operator in
       writing that the C of A of the aircraft is deemed to be suspended.



AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES
                                                                          PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 1          Chapter 7
                                                               August 2009          Page 4 of 4

3.11   It is the responsibility of operators in the interest of the safety of the aircraft that
       modifications and inspections issued by DGCA are complied with.
3.12   Airworthiness officers are also required to carry out spot checks and, where possible,
       physically check the aircraft during major checks for compliance of the modifications.
       They should also ensure the compliance of various procedures laid down in the MOE/
       QCM/ MCM/ EPM of the operator for the implementation of the continuing
       airworthiness information system.

NOTE : Revision-1 of this Chapter will be will be effective from 01 September 2009.




AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES
                                                                                     PART II
               AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                             Revision 0          Chapter 8
                                                                          March 2009           Page 1 of 6

                                           CHAPTER 8
                                  AIRCRAFT NOISE CERTIFICATION
1.        Introduction:

1.1       CAR 21 Section I has laid down procedures for:

         i.      Issuance of noise certificates for the aircraft designed and produced in the country; and
        ii.      Issuance/ validation of a noise certificate for aircraft registered and operated in
                 the country.
1.2       CAR Section 2 Series ‘F’ Part III requires an application to be made for issuance of a Noise
          Certificate along with the application of Certificate of Airworthiness.

1.3       Standards for noise certification of an aircraft are given in ICAO Annex 16 Volume I.

1.4       This chapter provides guidance and procedures for the issue of noise certificates for the aircraft
          designed and produced in the country as well as for aircraft registered and operated in the
          country

2.        References :          CAR 21 Subpart B and I
                                CAR Section 2 Series ‘F’ Part III
                                ICAO Annex 16 Volume I


3.        Procedures for issue of noise certificate for aircraft designed and manufactured in India:

3.1   Prototype Aircraft
3.1.1 The basis for noise certification of the aircraft designed and developed in India shall be in
       accordance with compliance with CAR 21.18 and ICAO Annex 16 Volume I.
3.1.2 The noise certification for the aircraft designed and manufactured in India will be issued by
       DGCA (AED).
3.1.3 Application received for issuance of a noise certificate (Form as per Appendix I) shall be
      assessed and shall include:
      a) A statement of conformity issued by the authorized person who holds position in
            manufacturing organization and countersigned by the DGCA showing compliance to
            the requirements of Annex 16 Volume I as amended from time to time.
      b) The noise information determined in accordance with the applicable noise
            requirements. This information shall be included in the flight manual, when a flight
            manual is required by the applicable airworthiness code for the particular aircraft.



AIRCRAFT NOISE CERTIFICATION
                                                                                 PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                            Revision 0          Chapter 8
                                                                      March 2009           Page 2 of 6

       Note: The statements referred to in sub paragraphs (a) and (b) shall be issued not more
            than 60 days before the presentation of aircraft for issue of noise certificate, unless
            otherwise agreed.

3.1.4 The basis of noise certification shall be included in the Type Certificate Data Sheet
      (TCDS) and the Airplane Flight Manual of the particular aircraft giving the following details:
      a)     Information to be included in the Type Certificate Data Sheet (TCDS)
              Manufacturer and manufacturer’s designation of aircraft.
              Engine manufacturer, type and model.
              Propeller Manufacturer, type and model for propeller-driven aeroplanes.
              Maximum take-off mass in kilograms
              Maximum landing mass, in kilograms, for certificates issued under Chapters
                 2, 3, 4, 5 and 12 of Annex 16 Volume I.
              Additional modifications incorporated for the purpose of compliance with
                 the applicable noise certification Standards.
              Reference of the Chapter and Section of the Annex 16 Volume I, according to
                 which the aircraft was certificated and corresponding noise levels.
      b)     Information to be included in the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM)
              Information as included in the TCDS; and
              Manufacturer’s Serial Number of the aircraft
              The height above the runway at which thrust/power is reduced following full
                 thrust/power take-off.

       Note: A note shall be added stating that the “thrust/ power cutback height relates to
              the noise certification procedures and is not intended for use in normal operation”.

3.2   Series Aircraft
3.2.1 The basis for noise certification of the aircraft manufactured in India shall be in
      accordance with compliance with CAR 21.18 and ICAO Annex 16 Volume I.
3.2.2 Application received for issuance of a noise certificate (Form as per Appendix I) shall be
      assessed and shall include:
      a) A statement of conformity issued by the authorized person who holds responsible
          position in manufacturing organization and countersigned by the DGCA showing
          compliance to the requirements of Annex 16 Volume I as amended from time to time.
      b) The noise information determined in accordance with the applicable noise requirements.
          This information shall be included in the flight manual, when a flight manual is
          required by the applicable airworthiness code for the particular aircraft.

       Note: The statements referred to in sub paragraphs (a) and (b) shall be issued not more
       than 60 days before the presentation of aircraft for issue of noise certificate, unless otherwise
       agreed.

AIRCRAFT NOISE CERTIFICATION
                                                                               PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0          Chapter 8
                                                                    March 2009           Page 3 of 6


3.2.3 Concerned Regional Airworthiness Office will issue noise certificate based on the noise
      certification given in the TCDS of the aircraft without re-measurement of noise levels for
      the individual aircraft subject to the condition that there is no change in the original
      configuration of the aircraft based on which was initial noise certification was granted
      for the prototype aircraft.

3.2.4 In case of change of configuration or any modification/ change, which may affect noise
      characteristics of the aircraft would require re-certification of noise levels and the
      concerned regional office shall inform the applicant to apply for noise recertification. The
      procedure for noise re-certification shall remain the same as for issue of noise certification.

3.2.5 The format of the Noise Certificate is given in Appendix II. The noise certificate will be
      issued by an officer delegated the authority of issue of Certificate of Airworthiness for
      the type of aircraft.

4.     Procedure for issue/ revalidation of Noise certificate for used aircraft:

4.1    The basis for noise certification of the aircraft operated in India shall be in
       accordance with compliance with CAR 21.18 and ICAO Annex 16 Volume I.
4.2    Application received for issuance of a noise certificate (Form as per Appendix I) shall be
       assessed and shall include:

       (i)   The noise information determined in accordance with the applicable noise
             requirements. This information shall be included in the flight manual, when a flight
             manual is required by the applicable airworthiness code for the particular
             aircraft.
       (ii) Historical records to establish the production, modification and maintenance
             standard of the aircraft.
4.3    Concerned Regional Airworthiness Office will issue/ revalidate noise certificate for used
       aircraft based on satisfactory evidence that the aircraft complies with requirements which
       are at least equal to the applicable standards specified in the ICAO Annex 16 Volume I. For
       this purpose, noise certificate granted by other Contracting States may be accepted
       provided that the requirements under which such certificate was issued are at least
       equal to the applicable standards specified in the ICAO Annex 16 Volume I.
4.4     The format of the Noise Certificate is given in Appendix II. The noise certificate will be
        issued by an officer delegated the authority of issue/ renewal of Certificate of
        Airworthiness for the type of aircraft.



AIRCRAFT NOISE CERTIFICATION
                                                                             PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0         Chapter 8
                                                                   March 2009          Page 4 of 6

5.     Duration and continued validity of Noise Certificate
5.1    The noise certificate shall be for an unlimited duration and shall remain valid subject
       to:
        a) compliance with the applicable type-design, environmental protection and continuing
            airworthiness requirements; and
        b) aircraft remaining on the register; and
        c) the type-certificate under which it is issued remains valid.

5.2    On change of ownership of the aircraft, the noise certificate shall be transferred together
       with the aircraft.

6.     Investigations by DGCA officers

6.1    Inspection of the aircraft may be performed to justify the issuance, maintenance,
       amendments, suspension or revocation of the noise certificate.
6.2    The application and supporting documentation shall consist of:
       a ) Ev al u a t i on f or el i g i b i l i t y
       b ) Ev al u a t i on of documents received with the application.

7.     Suspension and revocation of a noise certificate

7.1    Upon evidence that some of the condition specified in para 4.1 are not met; the noise
       certificate may be suspended or revoked.
7.2    A notice of notice of suspension or revocation of a noise certificate shall be issued
       stating the reasons for suspension and revocation.

8.     Record keeping

8.1    Concerned Regional/ Sub-Regional Airworthiness /AED office shall keep records that
       allow adequate traceability of the process to issue, maintain, amend, suspend or
       revoke each individual noise certificate.
8.2    The records maintained shall include:
       a) The documents provided by the applicant;
       b) The documents established during the investigation, in which the activities and the final
           results defined in para 6 including inspection of aircraft are stated.
       c) A copy of the certificate including amendments.
       d) The records shall be archived for a minimum retention period of six years after the
           registration.




AIRCRAFT NOISE CERTIFICATION
                                                                                PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                           Revision 0          Chapter 8
                                                                     March 2009           Page 5 of 6

                                                                                           Annexure I

                         Application for Issue of Noise Certificate
                                                                                   Form CA 2006-1
 GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
 DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION
1. PARTICULARS REGARDING THE APPLICANT
1.1 Name                                                  1.2 Address for communication
Phone:                   Fax:                                   e-mail:
2.     PARTICULARS REGARDING THE AIRCRAFT
2.1 Aircraft Registration:                                  2.2 Aircraft manufacturer:
2.3 Aircraft model:                                         2.4 Aircraft Serial number:
2.5 Date of manufacture:                                    2.6 Flight Manual reference:
2.7 Maximum take-off mass:                                  2.8 Maximum landing mass:
2.9 Engine manufacturer:                                    2.10 Engine model:
2.11 Engine serial number:                                  2.12 Noise certification Standards:
 2.13 Additional modification incorporated if any for the purpose of compliance with the
        applicable noise certification Standards:
 2.15 Lateral/ full-power 2.16 Approach       2.17 Flyover noise 2.18 Over flight  2.19Take-
     noise level:                noise level:      level:             noise level: off noise
                                                                                   level:
2.20 ATTACHED DOCUMENTS (as required) (See CAR 21.204)
 I hereby certify that the particulars provided in this application are true in every respect. It is
 further certified that the aircraft has been maintained as per manufacturer’s recommendations
 and no modification has been carried out which may degrade the noise level while flying.
 Date:
 Title:                                                                            Signature:
Record of Action (For DGCA Use Only)

2. REMARKS: (Examination of the application and the supporting documents for evaluation of
   eligibility) Attach additional sheets, if required.
3. INSPECTION OF AIRCRAFT: (if carried out)
    Date of Inspection:                                Inspecting Officer:

  Noise Certificate No.: (issued)




AIRCRAFT NOISE CERTIFICATION
                                                                                PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                            Revision 0        Chapter 8
                                                                February 2009               Page 6 of 6

                       NOISE CERTIFICATE
                                                                                             Appendix II
           GOVERNMENT OF INDIA                                          Certificate No. :
 OFFICE OF DIRECTORGENERALOF CIVIL AVIATION
TECHNICAL CENTRE, OPP SAFDARJANG
AIRPORT, NEW DELHI – 110 003

1. Nationality &            2Manufacturer & Manufacturer’s                  3. Aircraft Serial No.:
   Registration Marks:      designation of aircraft:


4. Engine:                                       5. Propeller Type:
   Type:                                            Model:
   Model:
6. Maximum Take-off           7. Maximum landing mass:          8. Noise certification Standards:
   Mass:
9Additional modification incorporated for the purpose of compliance with the applicable noise
 certification Standards:
10 Lateral/ full-power     11 Approach     12.   Flyover          13.   Over-flight    14.    Take-off
   noise level:            noise level:          noise level:           noise                 noise
                                                                        level:                level:
Remarks:

15.   This noise certificate is issued pursuant to Volume I of Annex 16 to the Convention on
      International Civil Aviation, in respect of the above mentioned aircraft, which is
      considered to comply with the indicated noise Standard when maintained and
      operated in accordance with the relevant requirements and operating limitations.

                                                    17.   Signature:
16.   Date of issue:                                      Name:
                                                          Designation/Seal:
 
                                                                              PART II 
               AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 2  Chapter 9 
                                                                      Sept. 2010    Page 1 of 1
 


                            CHAPTER 9
          SURVEILLANCE / AUDIT OF APPROVED ORGANIZATION

1.        Introduction

1.1       DGCA has approved a number of organizations under various categories
          under Rule 133B. These organizations are engaged in design, manufacture,
          maintenance, testing, fuel storage and distribution, and training. It is DGCA’s
          responsibility that these organizations, once approved, continue to function in
          compliance with the approval standards and are not allowed to degrade from
          their initial level of approval. To fulfil this responsibility, surveillance/ audit of
          approved organizations is required to be carried out by Regional/Sub-
          Regional Airworthiness Offices at least once in a year.

1.2       Surveillance is inspection of an approved facility or part thereof, carried out at
          regular intervals by the Airworthiness offices, to ensure adherence to the laid
          down requirements by approved organizations for continued approval of
          DGCA. By definition, Surveillance is the monitoring of behaviour. Systems
          surveillance is the process of monitoring the behaviour of people, objects or
          processes within systems, for conformity to expected or desired norms.
          Although the word surveillance in French literally means "watching over", the
          term is often used for all forms of observation or monitoring. The word
          surveillance is commonly used to describe observation from a distance. In the
          present context, surveillance may be defined as an oversight carried out by
          DGCA and includes Planned Audits and Spot Checks. It is the examination
          and testing of systems including sampling of products, and gathering of
          evidence, data, information and intelligence.

1.3       Special Audits are based on safety intelligence and are planned in addition to
          Scheduled Audits. Special Audits do not necessarily mean that the Auditee is
          unfit to remain in the aviation industry; however, there may be reasons for the
          additional scrutiny.

1.4       Spot Checks are product inspections carried out through random checks to
          observe processes, and/or inspect aircraft, documents, and records. Spot




SURVEILLANCE / AUDIT OF APPROVED ORGANIZATION  
 
 
                                                                            PART II 
                 AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                    Revision 2  Chapter 9 
                                                                    Sept. 2010    Page 2 of 2
 
          Checks are designed to gather information on particular facets of the aviation
          industry and are usually carried out independently of an audit. If a spot check
          is likely to take more than half a day, then a special audit may be more
          appropriate.

2.        Procedure

          The process of surveillance will consist of the following elements:
          ‐  Planning
          ‐  Preparation
          ‐  Conduct
          ‐  Reporting
          ‐  Finalization
          ‐  Follow-up Monitoring and improvement

2.1       Planning

          (i)     It is desired that all the aviation activities of the approved organization
                  are subjected to surveillance inspection at least once a year. A
                  comprehensive surveillance programme has been prepared with inputs
                  from all RO/SROs. It has been attempted that all areas of a CAR 145
                  approved maintenance organization are covered by surveillance.
                  Officers Airworthiness Directorate are required to keep a note of their
                  assignments and ensure that the assignments are fully discharged.
          (ii)    RO/SROs shall prepare an organization-wise calendar of surveillance
                  activity and provide the same to the organization. The surveillance
                  programme of the entire year may be intimated to the respective
                  organizations with the proposed dates advising them to carry out their
                  internal audits of the respective areas, prior to the proposed
                  surveillance inspections.

2.2       Preparation

          It is imperative that the surveillance is carried out by teams consisting of at
          least two members, the senior being the team leader. The teams may
          comprise of CAW and SAWO/ AWO or SAWO and AWO.




SURVEILLANCE / AUDIT OF APPROVED ORGANIZATION  
 
 
                                                                             PART II 
                  AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                    Revision 2  Chapter 9 
                                                                    Sept. 2010    Page 3 of 3
 

          (i)        The team should start preparing for the surveillance activity a few days
                     in advance. The following should be studied:
                  ‐  Internal audit report of the concerned activity;
                  ‐  CAR 145 or other applicable standards;
                  ‐  MOE, relevant chapters;
                  ‐  EPM, MCM, Maintenance Programme etc. as required;
                  ‐  A list of latest ADs;
                  ‐  Previous surveillance findings and action taken information. This may
                     be in the form of completed/closed audit finding forms or file
                     correspondence.
                  ‐  Customized checklist etc.

          (ii)     The QCM/QM/Post holders of the approved organization may be
                   associated with the inspection. This is done to enable the organization
                   to provide any clarifications on the spot and to ensure that the findings
                   are immediately known to the organization.

          (iii)    During the preparation stage, the Lead Auditor and the Auditors should
                   determine the depth of sampling required to verify each system. For
                   example where history indicates that an Organization has adequate
                   systems, a small sampling may be sufficient to confirm that the
                   situation has not changed. Where history indicates recurring problems
                   with a system, a greater level of sampling would be appropriate.

2.3       Conduct of Surveillance

          (i)      The surveillance should be objective, without any bias, with a view to
                   detect any weakness and deficiency in the practice and procedure
                   followed by the organisation in the light of the requirements laid down
                   by DGCA/ manufacturer and should be used as a tool for enhancing
                   airworthiness/ safety standards.

          (ii)     Prior to commencement of the surveillance, a briefing meeting be held,
                   explaining the purpose and scope of the surveillance. Open issues of
                   the previous audits, organization’s internal audit findings and corrective




SURVEILLANCE / AUDIT OF APPROVED ORGANIZATION  
 
 
                                                                         PART II 
                AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                  Revision 2  Chapter 9 
                                                                 Sept. 2010    Page 4 of 4
 
                 actions may also be discussed during the briefing.

        (iii)    Inspections will sample the organization’s activities. Investigation
                 should be to a depth that will enable a judgment to be made on the
                 ability of the organization’s systems to deliver a safe and compliant
                 outcome. The method to follow is to determine how well the
                 organisation accomplishes the process being assessed. To do this, the
                 team should seek to ascertain whether or not the organization’s
                 processes are:
                 ‐     Managed by a suitable and qualified person and department;
                 ‐     Supported by policies and procedures (written or informal) that
                       are sufficiently detailed, and are understood;
                 ‐     Supported by adequate infrastructure;
                 ‐     Compliant with legislation;
                 ‐     Put into practice and achieve their objectives;
                 ‐     Controlled;
                 ‐     Measured, reviewed and improved;
                 ‐     Interfaced effectively with other persons and departments.

        (iv)     As the officers are always in the public eye, they are expected to
                 exercise good judgment and professional behavior at all times while on
                 and off duty. It is imperative that all the officers be sensitive to the
                 responsibilities and demands of their positions and be objective and
                 impartial while performing their duties. Officers must conduct
                 themselves while on-duty or off-duty in a manner that will not cause the
                 public to question their reliability and trustworthiness in carrying out
                 their responsibilities.

        (v)      To facilitate comprehensive surveillance / audit, a compilation of
                 checklists covering all engineering related aspects/areas of
                 Organizations approved/ seeking approval in different Categories by
                 DGCA have been supplied to all officers of Airworthiness Directorate.
                 This checklist shall be used while carrying out surveillance / audit, as
                 per the programme drawn out so that the surveillance is
                 comprehensive and meaningful. The contents of checklists are to be
                 treated as general guidance of DGCA requiring adherence by




SURVEILLANCE / AUDIT OF APPROVED ORGANIZATION  
 
 
                                                                          PART II 
                 AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                  Revision 2  Chapter 9 
                                                                  Sept. 2010    Page 5 of 5
 
                  approved organizations. The check lists may be suitably amended by
                  the Airworthiness Office to suit the requirements of individual
                  organizations depending upon the nature of aviation activity carried out
                  by them.


          (vi)    The surveillance of all approved organizations should be carried out as
                  per the Annual Surveillance Program published on DGCA website.
                  While carrying out surveillance the procedure as specified in
                  Surveillance Procedures Manual should be followed.


2.4       Reporting

          On completion of the surveillance, the deficiencies observed by the inspecting
          officers should be listed and discussed in a debriefing meeting with
          Accountable Manager/ QCM/ his representative. After final discussion,
          deficiencies noticed shall be listed on Deficiency Reporting Form, which will
          have a unique number. For example:
          [DRF/ WR/yyyy/Name of the Org. /Issue No. dated dd/mm/yy].

2.5       Deficiency Reporting Form (Form CA-2001)

          For every deficiency observed, the organisation is required to submit target
          date for making good the deficiency on the DRF. If the organisation has
          already taken necessary rectification action to the satisfaction of
          Airworthiness Office before the de-briefing meeting the same need not be
          listed in the DRF. The Airworthiness Office may agree to the time frame
          depending upon the gravity of the deficiency in relation to safety/
          airworthiness and return the Form with necessary comments to the
          organization. It shall be binding on the organisation to adhere to the time
          frame fixed by the Airworthiness Office. After completion of the corrective
          action the organisation shall resubmit DRF after filling up the relevant column.
          The findings may be classified as Level l and Level 2. In case serious
          deficiencies are noticed, the Airworthiness Office, in consultation with DGCA
          Hqrs. may initiate disciplinary action against the organisation. Completed
          DRF, after compliance of corrective action shall be submitted to Headquarters




SURVEILLANCE / AUDIT OF APPROVED ORGANIZATION  
 
 
                                                                        PART II 
               AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                  Revision 2  Chapter 9 
                                                                Sept. 2010    Page 6 of 6
 
          along with Monthly News Letter.
          In order to assure continued airworthiness of an operator's fleet, special
          emphasis has to be placed on maintenance surveillance when a strike or
          labour dispute is anticipated and/or called by the maintenance personnel of
          an approved aircraft maintenance organization.

2.6       Collecting Evidence

          Evidence is collected during the conduct of an audit with relevant information
          recorded in the Audit Worksheet to support the final audit findings. It should
          be obtained with the knowledge of the Auditee and verified for correctness
          and completeness. Evidence includes:
          • Oral evidence – record date, time, details of conversation on Audit
             Worksheet;
          • Notes taken during an audit;
          • Documents sighted during the audit – reference the document and page
             numbers;
          • Copies of documents and records – verified where necessary for
             correctness and completeness.
          • Photographs (record time, date, place and photographer on worksheet);
          • Video recordings (record time, date, place and video operator on
             worksheet); and
          • Physical evidence such as original document, records or defective parts.

2.7       Discontinuing an Audit

          The decision to discontinue an audit must be made by the relevant Head of
          the Office. However, in threatening situations, an individual Auditor may
          discontinue an audit. In such an event, the Lead Auditor and Head of the
          Office must be informed at the earliest opportunity. Events that may prevent
          an audit continuing include:
          • The safety of the audit team is at risk;
          • The objective of the audit becomes unattainable due to access limitations;
          • Hindrance, harassment or aggressive behaviour of the Auditee;
          • Non-availability of Auditee’s key staff; or
          • Enforcement action is assessed as being more appropriate.




SURVEILLANCE / AUDIT OF APPROVED ORGANIZATION  
 
 
                                                                          PART II 
                 AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                  Revision 2  Chapter 9 
                                                                 Sept. 2010    Page 7 of 7
 

          Prior to discontinuing an audit, AW officers must draw the Auditee’s attention
          to the delegation of powers under Aircraft Rules 1937 read with the
          Government of India then Ministry of Civil Aviation and Tourism Notification
          No.: S.O. 727(E) dated the 4th October 1994.

2.8       Authorization Cards for Airworthiness Officers

          Access of Authorised cards have been provided to all officers who need to
          have access to any place for carrying out any functions of inspection of
          aircraft or documents under rule 156 of the Indian Aircraft Rules 1937.

2.9       Finalization

          While pointing out the deficiencies, it is important to note that the relevant
          Regulations / Standards/Requirements /QC manual / MOE/ should be clearly
          spelt out. Where deficiencies are not covered by Regulations/ Requirements/
          MCM/ MOE, the same may be treated as suggestion for improvement. If such
          deficiencies are serious in nature affecting safety/airworthiness it should be
          brought to the notice of Headquarters immediately for laying down the
          standards/requirements if necessary. However, they should be firm in their
          decision for upholding rules & regulations/ requirements.
          Surveillance records must be kept in a clear manner and provide a
          chronological history of surveillance activities and events.

2.10      Monitoring

          (i)    Audit teams must discuss the findings with the DAW before finalizing
                 and raising the deficiency reporting forms. This will ensure that the
                 advantage of collective experience in the airworthiness office is taken
                 and standardization between the quality of surveillance of various teams
                 is achieved.
          (ii)   At Headquarters, a review of surveillance activities of various RO/SROs
                 is taken by the Director General every third Monday of the month. In the
                 review meeting, the surveillance activities of various offices for the
                 previous month are discussed.




SURVEILLANCE / AUDIT OF APPROVED ORGANIZATION  
 
 
                                                                         PART II 
               AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                   Revision 2  Chapter 9 
                                                                 Sept. 2010    Page 8 of 8
 
3.        General

3.1       In case the maintenance activities of the organization is being performed
          continuously round the clock due to shortage of personnel, our officers should
          be deployed on shift duties for effective surveillance as deemed necessary. It
          will. be the responsibility of the Head of the Regional/sub-Regional office to
          determine to what extent and at which locations, additional surveillance will
          be required and to make necessary arrangements to depute his officers
          accordingly to ensure that all aircraft maintenance and inspection are
          accomplished.

3.2       Our officers shall be alert for flight reports immediately following repairs or
          modifications, which indicate inadequate ground testing and inspection and
          that such reports are to be thoroughly investigated to establish the
          weaknesses. It would therefore be necessary that their visits to the operator's
          workshops/hangars are intensified during the period. Wherever found
          necessary, operators should be advised to take immediate corrective action
          on the deficiencies observed by our officers.

3.3       Under no Circumstances shall Airworthiness Directorate Officers shall
          express opinions to any party to a strike or labour dispute regarding issues
          involved, nor shall any such opinions be expressed in public or press.

3.4       A report should be forwarded to Headquarters giving the extent of the
          operator's plan of action to meet the maintenance of aircraft and equipment
          during such contingencies. Headquarters should also be kept informed of any
          serious deficiencies noticed along with the details of action taken by the
          Regional Offices.

4.        Surveillance of Leased Aircraft

4.1   Civil Aviation Requirements, Section 3, Series ‘C’ part-I lays down the criteria
      for leasing of aircraft by Indian Operators. There are three scenario in which
      operators can lease their aircraft;
4.1.1 Indian operator takes a foreign registered aircraft on lease, charter or any
      similar arrangement from a person holding AOC issued by another




SURVEILLANCE / AUDIT OF APPROVED ORGANIZATION  
 
 
                                                                          PART II 
               AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                    Revision 2  Chapter 9 
                                                                 Sept. 2010    Page 9 of 9
 
      contracting State;
4.1.2 Indian operator gives an Indian registered aircraft on lease to an operator
      outside India;
4.1.3 Indian operator borrows an aircraft on lease from another Indian operator, (for
      domestic or international operations).

4.2       While the administrative permissions, including process for permission from
          Ministry of Civil Aviation, for leasing of the aircraft is handled by the Air
          Transport Directorate, the Airworthiness Directorate shall carry out the
          surveillance of leased aircraft as long as the aircraft is operated under AOP
          issued by DGCA.

4.3       For leased aircraft as per para 4.1.1 and 4.1.2, the surveillance will cover
          airworthiness aspects in accordance with the ramp inspection check list. The
          bilateral agreement under Article 83 bis of ICAO convention, if signed
          between the DGCA and State of Operator may also be examined to define
          the scope of inspection in each case.

4.4       For aircraft on leased operations as per para 4.1.2, Airworthiness officers will
          be deputed, at least once in six month, for carrying out inspections of
          maintenance facilities where the aircraft will normally be based in the State of
          Operator. The CAA of the State of Operator shall be kept informed of such
          inspections and local CAA may also be co-opted to participate in such
          inspections.




SURVEILLANCE / AUDIT OF APPROVED ORGANIZATION  
 
                                       GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
                               DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION
                              OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR OF AIRWORTHINESS
                                       XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

                         DEFICIENCY REPORTING FORM (FORM-2001)
  1. NAME OF THE
                                2. REFERENCE NO.                            3. ISSUE DATE
  ORGANISATION




    4. AREA OF        5. NAME OF THE RESPONSIBLE MANAGER /
                                                                           6. DATE OF AUDIT
  SURVEILLANCE:                        QCM




7. NON-CONFORMITY / DEFICIENCY DETAILS :




8. LEVEL OF FINDING          9. CAR / DOC REFERENCE                        10. ENCLOSURES




 11. NAMES OF THE
  AUDITOR & TEAM        12. SIGNATURE OF THE TEAM LEADER        13. DATE      14. TARGET DATE
      LEADER




                                   RESPONSE OF THE ORGANISATION


15. ROOT CAUSE OF THE DEFICIENCY




16. CORRECTIVE ACTION DETAILS & NUMBER OF ATTACHMENT PAGES




 17. NAME OF THE
                        18. SIGNATURE OF THE RESPONSIBLE
  RESPONSIBLE                                                                  19. DATE
                                    MANAGER
     MANAGER




 20. NAME OF THE
                            21. SIGNATURE OF THE QCM                           22. DATE
       QCM




23. COMMENTS OF THE AUDITOR WITH REFERENCE TO THE ACTION TAKEN




                              D:\desktop\APM PDF 17 NOV\21. Chap 9 ( FORM-2001)                 2
24. FINAL REMARKS OF THE TEAM LEADER / HEAD OF THE OFFICE IN CASE OF LEVEL ONE FINDING


                                            ( Open / Closed )




                    26. SIGNATURE OF THE TEAM LEADER / HEAD
     25. NAME           OF THE OFFICE IN CASE OF LEVEL ONE                      28. DATE
                                     FINDING

Instructions:

14. Closure Due Date: Level I - 7 days extendable upto 21 days depending on complexity, Level II - Three
months extendable upto six months, Level III - within reasonable time limit
Extention of time limit is not automatic and specific approval of DGCA is required in each case

15. Root cause for non compliance : Select appropriate reason(s) 1. Lack of organisation's policy /
Requirements 2. Lack of documented system / procedure 3. Existing system / procedure ineffective 4.
Non compliance to the Regulatory / organisation's requirement 5.Inadequate infrastructure 6.Inadequate
manpower, 7.Lack of training / Responsibility not defined, 8.Personnel non adherence to the requirement

16. Action taken - Corrective action and preventive action should be separately discribed
1 If a documented policy/procedure/requirement of the organisation is already in place or a new procdure
/ instruction had been issued, attach a copy of the same ( Relevant portion/section only)
2. Whenever a new procedure / instruction / circular is issued, a signed copy of read and sign form
should also be attached
3. For personnel violations enclose the individuals explanation
4. For repeated non conformance enclose the comments of Accountable Manager along with the action
taken.
5. Action taken report should reach the Airworthiness office inadvance so as to provide the
organisation reasonable time to complete the corrective and preventive action by the due date , incase
the initial action is not accepted by the auditor.
6. The action taken report need not be submitted with partial closure of a finding or futuristic
compliance action plan, as the same is not acceptable




                               D:\desktop\APM PDF 17 NOV\21. Chap 9 ( FORM-2001)                           2
                                                                           PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0   Chapter 10
                                                                 March 2009     Page 1 of 4

                                    CHAPTER 10
                               ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS
1.    INTRODUCTION

1.1   Rule 61 of Aircraft Rules, 1937 empowers DGCA to grant licence/ approvals/
      authorisations for inspection and certification to such persons who are engaged in
      maintenance of aircraft/ engine/ aircraft components or item of equipment. Licence
      is also issued to Flight Engineers in accordance with Section 'X' of Schedule-II of
      Aircraft Rules, 1937. The Airworthiness Directorate of DGCA is vested with the
      responsibility of carrying out spot checks/ surveillance/ investigation of incidents to
      ensure that the maintenance is carried out in accordance with Aircraft Rules, Civil
      Aviation Requirements, various directives issued by DGCA from time to time and
      manufacturer's requirements so that safety is not compromised. While carrying out
      surveillance, spot checks and investigation of incidents, if violation of any
      requirements which could affect safety is observed, necessary action is required to
      be taken by DGCA against the erring personnel as a deterrent to obviate recurrence
      of similar violation.

1.2   Sub-rule (14) of Rule 61 states that the Central Government may after such inquiry
      as it may deem fit and after giving a reasonable opportunity of being heard, cancel,
      suspend or endorse any licence, approval or certificate of competency granted
      under this rule where it is satisfied that -

      (a)   the holder has performed work or granted a certificate in respect of work
            which has not been performed in a careful and competent manner or;
      (b)   the holder has signed a certificate in respect of any matter which he is not
            licensed to deal with; or
      (c)   it is undesirable for any other reason that the holder should continue to
            exercise his privileges granted under this rule.

1.3   Further, Sub-rule (10) of Rule 133B of the Aircraft Rules, 1937 states that without
      prejudice to the provisions of any rules, the Director General may, after giving a
      show cause notice to an organisation or a person and after making such inquiry as
      he may deem fit, cancel, suspend or endorse any authorisation or approval or issue a
      warning, or an admonition to the Organisation or the person, where he is satisfied
      that:-

      (a) the conditions stipulated by the Director General under this rule or under the
          civil airworthiness requirements are not being complied with;
      (b) the organisation or the person has performed work or granted a certificate in
          respect of work which has not been performed in a careful or competent
          manner or has performed work beyond the scope of it or his approval or failed
          to make proper entries and log books thereof or for any other reason
          considered by the Director General as sufficient to cancel, suspend or endorse


ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS
                                                                           PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0   Chapter 10
                                                                 March 2009     Page 2 of 4

          an authorisation or approval granted under this rule or to issue a warning or an
          admonition.

1.4   This chapter details the procedure to be followed for taking disciplinary action so as
      to ensure that proper legal procedure is followed and DGCA actions stand the
      scrutiny of any Court of Law.

2.    PROCEDURE

2.1   Any prima-facie violation of DGCA requirements/ manufacturer’s instructions
      committed by a licensed Aircraft Maintenance Engineer/ Flight Engineer/ authorised
      or approved person detected during spot checks/ surveillance/ investigation of
      incidents shall be investigated by the concerned Regional/ Sub-regional
      Airworthiness office. Usually the operators also investigate the lapses and takes
      action against their erring employees. Notwithstanding such investigation by the
      operator, independent investigation should also be carried out by the concerned
      office by an officer not below the rank- of Senior Airworthiness Officer. The officer
      is required to carry out the investigation in a careful and diligent manner so that his
      views are not influenced by any means such as investigation report of the operator,
      personal relationship etc.

2.2   Upon completion, the investigating officer shall prepare and submit a detailed
      investigation report along with supporting evidence/ documents. The report
      submitted by the investigation officer should be examined by senior officers and
      submitted to the Head of office. The report should always be submitted on file with
      proper file noting and the senior officers should record their views on file. The Head
      of office should decide whether punitive action is warranted against erring person,
      depending on the nature of lapses/ violation of rules etc.

2.3   If punitive action is required for the lapses in accordance with Sub-rule (14) of Rule
      61 of Rule I937, the concerned person shall be issued with a show cause notice in
      the form of a memorandum. The memorandum should be issued under the
      signature of an officer not below the rank of Controller of Airworthiness. A copy of
      the investigation report seeking his explanation for which he has been considered
      blameworthy shall be enclosed along with the memorandum. While issuing, the
      memorandum, a reasonable period of time of not less than ten days shall be given
      to the erring, person to forward his explanation. Upon receipt of the explanation of
      the erring person the Head of office shall forward the case to the Headquarters.
      While forwarding the case to Headquarters, the complete details of the case
      including the circumstances of the event, the lapses of the AME, details of rules,
      requirement, procedures which have been violated should be furnished and should
      clearly bring, out that the investigation report has been provided to the erring
      person and a show cause notice was issued. The comments of the office on the reply
      to show-cause notice and the final recommendation with regard to the nature and
      quantum of action proposed against the person should also be stated.


ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS
                                                                          PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0   Chapter 10
                                                                March 2009      Page 3 of 4

2.4   At Headquarters, the case forwarded by the regional/ sub-regional office will be
      examined and a decision will be taken on the action to be taken against the erring
      person in the light of recommendation from the regional/ sub-regional office. This
      decision will be communicated to the respective office for necessary action.

3.    CONTENTS OF MEMORANDUM

      The following information shall be reflected in the memorandum:

      a)   Background of the occurrence in which the erring person is found
           blameworthy detected during spot check, surveillance or routine inspection
           and may relate to inadequate/improper maintenance action, improper
           certification or any action resulting in accidents, incidents including ground
           incidents, delays/cancellation attributable to the concerned person's actions.
      b)   Brief reason for blaming the erring person and the details of rules, regulations
           or procedures which have been violated.
      c)   Applicable rule of the Aircraft Rules, 1937 (Rule 14 or 133B, as the case may
           be, in light of which the memorandum is issued).
      d)   Time period to offer comments to the memorandum by the erring personnel
           and also action of concerned airworthiness office in case the erring person fails
           to offer his comments.

4.    Enforcement Manual

      Notwithstanding the above all enforcement actions shall be in compliment to the
      relevant chapters of the DGCA Enforcement Manual.




ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS
                                                                             PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0   Chapter 10
                                                                   March 2009      Page 4 of 4

       5.
                                GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
                        DIRECTORATE GENERAL OF CIVIL AVIATION
                   OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR OF AIRWORHINESS XXXXXXX

                                                                  File No.……….
                                                                  Dated…………


                                       MEMORANDUM

       During a spot check carried out by the representatives of this office on Boeing 737-
XXX aircraft on XX.XX.XX (Date), it was observed that the fuel manifold installed on APU Sl.
No. XXXX had some unauthorized repair carried out on it.

         The above matter was investigated thoroughly and from the records, it was found
that the last installation of the APU fuel manifold and its certification was carried out by Sh.
XXXXX holder of AME license No. XXXX on XX.XX.XX (Date). Such repair was not carried out
in accordance with Chapter 49 of AMM. It was also found that the AME was not approved
to carry out the repair. Sh. XXXXX is therefore considered blameworthy under Rule 61 for
having violated the provision of the Aircraft Maintenance Manual for wrongly carrying out
an unapproved repair in a perfunctory. He is also considered blameworthy under Sub-rule
(14) (c) of Rule 61 for wrongly certifying repair for which he is not approved.

       Now, therefore, in accordance with Sub-rule 14 of 61 of the Aircraft Rules, 1937, Sh.
XXXXX hereby issued this memorandum to explain why action should not be taken against
him for carrying out and certifying unauthorised repair stated above.

         Sh. XXXXX is hereby advised to offer his comments in this memorandum which must
reach this office within XXX days from the date of issue of this memorandum, failing which
it will be assumed that he has no comments to offer and action will be taken against him as
permitted under the Aircraft Rules, 1937.

       A copy of the investigation report is enclosed for reference.


                                                                          Authorised Signatory
                                                                              with designation
Encl: Investigation report.

Sh. XXXXX
AME licence No. XXXX
M/s. XYZ Airways
XXXXXX Airport,
XXXXXX (City).


ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS
                                                                           PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                     Revision 0     Chapter 11
                                                                March 2009        Page 1 of 6

                                   CHAPTER 11
                             APPROVAL FOR TRANSIT CHECKS

1. Introduction

      CAR Sec-2, Revision 7, Series F Part VIII dated 8.1.2007 requires transit inspection
      without defect rectification to be carried out by persons holding Basic AME license. The
      CAR also gives an option to pilots holding a valid PPL/CPL/ATPL on the type of aircraft
      to carry out transit inspections in respect of aircraft with passenger seating capacity of
      up to 200 seats or with a maximum payload capacity of fifteen tons in case of cargo
      aircraft. The persons to be approved to carry out such transit inspections are to be
      approved by Quality Assurance/Control Managers in accordance with a procedure
      which should be evolved and contained in QC Manual/MOE after approval by the
      Regional Office. This chapter gives the procedure to be adopted for approval of training
      program for Transit Checks.

2. Definitions

      Transit Check
      The “Transit” Check requires minor maintenance/ servicing and is intended to assure
      continuous serviceability of a transiting aircraft. This check is planned for use at an en
      route stop and is basically a “walk-around” inspection which requires a check of the
      aircraft interior and exterior for obvious damage, leaks, proper operating equipment,
      security of attachment, required servicing etc (Ref. Boeing 737-300/400/500 MPD)

      Airbus Definition
      Transit check is not called for in the MPD. However the FCOM defines the exterior
      inspection as the one which ensures that the overall condition of the aircraft and its
      visible components and equipments are safe for the flight. The FCOM provides for such
      inspection to be carried out by the maintenance personnel or in the absence of
      maintenance personnel by a flight crew member before each flight. (Ref: Airbus A320
      FCOM SEQ 001 Rev 24.)

3. Procedure

      Operators desirous of opting the above provision for transit checks are required to
      comply with the following procedures:

      (i)      Upon application by the Quality Manager the same should be examined for
               Syllabus/course content, day wise, training program, duration of class room and
               practical training, availability of instructors/ aircraft, OJT etc.
      (ii)     Proposed revision to MOE/QC Manual/Training Manual for granting approval to

APPROVAL FOR TRANSIT CHECKS
                                                                             PART II
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0     Chapter 11
                                                                  March 2009        Page 2 of 6

                the pilots/Basic License holders should be examined for approval.
      (iii)     It may be ensured that the syllabus and training program submitted is in the
                form of a program which covers classroom and practical training; is exhaustive
                and is not less than 10 days. The schedule should have at least one hour of
                theory and one hour of practical each day.
      (iv)      The scope of the training shall include thorough knowledge and understanding
                of tasks as called for in Transit Check Cards.
      (v)       The instructors/Senior AMEs on the type imparting such training shall be
                knowledgeable to do such training.
      (vi)      The training program must include OJT of 7 transit checks under the supervision
                of an appropriately qualified AME. A record of such checks shall be maintained
                by the organization.
      (vii)     After successful completion of the training and examination as specified above
                the Quality manager shall conduct a skill test and grant approvals to pilots/Basic
                License holders.
      (viii)    The approval shall be limited for one year.
      (ix)      The approvals shall only be accorded for use on domestic and Non ETOPS
                sectors. Aircraft departing for foreign destinations and on ETOPS sector must be
                inspected by type rated AMEs.
      (x)       The task card required for transit check should mandatorily be used while
                carrying out inspections. Sole reliance on memory is unsafe and should not be
                resorted to. The task cards shall be prepared based on MPD / AMM/ FCOM etc.
                and should be made available to all persons approved for the purpose.
      (xi)      Where type rated AMEs are not carrying out transit checks the availability of
                experienced and trained technicians shall be ensured to assist the pilots
                carrying out the transit checks.
      (xii)     RAO shall carry out surveillance/spot checks to ensure the compliance of the
                above requirements.

      NOTE. While approving the transit inspection training program, the inclusion of items
      given in the ‘Annexure 1’ shall be ensured.




APPROVAL FOR TRANSIT CHECKS
                                                                            PART II
               AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                    Revision 0     Chapter 11
                                                                 March 2009        Page 3 of 6


                                                                                     Annexure 1

The following are the minimum items to be ensured before approving the ten day course, in
terms of theory & practical training for transit checks for pilots or basic license holders. This
guidance is general in nature. The airlines proposal must contain specific aircraft items as
existing on the airline aircraft. The location, function and use of components mentioned may
be discussed.

1      General
        Ramp Awareness and clearance from obstacles
        Placement of Chocks
        Attachment of Tow Bar, installation of tow bar pin
        Installation/removal of landing gear ground lock pins
        Installation/removal of pitot static covers
        Attachment of GPU

2      Refueling
        Procedure for taking fuel samples from bowser and hose nozzle
        Checking the presence of water contamination – use of aquadis capsules
        Checking the validity date of capsules
        Observation of precautions during refueling
        Ensure two way communications between ground staff and cockpit/cabin crew.
        Security of refueling cap and opening/closing of refueling panel. Computing the
           figures of fuel uplift
        Entry of fuel uplift in the flight report book.

3      Walk around check list
       Start sequence – Walk around & completion of the walk around inspection.

       (i)       LH Forward fuselage
                 Familiarity of checking of external devices such as AOA probe. Static port,
                 avionics ventilation inlet valve, ground cooling inlet valve, avionics
                 compartment door, Oxygen overboard discharge indicator, toilet servicing door.
       (ii)      Nose section
                 Pitot probes, TAT probes, attachment/latching of radomes, ground effect power
                 door.
       (iii)     Nose landing gear
                 • Wheels and tires
                 • Criteria for replacement of tires, function and condition of Brake Wear Pin,
                     Taxi Lights, Proximity detectors, hydraulic lines and control cables, wheel
                     well, landing gear doors.

       (iv)      RH Forward fuselage
                 RH & Aft ground compartments, avionics ventilation overborad valve, ground
                 cooling overboard valve, static port, AOA probes, forward cargo door &

APPROVAL FOR TRANSIT CHECKS
                                                                               PART II
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0     Chapter 11
                                                                    March 2009            Page 4 of 6

                servicing panel.

      (v)       Lower Centre Fuselage
                Antennas for condition, drain mast for security and condition, RAM Air inlet flap
                for function, Ground air conditioner and eng start door, anti collision light for
                service and use, fuel dip stick for use, pack air intakes & outlets , ground service
                door , RAT door for position.

      (vi)      RH Centre fuselage
                Refuel panel door for function and use, fuel dipstick inner tank use, fuel water
                drain valve inner tank, landing lights condition, wing leading edge ventilation
                intake, slat positions.

      (vii)     Engine 2 LH Side
                Cowl doors for latching mechanism, oil servicing access doors, drain mast for
                function and for leaks, vent inlet & engine inlet and fan blades for cracks nicks,
                etc.

      (viii)    Engine 2 RH Side
                Anti ice exhaust for clarity, compartment cooling exit, pressure relief door for
                security, starter valve access door for position, turbine exhaust for clarity,
                pylon/access panel, for condition and security.

      (ix)      RH Wing Leading edge
                Slats for condition, fuel dipsticks inner and outer cells, fuel water drain valves,
                refuel coupling for position, surge tank air inlet for clarity, navigation light for
                condition, wing tip for condition.

      (x)       RH Wing Trailing edge
                Static dischargers, control surfaces, flaps and fairings for condition.

      (xi)      RH L/G & Fuselage
                Wheel and tires condition, brakes & brake wear indicator pins, proximity
                sensors, hydraulic lines for leaks, dents, nicks, chaffing & pitting.L/g structure
                for security, down lock spring, pitch damper overboard discharge indicator, l/g
                doors, hydraulic access door & water drain mast.

      (xii)     RH Aft fuselage
                Antennas for condition and location, cargo door servicing panel, outflow valve,
                access door for security

      (xiii)    Tail
                Stabilizer, elevator, fin and rudder for condition, static dischargers for condition,
                APU fire bottle thermal discharge red disk for presence.

      (xiv)     APU
                APU access door, air intake for any FOD, drain and vents for no leaks, oil cooler

APPROVAL FOR TRANSIT CHECKS
                                                                               PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0     Chapter 11
                                                                     March 2009     Page 5 of 6

                and outlet, exhaust for position, navigation light

      (xv)      LH Aft fuselage
                Stabilizer, elevator fin and rudder for condition, water filling and drainage for
                position and hydraulic access door.

      (xvi)     L/H L/G
                Wheels and tires for damage, brakes and brake wear indicator condition,
                proximity sensor, hydraulic lines L/G structure, pitch damper overboard
                discharge indicator for wear. Down lock springs and L/G doors for condition and
                position.

      (xvii)    LH Wing Trailing edge
                Flaps and fairings for condition, control surfaces and static dischargers for
                damages.

      (xviii) LH Wing Leading edge
              Wing tip for damage & condition, navigation light for condition, surge tank air
              inlet for condition, fuel water drain valves for leaks.

      (xix)     Engine 1 LH Side
                Cowl doors for latching, oil servicing doors for position drain mast for no leaks,
                fan blades for checking damage.

      (xx)      Engine 1 RH Side
                Anti ice exhaust for clarity, compartment cooling exit, pressure relief door,
                starter valve access door for security, turbine exhaust for clearance.

      (xxi)     LH Centre Wing
                Slat 1 condition, Fuel water drain valves inner for leakage, fuel dipstick inner
                tank, Wing leading edge ventilation intake, landing lights condition.

      (xxii)    Cabin / Cockpit
                Ensure cockpit windows / wind shields are clean, Ensure cleanliness of seats,
                floor galley area & toilet, ensure ash trays, seat packets and galley waste bines
                are empty, ensure fresh water system and toilet servicing is done, check crash
                axe for presence.

      (xxiii) Emergency Equipment

      •      Cockpit Crew life jacket. Life jacket (Qty 4).
      •      Cabin crew life jacket (Qty 5)
      •      For overseas flight ensure that passenger life jackets and emergency locator
             beacons are on board.




APPROVAL FOR TRANSIT CHECKS
                                                                                  PART II
                 AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0     Chapter 11
                                                                       March 2009        Page 6 of 6

4.   General
     Install engine covers, Pitot covers and other blanks and landing gear locks (If halt exceeds 2
     hrs.). Review PDR, DMR, CDR, PFR. Press STS page button on ECAM Take action as necessary.
     Remove original of Pilot Sector Report from PDR. Check Validity of LO/WI/SI & higher
     inspections. Take AIDS Print out of stored reports Nos. 1, 2 & 4. Review and take action as
     necessary.

     (i)    Walk Around Inspection As per Enclosed Check List
            Check complete aircraft including engines, cabin and cockpit for obvious damage and
            defects as per check list. Rectify as necessary.

     (ii)   Aircraft Checks
            Check Engine Oil tank Quantity on Lower ECAM (within 5 minutes to 60 minutes of Shut-
            down). Replenish as required.

     (iii) Security Check
           Check the serviceability of the locking mechanism of the door between cockpit and cabin.
           Check TT light for operation & reset. Inspect following locations especially for presence of
           any suspicious foreign objects; Cockpit area, Nose and Main Landing gear Wells. The
           following additional areas should be inspected after layover/weekly checks (to be
           completed before handling over aircraft to commercial department for loading) and also
           when aircraft is on ground for more than two hours and aircraft has been fully off-loaded
           of passenger / baggage and catering, Galleys, Cabin including hat racks, Cargo/baggage
           compartment, Engine air intake, E & E compartment (if opened).




     APPROVAL FOR TRANSIT CHECKS
                                                                       PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                     Revision 0    Chapter 12
                                                             March 2009     Page 1 of 10


                                     CHAPTER 12
         PROCEDURE FOR CONDUCTING EXAMINATIONS FOR AIRCREW/
            AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS BY FIELD OFFICES


1.    INTRODUCTION

1.1   Central Examination Organisation (CEO), office of the Director General of Civil
      Aviation, East Block III, Level III, R K Puram, New Delhi-110066, is responsible for
      conducting written technical examinations for issue and extension of Pilots/
      AMEs /FEs Licenses.

1.2   Normally Pilot examinations are conducted on fourth Wednesday of January/April
      /July/ October in a year. In case, fourth Wednesday of the month is a closed/
      gazette holiday, the examination will be conducted on the next working day as per
      convenience. The last date for receipt of the applications in the CEO for these
      examinations is 30 days prior to the date of commencement of the examination.

1.3   Normally, AME License examinations are held three times in a year, generally
      in the first week of February. June and October. The last date for receipt of
      these applications in the respective Regional Sub-regional offices is normally
      15 th of December, April and August for February, June and October sessions,
      respectively unless intimated by CEO specifically.

1.4   FE examinations will be conducted on need basis after receipt of the request
      from the operators as per the requirements laid down in CAR, Section-2: Series L,
      Part - XV.

2.    SCRUTINY OF APPLICATION

2.1   The applications on the prescribed form for the AME License examinations shall be
      received arid scrutinized by the respective Regional/Sub-regional offices. The
      fees, in the form of Bank Draft drawn in the name PAO, DGCA, MCA, New Delhi.
      CEO normally by 15th of December, April and August for February, June and
      October sessions, respectively, unless intimated by CEO specifically.

2.2   During scrutiny, in case the candidature of an applicant is rejected, the reasons for
      rejection shall be recorded and intimated to the candidate. The Bank Draft shall be
      refunded to the applicant by the Regional/ Sub-regional offices.

2.3   Subsequent to the receipt of accepted applications by the CEO, CEO will issue and
      send the admit cards to individual candidates/ sponsoring organizations by post. A
      consolidated list of the admitted candidates will be prepared by CEO and
      forwarded to the respective examination centers, well in advance, so that



PROCEDURE FOR CONDUCTING EXAMINATIONS FOR AIRCREW/AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS
                                                                        PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                   Revision 0    Chapter 12
                                                              March 2009     Page 2 of 10


      necessary arrangements for smooth conduction of examination can be made by
      them. The list of admitted candidates will also be published on DGCA web site.

2.4   Candidates appearing for Pilots Technical Examination should submit their
      applications directly to CEO. While scrutinizing the application& the officers at CEO
      should fill up the required columns of the applications and append their signatures
      for acceptance. In case the candidature of an applicant is rejected, the reasons for
      rejection shall be recorded and intimated to the candidate. However, the fees
      submitted by the candidate will not be returned but shall be adjusted to
      subsequent sessions. The list of admitted candidates will also be published on
      DGCA web site: h t t p : / / w w w . d g c a . n i c . in .

3.    EXAMINATION CENTERS

      The written examinations shall be held at various centers as given below.
      Additional centers, if needed, may be decided by the headquarters.

4.    SUPERINTENDENT OF EXAMINATION

4.1   Each examination center shall be under the charge of a superintendent of
      examination, who shall be responsible in all respects for compliance of
      instructions contained herein and those issued from time to time for conducting
      the technical examinations at his center.

4.2   The following officers may act as superintendent of the examinations for the
      Centers concerned.

      i)     The Director of Airworthiness (senior most Controller of Airworthiness in
             the absence of Director of Airworthiness at Bangalore/ Delhi/ Mumbai/
             Kolkata/ Chennai.

      ii)    The Controller of Airworthiness (senior most Senior Airworthiness officer
             in the absence of Controller of Airworthiness) at Hyderabad / Lucknow/
             Bhopal / Bangalore / Patna / Bhubaneswar / Kanpur

      iii)   The Senior Airworthiness Officer In-charge (senior most officers available
             at the station) at Guwahati / Cochin.

      iv)    Senior most officers available on tour at other stations, where there is no
             Airworthiness office.

5.    SUPERVISOR/INVIGILATORS

5.1   The superintendent of examinations may conduct and supervise / invigilate
      the examination himself or may appoint Supervisor/ Invigilator(s) to assist


PROCEDURE FOR CONDUCTING EXAMINATIONS FOR AIRCREW/AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS
                                                                      PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                    Revision 0    Chapter 12
                                                             March 2009     Page 3 of 10


      in conducting the examination(s) at his center. There should be at least
      one Supervisor and one Invigilator for 30 candidates or less and one extra
      Invigilator for every 15 or less candidates. If there is only one officer at any
      center, he shall bear full responsibility for conducting the examination.

5.2   Supervisors and Invigilators shall be on duty at least 30 minutes, before the
      schedule time of start of examination and till such time the examination is
      completed; all the answer papers are sealed and are ready for dispatch to the
      Director of Airworthiness (CEO).

      Note
      1. Supervisors shall always be gazetted officers. Non-gazetted officials /industry
          personnel may be deployed as invigilator to help the Supervisors for smooth
          conduction of examination as Supporting Staff, if required.
      2. At times, it may not be possible to engage adequate number of invigilators
          commensurate with number of candidates. However, it may be ensured
          that at least one invigilator is available in each room if examination is
          conducted in separate rooms. It is the responsibility of the superintendent
          to conduct examinations in a fair manner for which he shall engage
          adequate number of Supervisors and Invigilators.

6.    D E S P A T C H O F Q UE S T I O N P A P E R S

6.1   In case of AME License Examinations, Sealed covers duly wrapped in cloth containing
      the question papers shall be carried by the designated officials to various
      centers.

6.2   In case of Pilots Examinations, the covers may be either carried or sent
      through speed post. CEO shall send e-mail/ telephonic information to the
      concerned offices informing them that the question papers have been
      forwarded.

6.3   The parcel containing the Question Papers shall have the inner cover
      marked 'SECRET' and will be addressed to the Superintendent by name. It
      will also indicate the name of the Center of examination, subject, date and
      time of the examinations. The cover shall also bear the instructions for opening
      of cover The Hover used for dispatch of Question Papers should be of good
      quality with cloth lining inside. The seals of the inner covers after sealing should
      be covered with Transparent Cello Tape to protect it during transit.

6.4   These covers, thereafter, shall be wrapped in marking cloth, e stitched and
      sealed properly before dispatch to the Superintendent of the exanimations. The
      packets wrapped in marking cloth will be addressed to the Superintendent of



PROCEDURE FOR CONDUCTING EXAMINATIONS FOR AIRCREW/AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS
                                                                      PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                    Revision 0    Chapter 12
                                                             March 2009     Page 4 of 10


      the examinations by Name, Designation and will bear no indications of the
      contents.

6.5   OPENING AND ACKNOWLEDGING THE RECEIPT OF PARCEL CONTAINING
      QUESTION PAPERS

      On receipt of the parcel, only the outer covers of the parcels should be
      opened, after opening the wrapped cloth to ensure that the seals of the
      covers are intact. The receipt of the parcel containing Question Papers, in a
      satisfactory condition, should be acknowledged immediately to the Director of
      Airworthiness (CEO) by the fastest means of communication.

7.    CUSTODY OF QUESTION PAPERS

      The sealed inner covers containing the question papers should be kept in his safe
      custody by the superintendent till the time of the examination.

8.    IDENTIFICATION OF THE CANDIDATES

      The candidates appearing for the examinations must be in possession of their
      Admit Cards issued by CEO and they should produce the same to the
      Supervisor/Invigilator in the examination hall. However, if due to some reason, a
      candidate is unable to produce his Admit Card, they may be permitted to appear in
      the examination, provided his name appears in the attendance sheet and he is able
      to prove his identity to the satisfaction of the Supervisor. For establishing the
      identity of the candidates, licenses already held by the candidates / identity cards
      issued by any Government agency/sponsoring organization may be relied upon
      Identification of the candidates by the DGCA officers personally, is also
      acceptable.

9.    SUPPLY OF ANSWER SHEETS/OMR TO THE CANDIDATES

      Each candidate should be supplied with one OMR Sheet for answering Objective
      type questions.

      Note: OMR sheet should he supplied to the candidates at least ten minutes before
      issue of Question Papers. This will ensure sufficient time for the candidate to fill
      up his particulars on the OMR. The candidate must write his Q.P. reference
      number immediately on supply of question paper before starting answering the
      question paper.

10.   DISTRIBUTION OF QUESTION PAPERS

      Supervisors and the invigilator before opening the inner cover containing question
      papers shall ensure that the seals are not broken and are intact, the envelope
      containing question papers shall be opened by cutting along the place marked on
      the envelope without breaking the original seals. The Supervisor and the Invigilator



PROCEDURE FOR CONDUCTING EXAMINATIONS FOR AIRCREW/AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS
                                                                                 PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                               Revision 0    Chapter 12
                                                                       March 2009        Page 5 of 10


      shall render a certificate to this effect on the prescribed Performa. At centers
      where Invigilator is not available, then the Supervisor may make use of the services
      of any other Gazetted officer of the Government of India available al that Center.
      The covers must be cut open ten minutes prior to the examination provided that
      the concerned candidates appear for taking the examination, However, at major
      centers where large number of candidates are appearing, the Superintendent, at
      his discretion, may open the covers earlier such that counting and scrutiny of
      papers etc., are completed prior to commencement of examination, The question
      papers should be distributed to the candidates in the examination hall, just prior to
      the commencement of the examinations. The original inner cover shall be returned
      to the CEO along with the other examination materials.

      Note: The candidate must append his signature and roll number immediately on
            supply of question paper before starting answering the question paper.

11.   READING OF ADMONITION NOTE

      Before commencement of each examination, supervisor shall read out the
      admonition note to the candidates for their information and strict adherence.
      Candidates who have used unfair means while answering question papers have
      been disqualified from time to time. In some cases, they will also debarred
      from taking further examination for the same license or rating for a specified
      period. You are, therefore, advised not to adopt unfair means in the
      examination hall. The following shall constitute unfair means:

      Copying or attempting to copy other candidate's answers or helping others to copy
      answers.
      (i) Copying or attempting to copy from the unauthorized written materials
            possessed by a candidate.
      (ii) Contacting other candidates/ individuals through speech or signs or sound in
            the examination hall or outside the hall.
      (iii) Reproducing question papers on a separate sheet.
      (iv) Carrying Question Paper.

      The supervisor and the Invigilators shall append their signatures on the
      prescribed form for having read the admonition note to the candidates.

12.   STARTING OF ANSWRING QUESTION PAPERS

      At the appropriate time specified for start of the examinations, the
      candidates sh o u ld b e t o ld t h e 'S T A RT T I M E ’ H RS / M IN ' . A s t h e d u r a t i o n
      o f t h e examinations will vary with the types of examinations/aircraft,
      invigilating office- should ensure that candidates are allowed only the period
      slated on the question papers.




PROCEDURE FOR CONDUCTING EXAMINATIONS FOR AIRCREW/AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS
                                                                     PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                   Revision 0    Chapter 12
                                                           March 2009     Page 6 of 10


13.   STOPPING OF ANSWERING QUESTION PAPERS

      At the expiry of the time allotted for answering papers, the candidates be
      directed to stop writing, submit papers and to leave the hall, if necessary. The
      candidates should not be allowed to write after the time is up.

14.   EXTENSION OF TIME ALLOTTED FOR THE QUESTION PAPER

      The time allotted for any paper should not be extended under any
      circumstances.

15.   COLLECTION OF QUEST ION AND ANSWER PAPERS

      All question and answer papers should he collected immediately after the
      time specified far the paper is over. No candidate should be allowed to continue
      writing while the answer papers are being collected from other candidates.

16.   S E A L I N G A N D HA N DI N G O VE R O F A N S W E R S H E E T S
      The OMR sheet and answer books submitted by the candidates should be
      checked in order to ensure that candidates have entered their particulars
      correctly as required. The question papers and answer books shall be sealed
      immediately in a cover, in the presence of the supervisor and Invigilator, who
      should affix their signatures near the bottom left hand corner rind indicate the
      contents of the cover. The covers should thereafter be handed over to
      superintendent of examinations along with other certificates viz, Invigilation
      certificates for opening of covers containing question papers and sealing answer
      papers, admonition note, a copy of seating plan signed by the supervisor, original
      envelopes containing question papers supplied by CEO etc. The cover used for
      dispatch of Question Papers should of good quality with cloth lining inside.

17.   D I SPA T C H OF A N SWE R SHE E T S AN D Q UEST I O N PA PE RS

17.1 The answer books and OMR sheets together with question papers should be
     sealed in covers (marked CONFIDENTIAL). The OMR sheets should be
     wrapped in a plastic cover and kept in a hard/ thick cloth cover, paper wise,
     in such a manner that the edges of these sheets do not get damaged. The
     objection slips, if any, should be kept below the OMR sheets of the respective
     paper. The cover containing OMR sheets may he kept in between the question
     paper and answer sheets to prevent damage to the OMR sheets during
     transit. These covers should be wrapped in marking cloth which should be
     stitched, sealed, and dispatched by first available Speed Post facility lo the
     Director of Airworthiness (CEO) by name. The forwarding letter should be
     accompanied with an attendance sheet giving the roll numbers of the candidates
     and serial numbers of question papers and details of other papers attached.
     The attendance of a candidate should be marked "ABSENT" in case he does
     not turn up for the examination. At the end of the attendance sheets, a


PROCEDURE FOR CONDUCTING EXAMINATIONS FOR AIRCREW/AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS
                                                                      PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                    Revision 0    Chapter 12
                                                            March 2009     Page 7 of 10


      summary should be prepared indicating total number of candidates present
      and absent.

17.2 At stations where speed post facilities are not available, the answer papers
     together with the unused question papers should be returned to CEO by
     registered post immediately. In case no candidate turns up for the examination,
     the cover with seals in intact condition should be returned to the CEO along with
     attendance sheet marked with absent against each candidate.


18.   SEATING ARRANGEMENT

      The examination hall should be well lighted and ventilated. The seats of the
      candidates should be spaced in such a manner that no candidate is able to copy
      from the answer paper of the other candidate (s) or is able to communicate with
      other candidate(s) in the examination hall.

19.   REPORTS ON MALPRACTICES IN EXAMINATION HALL

      If any candidate is found using unfair means, his statement arid statement of
      witnesses, if any, should be recorded and along answer papers and explanatory
      note of the supervisor along with other documents seized, to the Director of
      Airworthiness (CEO) by name. In addition, a note should be recorded on his
      answer paper and the candidate may be expelled by the superintendent from the
      examination hall for the duration of that paper.

20.   T O C O P E WI T H E MERG E N C I E S
      The superintendent of examination is fully empowered to take actions as
      deemed fit in emergencies or in situations not covered in the manual.

21.   RE SPO N SI BI LI T Y OF SUPERINTENDENT
      The Superintendent shall be ultimately responsible for receiving the packets
      containing Question Papers and keeping them in safe custody. He shall take
      necessary actions to maintain secrecy of Question Papers and sanctity 07
      examinations. He shall also be responsible for making proper arrangements for
      conduction of examination as per laid down procedures and dispatching paper
      to CEO expeditiously.
22.   INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUPERVISOR

      (Only gazetted officers of the Civil Aviation Department are eligible for
      appointment as supervisors. No other person shall act as a supervisor.)
      The supervisors) shall:
      (a)   check the seating arrangement for the candidates in the examination hall.
      (b)   ensure that examination hall is suitable for the purpose, it is well lighted,
            ventilated and is provided with sufficient number of fans in the summer.
            Seats are well spaced to prevent any communication between the
            candidates.


PROCEDURE FOR CONDUCTING EXAMINATIONS FOR AIRCREW/AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS
                                                                               PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                            Revision 0    Chapter 12
                                                                      March 2009    Page 8 of 10

                 (c)          ensure that the seating plans showing the seating arrangement
                               of the candidates by their roll numbers ( names, if roll
                               numbers is not allotted) is displayed prominently outside the
                               entrance well before the commencement of the examination.
                 (d)          make sure that the invigilators have been appointed for the
                                 examination.

                 (e)          On the day of examination

                              (i)    check his watch for correct time half an hour before
                                     commencement of each paper,
                              (ii)   ensure that invigilators report to him half an hour before
                                     the commencement of the examination and are properly
                                     briefed.
                              (iii)   collect the covers containing the question papers and
                                     papers from the superintendent / Over-all-in charge of
                                     the examinations. Check that seals on the covers
                                     containing the question papers are INTACT.
                              (iv) after verifying the identity of candidates to his
                                     satisfaction, admit the candidates before 15 minutes of
                                     the commencement of examination.
                              (v)    ensure that no candidate brings book (except that
                                     allowed), note books arid loose papers in to the hall.
                              (vi) cut open the envelopes containing the question papers as
                                     indicated on it, without breaking the original seals , and
                                     check the contents, Sign the certificate for opening the
                                     envelope.
                              (vii) read out the admonition note to the candidates for their
                                     information and strict adherence.
                              (viii) arrange distribution of question answer papers to the
                                     candidates. No question / answer papers shall be left on
                                     the tables, which have not been occupied.
                              (ix) instruct the candidates to write roll numbers and other
                                     particulars on the -answer papers.
                              (x)    announce the correct time for the candidates to
                                     commence examination accordingly.

                 (f) During examination

                       (i)          a t the appr opr iat e t ime , f ixed fo r comm en ce ment
                                    of e a ch pape r, issue o rde rs to the can did ate s
                                    'S TA RT TIME ALLOWE D hou rs/m inute s.
                       (ii)         en su re that no ca ndid ate m isbeh ave s or uses
                                    unf air mea ns. If an y ca ndidate is f ound cop ying o r

PROCEDURE FOR CONDUCTING EXAMINATIONS FOR AIRCREW/AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS
                                                                                  PART II

                AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0             Chapter 12
                                                                  February 2009         Page 9 of 10

                            u sin g unf air me an s, his/h er a nswer boo k(s), o ther
                            p ape rs, unaut hor ized do cu ment s, n ote s et c. shou ld
                            be se ize d. An ent r y to th is eff ect sh ould be m ade
                            in the a nswer p ape r and h is st ate men t & the
                            stat em ents of witne sse s, if an y, be reco rded . A l l
                            th ese p ape rs shou ld b e h ande d ove r to the
                            supe rint ende nt o f exa minat ion s and t he cand id ate
                            m a y be e xpe lled fr om th e e xa min ati on h all for the
                            du rat ion of th at p ape r .
                     (iii) A dm it th e ca ndid ate s who ar e lat e u p t o 30
                            m inut es. No e xt en sion o f t im e will be given to the
                            late co me rs. No discret ion in t his re ga rd will be
                            e xer cise d.
                     (iv) do n ot per mit an y cand ida te to lea ve the
                            e xam inat ion ha ll t ill 30 min ute s a fte r th e
                            co mme ncem ent of the e xa minat ion .
                     (v)    en su re that the in vigilator s, wh ile sign ing the
                            OM Rs An swe r Sh eets, sh all che ck and en sur e tha t
                            th e pa rticu la rs ha ve b een co rre ct ly f illed up in th e
                            r elevant colu mn s of OM R An swe r Sheet s by the
                            can did ate s.
                     (vi) en su re th at no q uestion pa per is ta ken o ut of the
                            e xam inat ion ha ll by a ny pe rson .
                     (vii) che ck tha t th e in vigilato r s are vigila nt and do lea ve
                            th e e xa minat ion h all e ven for a b rief per iod
                     (viii) do not per mit cand idat es to co mm un icate with
                            e a ch ot her in man ne r .
                     (ix) th e cand id ate s sha ll be discou ra ged fro m lea ving
                            th e e xa min at ion h all. If the cand idat e de sir es to
                            lea ve the e xam ina tio n h all b riefly d ue to
                            un avoid ab le cir cu mstan ces, it is de sirab le to a ll o w
                            on e can did ate at a time .
                     (x)    se ar ch th e can did ate s, in ca se of susp icion .
         (xi) en su re that the cand idat es co mply with the "in stru ct ion s t o the
                Ca ndid ate s" a s ment ion ed on que st ion p aper s/ adm it ca rd s/
                a pplicat ion for ms.
         (xii) a nnoun ce 'HALF T IM E IS OV E R", 1 5 M IN UTE S M ORE ' and/ or
                "F IV E M IN UTE S MORE and "OV ER" "S T OP WRIIT NG, SUBM IT
                P APE RS ",. N o cand id ate shou ld be a llowe d t o car ry o n writ ing
                a fter t he time is ove r. If a candidate pe rsists in do in g so i n
                spit e of warn in g, a note shou ld b e ma de on his an swer bo o k
                a nd h is an swer pape r shou ld b e colle ct ed imm ediate ly; th e
                sa me ma y b e co mmun icat ed to CE O o r fu rthe r ne ce ssa r y a cti on .
         (xiii) co llect the an swe r p ape rs im med iat ely a fte r the time f or th e
                e xam inat ion is o ve r
         (xiv) en su re t hat t he cand idat es han d o ve r the Que stion P ape rs, OM R
                a nd A nswer She et s. It shou ld be p osit ively en sure d th at the


PROCEDURE FOR CONDUCTING EXAMINATIONS FOR AIRCREW/AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS
                                                                                  PART II

                AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0             Chapter 12
                                                                  February 2009         Page 10 of 10

                    can did ate s do not ca rr y a wa y the Que st ion P ape rs, OM R and
                    A nswer She ets with th em .

              (e)   After the examination is over

                    (i)     a fter co llect ion , che ck the an swe r pape rs to en su re t hat
                            th e requ ir ed pa rticu la rs are f illed in co rre ct ly and th e
                            a nswer p ape r s a re st apled to get her .
                    (ii)    se al th e an swe r pape rs in a cover ma r ked 'CONF ID ENT IA L '
                            a nd sign nea r botto m le ft hand co rner ar id ind icat e the
                            cont ent s ne ar top left- hand corn er
                    (iii)   sign the in vigilation cert if icate s, attend an ce sh eet s and
                            ce rtif icat e fo r se alin g th e answer pap er s a s indicated on
                            th ose cer tif icate s.
                    (iv)    h ando ve r th e co ve r cont ainin g th e a n swer pap er s,
                            Ce rtif icat es, sp ar e cop ie s of que st ion pa per s, adm onit ion
                            no te s, or igin al en velope s and a cop y of the seat in g p lan
                            signed b y h im to the super int endent /Ove r-a ll in cha rge o f
                            e xam inat ion s.
                    (v)     co mply with an y ot he r inst ru ction give n b y th e
                            supe rint ende nt of exa minat ion s.

23.   INSTRUCTIONS FOR INVIGILATOR

      23.1   The Invigilators detailed for the examination shall report to the supervisor half
             an hour prior to the commencement of the examination. He shall follow
             the instructions given by the supervisors and assist him for smooth conduction
             of the examination. It is the joint responsibility of the supervisor and the
             invigilators to ensure the compliance or all the instructions stated above.

      23.2   The invigilators, while signing the OMRs / Answer sheets should check and
             ensure that the particulars have been correctly filled up in the relevant column,
             Answer Sheets, by the candidates.




PROCEDURE FOR CONDUCTING EXAMINATIONS FOR AIRCREW/AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS
                                                                             PART II
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0    Chapter 13
                                                                   March 2009      Page 1 of 9

                                    CHAPTER 13
      CONDUCT OF EXAMINATIONS BY CENTRAL EXAMINATION ORGANIZATION (CEO)

1.      INTRODUCTION

1.1     Office of the Director of Airworthiness, CEO is responsible for conducting written
        examinations for issue and extension of Pilots), AMEs, Flight Engineers Licenses and
        Flight dispatchers examination.
1.2     This chapter details the procedures required to be followed by officers working in the
        CEO in receiving the applications, scrutiny of the applications (for pilots examination
        only), processing the accepted applications, issuing admit cards, preparation of question
        papers with utmost secrecy, dispatch of question papers, receipt of question and answer
        papers after completion of the examination, its evaluation and declaration of the results
        etc.
1.3     All above are required to be carried out in an efficient manner and within a time frame
        for each examination at the same time maintaining the sanctity of examinations.
1.4     All the officers working in the CEO should be fully aware of the procedures outlined
        herein, which shall be strictly adhered to.

2.      SCHEDULE OF EXAMINATIONS

2.1     Pilots examinations are normally conducted on January /April /July/ October every year.
        The last date for receipt of the applications in the CEO for these examinations is 30 days
        prior to the date of commencement of the examination.
2.2     AME License examinations are normally held three times in a year, generally in February,
        June and October. The last date for receipt of these applications in the CEO 30 days prior
        to the date of commencement of the examination.
2.3     FE examinations shall be conducted on need basis after receipt of the request from the
        operators as per the requirements laid down in CAR, Section-2, Series L, and Part XV.
2.4     Special examinations will normally not be conducted by CEO. However, the same may
        be considered purely on the merit of each individual case as well as genuine need of the
        operators.

3.      APPLICATION FOR EXAMINATIONS

3.1     For issue of computer number for pilots, the candidates are required to submit the
        application as per the format given in DGCA website.
3.2     List of candidates issued the computer number is to be displayed in the DGCA website
        two weeks prior to the last date of the applying application for written examination.
3.3     Pilots (Technical and General) Examinations.
        Applications for Pilots (Technical and General) examination are required to be submitted
        to CEO at least 30 days prior to the date of examination.
3.4     Flight Engineers’ License Examination




CONDUCT OF EXAMINATIONS BY CENTRAL EXAMINATION ORGANIZATION (CEO)
                                                                          PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                     Revision 0    Chapter 13
                                                                March 2009     Page 2 of 9

3.4.1 There is no examination schedule for FE license examination. Written examination may
      be conducted as and when operator makes request for conducting such examination.
3.4.2 Applications on prescribed format for FE Licence examination is require to be submitted
      to CEO.

3.5    AME License Examinations

3.5.1 For issue of Computer number for AME license examination, the application is required
      to be submitted as soon as the student takes admission in the AME institute.
3.5.2 List of candidates issued with Computer number is displayed in the DGCA website two
      weeks prior to the last date of the applying application for written examination. DAW
      (CEO) shall send the data to NIC well in time.
3.5.3 DAW (CEO) will finalize the timetable of AME examinations fixing the time, date and
      category wise, initiating the commencement of the examinations of each session. The
      timetable should be intimated to all the Regional/ Sub Regional Office who in turn will
      give wide publicity for the benefit of candidates. The timetable shall be made available
      on the DGCA web site. This procedure shall be followed for each session.

3.6    Issue of Admit Cards / Rejection Letters

3.6.1 On receipt of the applications, particulars of all candidates should be fed in the
      computer to generate roll numbers. The roll number will be entered in the respective
      accepted applications. The applications will be filed in the individual files for record
      purpose. Print out for all candidates with their roll numbers center wise and paper wise
      should be taken out and cross checked with their respective accepted applications for
      correctness of roll numbers, center and papers to avoid any last minute
      anomaly/discrepancy in the admit cards. Amendments, if any, will be carried out by the
      officers only.
3.6.2 Print out of PIC shall be taken out by the candidates themselves from the DGCA website
      indicating roll number, center and papers along with the date and time of examination.
      Finally, admit cards duly signed by officers of Regional/Sub-regional/ CEO should be
      issued to the candidates / prior to the commencement of examination.
3.6.3 In case of any discrepancy regarding papers, center, name etc. in the admit card issued
      to a candidate, a revised admit card shall be issued by CEO only on receipt of written
      request from the candidate enclosing his original admit card. Such changes shall be
      intimated to the concerned superintendent of the examination center also.

4.     Change of Examination Center

       In case, any candidate desires to change his center of examination after issue of the
       admit card, the same shall be issued provided the candidate submits an application


CONDUCT OF EXAMINATIONS BY CENTRAL EXAMINATION ORGANIZATION (CEO)
                                                                          PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0    Chapter 13
                                                                March 2009      Page 3 of 9

      giving a valid reason to CEO along with his original admit card. CEO, on being satisfied
      about the genuineness of the request, may agree for change of examination center.
      However, such request must reach CEO at least ten days prior to commencement of the
      examination. Any request for change of center after this date should not be entertained.

5.    List of Admitted Candidates

      The list of candidates admitted center wise and paper wise Attendance sheet paper wise
      along with copies of exam time table should be forwarded to the concerned examination
      center at least 15 days prior to the commencement of the examination via email. One
      copy of this list shall be displayed by the Regional/Sub Regional Offices on their notice
      board for information of the candidates. The list of candidates admitted for each
      examination session will be published in the DGCA web site. A list of rejected candidates
      along with reasons for rejection of their application.

6.    Question Bank

6.1   A question bank has been created for each subject of Pilot / AME examination from
      questions made by subject matter experts in CEO/ DGCA officers and industry. The
      question bank is periodically reviewed and updated.

      The following points should be kept in mind while framing the questions:
      (a) The language must be simple and direct. There should not be any scope for
           confusion or ambiguity.
      (b) The questions must be practical in nature, which are helpful for the Flight crew/
           AMEs / FEs in discharging their duties;
      (c) The correct choice of answer for each question must be clearly marked;
      (d) Each question in its data bank must include its source, i.e. the name of the book,
           chapter, page number, paragraph etc. from where the answer has been taken
           along with the author of question;
      (e) The questions must be on the topics covered under the Syllabus for each paper;
      (f) All efforts should be made to provide four choices for each question. If this is not
           possible, choices may be limited to three. To the extent possible, choices such as
           (1) & (2) are correct, none of the above is correct, should be avoided;
      (g) Negative answers such as “Mark incorrect answer", should not find a place in the
           Questions;
      (h) Similarly, reference to the Rule numbering or Para or series of Civil Aviation
           Requirements, should be avoided unless the information is part of ‘’Memory item”;
      (i) Numerical values, which are not essential to be memorized, should not be asked;
      (j) Efforts should be made to avoid giving questions from specific aircraft/ engine/
           other maintenance manuals in the specific system paper;


CONDUCT OF EXAMINATIONS BY CENTRAL EXAMINATION ORGANIZATION (CEO)
                                                                           PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0    Chapter 13
                                                                  March 2009      Page 4 of 9

      (k)    List of subject matter experts should be maintained by the Director (CEO).
      (l)    The group of officers for one session should not select questions for the immediate
             next session of the same paper.
6.2   In order to keep the question bank updated, fresh questions shall be obtained and
      added to it regularly. DAW should approach the experts within the department and the
      industry for augmenting the Question bank. Similarly a quota should be prescribed for
      CEO Officers to study the books regularly and contribute questions to the Question
      bank.
6.3   All efforts should be made to vet the questions by selected officers /senior engineers
      from the industry known for their integrity and expertise in the relevant areas.
6.4   Computerized Question Bank will enable questions to be retrieved at random basis for
      making a balanced question paper.
6.5   There should be a standardized paper for each subject. The standardized paper will
      specify broadly the number of questions to be given on each topic contained in the
      syllabus. This will ensure coverage of the entire syllabus in each paper.
6.6   Each question paper will normally have three sets to prevent malpractices in the
      examination hall. All the sets will contain the same questions but in different order
      having different reference number for their identification. However each question paper
      of all sets will have their own serial number. All efforts should be made to see that the
      questions received from the Officers of CEO/ Region/other agencies mentioned above,
      do not form part of the question paper in that particular Session.

7.    Printing of question paper

7.1   Officer responsible for making a particular question paper may type the paper himself in
      the computer or can get the paper typed by the staff. However the officer assigned for
      that duty is responsible for maintaining the secrecy. A register should be maintained
      indicating the name(s) of the officer(s) and staff involved in preparing the question
      paper.
7.2   The officer responsible for printing the Question Paper, will ascertain from the records/
      computer, the number of candidates appearing in that particular paper, determine the
      number of copies of different pages of different sets to be printed depending upon the
      number of candidates appearing in each paper.
7.3   While printing the question paper, utmost secrecy should be maintained and access to
      the area of printing room shall be restricted. No staff member shall have access to this
      room while the printing is in progress. A register shall be kept for recording the names of
      the persons involved in printing along with the name of the question paper and
      preparation of the sets with date. The Register will give the details, the number of
      papers printed along with the subject, date-wise. Only officers of CEO shall be involved
      in preparation of the question paper, printing and making sets of question paper.
      Whenever any page with poor quality of printing or excess in number is noticed, the


CONDUCT OF EXAMINATIONS BY CENTRAL EXAMINATION ORGANIZATION (CEO)
                                                                             PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0    Chapter 13
                                                                   March 2009       Page 5 of 9

       officer responsible for printing shall destroy the same immediately. The master roll
       wrapped in drum of printing machine should be removed and destroyed.

8.     Preparation of sets of question papers

8.1    From the printed pages, sets of question paper should be prepared for each subject, and
       each set stapled appropriately. All the sets should be serially numbered. Normally, there
       should be three different sets of Question Papers for each subject. Each set will have a
       reference number for identification and making master answer paper subsequently.
       Record will be kept of the reference number allotted subject wise. Access to the area
       where the sets are made should be restricted.
8.2    After making different sets, the total number of question paper in each set should be
       immediately numbered and recorded in the register.
8.3    Any additional paper noticed after making the sets should be destroyed immediately.

9.     Preparation of envelopes for dispatch of various Question Papers to different
       examination centers
       Print out of complete data from computer regarding number of required question
       papers (based on total number of admitted candidates in respect of various centers) in
       Category, Date, Time & Center should be taken out and the same should be pasted in
       respective envelops (inner covers) of all centers. It should be ensured that only good
       quality covers preferably cloth lined and capable of withstanding rough handling should
       be used. Accordingly, all the inner cover envelops should be segregated as per subject
       date and time for filling in question papers inside the covers.

10.    Filling in of question papers inside the envelopes and sealing of envelopes prior to
       dispatch.

10.1   All the inner cover envelops should be filled in by the respective question papers
       (intermixed with sets) in accordance with date and time wise only. The number of
       question papers in each inner cover should not exceed 30. The envelops should be
       closed stapled and sealed after which transparent tape is put on the top of all the seals
       in length and breadth so as to ensure that they are intact and easy for identification.
       Each inner cover should be marked as “Secret” and will contain instructions for opening
       of the cover.
10.2   All the sealed inner cover envelops are now required to be segregated in accordance
       with subject, center and time. After segregation, all inner covers of each center should
       be put inside the cloth bags (outer cover) stitched and sealed. If the number of covers is
       small, cloth-lined covers may be used as outer covers. After sealing the outer covers,
       transparent tape should be put on top of all the seals lengthwise and breadth wise so as
       to ensure that the seals are intact and they can be easily identified as the seal of the CEO


CONDUCT OF EXAMINATIONS BY CENTRAL EXAMINATION ORGANIZATION (CEO)
                                                                             PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0    Chapter 13
                                                                   March 2009       Page 6 of 9

       only. Name and official address of all officers in-charge of Regional/Sub-Regional Office
       should be written on the top of all the outer covers of respective centers. Stapled and
       signature of the CEO Officers should also be put on the left bottom corner of each inner
       and outer cover for its authenticity. Appropriate records and documentation should be
       maintained in CEO for each envelope and their contents as per date, time, center and
       paper for each of the center for identification in future in case of any untoward incident.
       Each outer cover / cloth bag of a particular center may contain question papers of either
       same subject or different subject of either same date or of different date and time of
       examination of the particular centers of examination. This cloth bag will also contain the
       covering letter and finalized attendance sheet for the respective paper and center.

11.    Dispatch of question papers

11.1   When all the sealed outer covers (cloth bags) have been segregated center wise, the
       name of the officer in-charge of the examination center should be written on the top of
       these covers along with their serial number. The serial numbers of all outer covers
       should be recorded in the register against each center.
11.2   The sealed outer covers/ cloth bags containing the question papers for Pilots Licence
       examination may be either hand carried by DGCA Officers or dispatched by speed post
       to various examination centers. If the papers are dispatched by post, it should be
       ensured that the covers reach the examination centers well before the date of
       examination.
11.3   The names of the officers, who have carried the question papers to different
       examination centers, will be recorded in a register. Such officer(s) will be responsible for
       safe custody of the sealed outer covers/ cloth bags and for prompt delivery to the
       addressee soon after arrival at the destination. Such officer(s) may also associate with
       the invigilation. He will also ensure that the seals of the inner covers are intact and the
       covers are not tampered with at the time of opening the covers.
11.4   DAW, CEO, should ensure all the sealed outer covers /cloth bags have reached their
       destination safely and the covers have not been tampered with. He should receive
       acknowledgment from all the centers for receiving the covers in safe condition.

12.    Conduct of Examination

       Detailed instructions for conducting the written examinations by the Regional/Sub
       Regional Offices at the various centers are given in chapter 12 of this manual.

13.    Receipt of question papers / answer sheets from examination center

13.1   Sealed cloth bags containing question papers along with answer sheets are received
       from various examination centers in CEO. In case of non receipt of papers from the


CONDUCT OF EXAMINATIONS BY CENTRAL EXAMINATION ORGANIZATION (CEO)
                                                                              PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0    Chapter 13
                                                                     March 2009      Page 7 of 9

       examination centers, with in three working days from the last date of examination, the
       matter should be taken up immediately with the concerned regional/sub regional office
       on telephone followed by fax / e-mail or any other mode of communication to ensure
       that the question and answer papers are received in the CEO expeditiously.
13.2   The officers of CEO will check the sealed cloth bags for proper sealing by Regional / Sub
       Regional Airworthiness Offices. DAW (CEO) will allocate individual officers for scrutiny of
       the covers, certificates for sealing, counting of question papers (number of question
       papers received from the various examination centers should tally with the number of
       question papers dispatched as per the Dispatch Register), answer sheets, attendance
       sheets, seating plan etc. It should be ensured that the answer sheets, OMR sheets and
       question papers and list of absentees tally with the records maintained therein. A
       register shall be maintained to this effect. These officers will also ensure that the original
       inner covers sent from CEO have been received back, the covers have been opened at
       the place mentioned therein and the seals put by CEO are intact. In case of any
       suspicion, the matter should be reported preferably in writing to the DAW (CEO), who
       will take appropriate action, as deemed fit and record his decision. All OMR sheets
       should be consolidated paper wise and category wise.
13.3   The OMR sheets received after the examination shall remain under the custody of DAW
       (CEO) till the same are scanned in the OMR Scanner.
13.4   The Question Papers should be arranged properly subject wise in an almirah under the
       custody of designated officer till the same are shredded.

14.    Procedure for evaluation of answer sheets

14.1   Preparation of Master OMR for Pilots Examination
       The answer sheets including the Performance Papers of pilots’ examination, wherever
       applicable, will be evaluated within four weeks from the date of examination and results
       declared. However, all endeavors shall be made to declare the results before the above
       deadline. List of examiners for evaluation/correction of answer sheets particularly for
       performance papers to be maintained. The examiners may be called to CEO for
       evaluation of answer sheets and the selection of the examiners shall be decided by
       Director of CEO.
14.2   The objections raised by candidates should be reviewed by DAW,CEO and decision will
       be taken for any grace marks to be given only for wrong questions

15.    Preparation of Master OMR for AME License Examination

       DAW (CEO) shall prepare a Master question paper marked as MASTER, for each set of
       question paper/ subject wise, which will contain the correct answer for each question.
       The correct answer for each question should be circled. The correct answer should have
       cross-reference to identify the source from where the answer has been picked up. This


CONDUCT OF EXAMINATIONS BY CENTRAL EXAMINATION ORGANIZATION (CEO)
                                                                              PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0    Chapter 13
                                                                     March 2009      Page 8 of 9

       Master paper shall be under his custody and will be used for evaluation of Objective
       questions using OMR computer. This Master paper will be prepared only after the
       particular examination is over. Also, this Master will be preserved for posterity.

16.    Procedure for evaluation of answer sheets

16.1   The correct answer for each objective question identified in the Master paper should be
       transferred to Master OMR sheets, which are used in OMR Machine for evaluation of
       the objective questions of each subject.
16.2   During evaluation of various papers and category of subjects, at least two officers should
       be present. Center wise Print out of the marks scored by candidates should be taken out
       and immediately signed by the officer present. This consolidated list of marks along with
       Master OMR sheets should be preserved by DAW.

       Note: The procedure laid down for preparation of Master paper, Master OMR and
       evaluation of OMR sheets of various subjects are similar and to be followed for Paper I of
       Pilots’ Technical and General examination, and Paper I, II and III (All categories of AME
       Licence examination).

17.    Percentage of marks to qualify in AME license examination:

       Pass marks to qualify examination shall be 70% for all AME license examinations.

18.    Declaration of results

18.1   The Computer will generate the list of successful candidates based on which the results
       will be declared. The result card will give marks obtained in each paper for “Pass”
       candidates.
18.2   The result of candidates, who have used unfair means during examination of any paper,
       shall be withheld till finalization of their case for disciplinary action. Also, the result of
       candidates who have not written their particulars correctly in the OMR / answer sheets
       shall be withheld for that paper and his candidature shall be deemed to be cancelled for
       that session.
18.3   The result cards only for pass candidates of organizational candidates shall be sent
       through their organizations or as per mailing address of individuals for private
       candidates.
18.4   The result of candidates will be
       a) Published on DGCA Website,
       b) Displayed on the notice board of DGCA, and

19.    Preservation of question and answer papers




CONDUCT OF EXAMINATIONS BY CENTRAL EXAMINATION ORGANIZATION (CEO)
                                                                            PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0    Chapter 13
                                                                   March 2009      Page 9 of 9

19.1   The OMRs of each session of examination will be preserved for three sessions;
       thereafter, the OMR will be suitably destroyed.
19.2   Similarly, one specimen copy of each set of question paper used in the examination for
       each subject shall be preserved for three sessions excluding the session in which the
       question paper was given. However, the remaining question papers used in examination
       may be destroyed at the earliest.
19.3   A Master Result Register of pass candidates for each session shall be maintained. Each
       page of this Register will be authenticated by DDAW with his full signatures and stamp.
       The register will be preserved for at least ten years for posterity. This Register will be
       referred to for issue of duplicate result cards.
19.4   Duplicate result cards will be issued by an officer not below the rank of Deputy Director
       in CEO with prior concurrence of DAW.

20.    Notification for next session of examination

       Soon after declaration of results, CEO should issue a fresh Notification for next
       Examination. This information should be available on the DGCA Website.

21.    Responsibility

       It is recognized that all the officers and staff have the responsibility of maintaining the
       sanctity of the examinations. All the personnel working in CEO are expected to have
       impeccable character/integrity and strive utmost to maintain the objective mentioned
       above. DAW (CEO) will put in his sincere efforts to ensure appropriate standard of
       examination and uphold the level of secrecy at all times.




CONDUCT OF EXAMINATIONS BY CENTRAL EXAMINATION ORGANIZATION (CEO)
                                                                       PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0  Chapter 14
                                                              March 2009      Page 1 of 2


                            CHAPTER 14
      GUIDELINE FOR FOLLOWING ICAO ANNEXES/ GUIDANCE MATERIAL

1.    Introduction:

1.1   CAR Section 2 Series ‘A’ Part IV broadly gives the airworthiness regulation and
      safety oversight of engineering activities of operators.
1.2   DGCA as a signatory to ICAO Convention 1944 is required to lay down standards
      and procedures for ensuring compliance with various airworthiness/operational
      requirements and carry out continuous monitoring of all approved organizations.
      These regulations are primarily based on the Standards and recommended
      practices (SARPs) issued by ICAO in its various Annexes but not limited to Annexes
      1, 6 and 8. Where required, ICAO guidance material contained in ICAO Documents
      Airworthiness Technical Manual (Doc 9051), Procedures for an Airworthiness
      Organization, Manual of (Doc 9389), Procedures for Operations Inspection,
      Certification and Continued Surveillance, Manual of (Doc 8335), Preparation of an
      Operations Manual (Doc 9376) etc. is also used in laying down these regulations.
1.3   This Chapter gives the guideline to be followed by the officers at DGCA
      headquarters on receipt of amendment to ICAO Annexes/documents for
      incorporating the same in DGCA regulations/requirements. DGCA Headquarters is
      also required to forward amendments and latest checklist of Annexes 1, 6 and 8
      biannually to all Regional Airworthiness Offices.

2.    PROCEDURE :

2.1   Whenever an amendment to an ICAO Annex is received, the same will be
      incorporated in headquarters copy of the Annex. Similarly, amendment to ICAO
      guidance material/ documents shall be incorporated in the headquarters copy of
      the document.

2.2   The amendment will be studied in Headquarters in light of existing Rules/CAR
      requirements. Special emphasis will be laid on Standards/Recommended Practices
      which may warrant amendment in Aircraft Rules/CAR. The amendment to the CAR
      shall be within the framework of the existing Rules.

2.3   Amendment to CAR shall be in accordance with procedure given in CAR Section 2
      Series ‘A’ Part II.

2.4   SARPs which are not acceptable/ feasible to comply shall be notified as
      “Differences” to ICAO in coordination with the Directorate of Information and
      Regulation.
2.5   It shall be ensured that the effective date of the applicability of the amendment to
      the Annex is adhered.


GUIDELINE FOR FOLLOWING ICAO ANNEXES/GUIDANCE MATERIAL
                                                                    PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                   Revision 0  Chapter 14
                                                           March 2009    Page 2 of 2



2.6   It shall be the endeavour of this Directorate to procure amendments to the
      Annexes and forward the same to all the Regional Airworthiness Offices. In case
      Annexes are not forthcoming due to any reason, photocopy of amendments along
      with latest check list shall be forwarded which may be inserted in the relevant
      Annexes. There should be appropriate record for revisions duly signed by an
      officer.




GUIDELINE FOR FOLLOWING ICAO ANNEXES/GUIDANCE MATERIAL
                                                                         PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0     Chapter 15
                                                               March 2009       Page 1 of 5

                                    CHAPTER 15
                  COMPLIANCE OF CIVIL AVIATION REQUIREMENTS (CARs)

1.    Introduction.

      The Indian Aircraft Rules, 1937 Rule No. 133A empowers DGCA to issue Civil Aviation
      Requirement and rule 133 B(9), 155 and 155A (8) requires all approved organisation,
      Aircraft owners and operators to comply with requirements specified in the
      Publication titled “Civil Aviation Requirements”. This chapter details the procedures
      that are to be followed by Regional /Sub-Regional Airworthiness Officers to ensure
      the compliance with the Civil Aviation Requirements by the approved organisation,
      aircraft owners and operators.

2.    Procedure

2.1   Regional /sub-regional Airworthiness Officers shall routinely logon to DGCA website
      to download CARs and other regulatory material and their amendments issued by
      Headquarters. The Interval between two successive visits to the DGCA website shall
      not be more than 10 days at any point of time.
2.2   On downloading CAR / amendment the designated officer shall bring it to the notice
      of the Head of Office and circulate a copy to all the officers through a Register. All
      officers are required to study the CAR / amendment and familiarize themselves with
      the requirement. Such familiarization should be completed within a fortnight of
      issuance of CAR by Headquarters.
2.3   The Head of the office shall arrange for an in-house discussion on the contents of
      the CAR / amendment and evolve modalities for the enforcement of the
      requirements. The details of compliance action to be taken by the affected
      organisation /operator along with the officers responsible for implementing the
      requirement shall be recorded on Form 3. The above process should be completed
      within 3 weeks of issuance of CAR/ amendment.
2.4   To ensure uniform implementation of the new requirement / amendment meeting
      of the organisation /operators who are required to comply with the requirements
      shall be organised on the 3rd week of issuance of the CAR by the Regional/sub-
      regional Airworthiness Office. Contents of the CAR along with required compliance
      action shall be deliberated by the Head of Office of the Regional/ Sub-regional
      Airworthiness Office and in his absence the next senior most Officers will preside the
      meeting and maintain the minutes of the meeting.



COMPLIANCE OF CIVIL AVIATION REQUIREMENTS (CARs)
                                                                        PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0     Chapter 15
                                                              March 2009      Page 2 of 5

2.5   The operators / approved organisations concerned shall indicate the compliance
      action intended to be taken by them with proposed date of compliance on Form 3A.
      The contents of Form 3A submitted by the organisation shall be reviewed by the
      dealing officer of the Regional / sub-regional Airworthiness Office and returned to
      the organisation with necessary certification.
2.6   Quality Assurance Manager / Nodal officer of the organisation / operator shall
      confirm the implementation of the requirements of CAR within the organisation to
      the Regional / sub-regional Airworthiness Office on Form 3A.
2.7   On receipt of the above confirmation the dealing Airworthiness Officer shall
      physically verify the compliance action taken by the organisation and record finding
      on Form 3 &3A. Means adopted by the Airworthiness officers to verify compliance
      should be attached with the Form 3A and retained in the folder.
2.8   The entire records in respect of implementation of a particular CAR / amendment
      issued by Headquarters shall be maintained in separate folder with proper index and
      page number by the Regional / sub-regional Airworthiness Office.




COMPLIANCE OF CIVIL AVIATION REQUIREMENTS (CARs)
                                                                                PART II
               AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0     Chapter 15
                                                                      March 2009        Page 3 of 5

                                                                                          FORM 3

                    CIVIL AVIATION REGULATIONS/CAR COMPLAINCE

                                      PART - I (FOR OFFICE USE )

Name of the Region:

1. DOCUMENT TITLE / CAR

2.    ISSUE    3. REVISION    4. PAGE No.         5. DATE              6. SUBJECT




7. REQUIRED COMPLIANCE ACTON BY APPROVED ORGANISATIONS / OPERATORS
( The action shall include Development / Amendment of Policy / Procedures / Audit check list)




8. DELIBERATION ON APPLICABILITY / IMPLEMENTATION ACTION WITH DATE

                                                                             SIGNATURE OF THE
                  OFFICER                             SIGNATURE WITH
 NAME OF THE                                                                 OFFICER WITH DATE
                  RESPONSIBLE TO        DUE DATE      DATE AFTER
ORGANISATION                                                                 AFTER VERIFYING
                  IMPLEMENT                           DISCUSSIONS
                                                                             IMPLEMENTATION

         I

         II

         III

         IV

         V

         VI

        VII


9.AUDIT CHECK LIST REFERENCE AND ITEM NUMBER :




     COMPLIANCE OF CIVIL AVIATION REQUIREMENTS (CARs)
                                                                                   PART II
                  AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0     Chapter 15
                                                                         March 2009        Page 4 of 5

                                                                                          FORM 3A

                        CIVIL AVIATION REQUIREMENTS COMPLAINCE

                        PART - II (FOR OPERATOR / APPROVED ORGANISATION'S USE)

NAME OF THE ORGANISATION :


1. DOCUMENT TITLE / CAR

2. ISSUE            3. REVISION           4. DATE                             5. SUBJECT




6. REQUIRED COMPLIANCE ACTON BY APPROVED ORGANISATIONS / OPERATORS
    ( The action shall include initiation / amendment of documented organisation's / procedures / Audit check list


7.     DEPARTMENTS , LOCATION AND AIRCRAFT REQUIRING COMPLIANCE ( STRIKE WHICHEVER IS
       NOT APPLICABLE):




8. PROPOSED DATE BY WHICH COMPLIANCE WILL
   BE COMPLETED


9.         QUALITY MANAGER'S SIGNATURE WITH DATE

10. ACCEPTANCE OF THE ORGANISATION'S PROPOSAL BY AIRWORTHINESS OFFICE



     _____________________                        ______                                            ________
     OFFICER'S SIGNATURE                           DATE                                              (NAME)

11. CONFORMATION ON IMPLEMENTATION ACTION BY VARIOUS DEPARTMENTS AND LOCATIONS


NAME OF THE DEPARTMENT AND                   EVIDENCE ATTACHED TO              SIGNATURE OF THE OFFICER
LOCATION / AIRCRAFT                          CONFIRM COMPLIANCE                WITH NAME DATE CONFIRMING
( IF APPLICABLE TO MORE THAN ONE)                                              THE COMPLIANCE
     I.

     II.




     COMPLIANCE OF CIVIL AVIATION REQUIREMENTS (CARs)
                                                                              PART II
                     AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                 Revision 0     Chapter 15
                                                                     March 2009    Page 5 of 5


     III.

     IV.

      V.

     VI.


12. CONFIRMATION OF THE QUALITY ASSURANCE MANAGER ON THE IMPLEMENTATION STATUS OF
    THE REGULATION /CAR IN THE ENTIRE ORGANISATION:




            ______                          ____________                                  ______
             NAME                           SIGNATURE                                      DATE

13. CONFIRMATION OF THE AIRWORTHINESS OFFICER ON THE IMPLEMENTATION STATUES OF THE
    REGULATION /CAR BY THE ENTIRE ORGANISATION:

NAME OF THE DEPARTMENT AND            EVIDENCE OF PHYSICAL              SIGNATURE OF THE OFFICIAL
LOCATION / AIRCRAFT                   VERIFICATION OF                   WITH NAME DATE CONFIRMING
( IF APPLICABLE TO MORE THAN          COMPLIANCE                        THE COMPLIANCE
ONE)                                   ( Provide file / check list      VERIFICATION
                                      reference with date)
I

II

III

IV

V

VI

VII

VIII




      COMPLIANCE OF CIVIL AVIATION REQUIREMENTS (CARs)
                                                                             PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0   Chapter 16
                                                                    March 2009      Page 1 of 2

                                      CHAPTER 16
                              CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY

1.    Introduction
      Welding, NDT and Chemical Plating are skillful operations requiring continuous effort on
      the part of a operator to maintain an acceptable level of skill. Making of sound welded
      joints / correct interpretation of NDT result is essential to the airworthiness of an aircraft
      and it depends largely on the competency of the operator.
      Keeping in view the above this chapter lays down the procedures to be followed by the
      Regional / Sub-regional officers for approving operators in respect of welding / NDT /
      Chemical Plating of primary structure of aircraft and aero engines stressed parts, as
      prescribed in Civil Airworthiness Requirements Series ‘L’ Part XIV, and should be read in
      conjunction with it.
2.    Procedure
      The applicants desirous of being issued with Certificate of Competency should forward
      their applications for the issue/renewal of the certificate through their employer. The
      application for renewal of a welders’ certificate must reach Regional Offices at least six
      weeks prior to the date of expiry of the certificate. Within a week of the receipt of the
      application for the issue/renewal of certificate it may be scrutinized for its eligibility in
      accordance with the Civil Aviation Requirements Series ‘L’ part XIV. The applicant for
      grant of certificate may be called for request test to fabricate test pieces interpret NDT
      results provided he passes the oral test depending upon the class of work and the type
      of work upon which he is engaged, under the supervision of an officer of the
      Regional/Sub-regional Airworthiness Office, and the test pieces when completed, should
      have relevant identification marks stamped on them, and be forwarded immediately
      thereafter along with a Performa (Appendix to Civil Aviation Requirements Series ‘L’ Part
      XIV) duly filled in respect of the applicant :
      a) Director of Research & Development, DGCA, Technical Centre, Opp. Safdarjung
         Airport, New Delhi - 110003.
      b) Chief of Laboratory & Metallurgy, Central Laboratory, Hindustan Aeronautics Ltd.,
         Bangalore / Lucknow/ Kanpur.


CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY
                                                                           PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0   Chapter 16
                                                                  March 2009      Page 2 of 2

      c)   Any Laboratory equipped for the aforesaid purpose approved by headquarters.


      After receipt of satisfactory test report from the approved laboratory as stated above,
      the Certificate of Competency (copy attached) will be issued or renewed valid for a
      period of six months and restricted in scope corresponding to the successful completion
      of test sample/ samples.
      The Certificate of Competency in respect of each group shall be issued under the
      signatures of the Controller of Airworthiness Regional/Sub-regional offices. Subsequent
      renewals in respect of each group can be carried out by an officer not below the rank of
      a Senior Airworthiness Officer.
      All issues of welders’ certificate shall be so numbered that they will indicate the name of
      the region, name of the concerned material group, method of welding (i.e. Oxy-
      Acetylene or Arc), serial number of the welder in that region.


3.    MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS
      The records pertaining to approved welders/NDT Operator/ chemical plating operator
      should not only indicate their issues and subsequent renewals but should also be
      maintained material group wise (for welders).




CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY
                                                             PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL            Revision 0     Chapter 17
                                                   March 2009      Page 1 of 3

                             CHAPTER 17
              ISSUE/ENDORSEMENT/RENEWAL OF AME LICENSES

1.    Issue of Basic AME License

1.1   The Basic AME License in the existing categories as per Rule 61
      of Aircraft Rules 1937 will be issued at DGCA headquarters.
1.2   Candidates meeting the requirements laid down in CAR
      section2, Series L-Part-VIII shall apply to Regional/Sub Regional
      Offices on the prescribed form CA 2002 for issue of Basic
      License(s) along with the attested photocopies of supporting
      documents.
1.3   The regional office shall scrutinize the application and forward
      to the same to headquarters with their recommendation.
1.4   The application shall be processed at the Headquarters as per
      the checklist. While issuance of the Licenses it must be ensured
      that the candidate:
      a) has completed the age of 21 years.
      b) has passed 10+2 with Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics
          or any other equivalent qualification acceptable to DGCA.
      c) has at least three years practical aeronautical engineering
          experience in the field allied to the category of Basic
          License the applicant wishes to acquire.
      d) has passed Papers I, II, and relevant Paper III of AME
          License examination.
      e) shall produce medical certificate on form CA 2003 from a
          doctor holding at least an MBBS Degree that he does not
          have any physical disability and color blindness.
1.5   Proof of Age - 10th standard certificate from a recognized board or its
      equivalent or the Birth certificate issued by municipal corporation
      /committee shall be the documents acceptable as proof of age.

ISSUE/ENDORSEMENT/RENEWAL OF AME LICENSES
                                                                 PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                Revision 0     Chapter 17
                                                       March 2009      Page 2 of 3

1.6   Educational qualification - 12th Standard Certificate from a recognized board
      or a Diploma certificate recognized by AICTE or any certificate acceptable to
      DGCA as equivalent qualification.
1.7   Result sheets – The result cards of Paper I, II and Relevant Paper III issued
      by CEO and duly attested by DGCA officer.
1.8   Declaration of the results. In case of any doubt the Airworthiness Offices
      should consult Headquarters before endorsing the licenses
1.9   After issue, the office copies of the licenses will be forwarded to Regional
      Offices concerned for retention in their record.

2.    Endorsement/Extension of AME License

      (a) The extension of AME's Licenses (endorsement of additional type of
          aircraft/ engines/equipment in the existing categories or endorsement
          of additional categories in AME's licenses) as granted under Rule 61 of
          Aircraft Rules 1937 will be carried out by the Regional/Sub-regional
          Offices under the provisions of Sub-rule of the aforesaid rule.
      (b) The endorsements in the licenses shall be signed by an Officer not below
          the rank of a Controller/ Dy. Director of Airworthiness.
      (c) The Officer signing the endorsements should invariably indicate the date
          on which the endorsement is made, in the original as well as in the
          office copies of the license.

3.    Renewal of AME License

3.1   CAR Section 2 Series 'L' Part VII lays down the procedure for renewal of
      AME license. The AME license may be renewed by a regional/Sub-regional
      office provided the applicant meets the following conditions:
      (a) An application on form CA 68A along with the requisite fee is
           submitted by the applicant in time.



ISSUE/ENDORSEMENT/RENEWAL OF AME LICENSES
                                                                  PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL             Revision 0      Chapter 17
                                                        March 2009      Page 3 of 3

      (b)   Registered Medical Practitioner has certified that the applicant has no
            physical disability.
      (c) The applicant has remained engaged for periods totaling at least 6
            months during the 24 months preceding the date of application in an
            organisation in a capacity as detailed in para 2.1 of the CAR Section 2,
            Series 'L' PartV.
3.2   No action for any inspection failure is pending against the applicant, if so,
      then the case may be referred to Headquarters.
3.3   In the case of an expired license, appropriate action corresponding to the
      period of expiry, as detailed in para 2.4 of the above referred CAR may be
      initiated.
3.4   Renewal of AME license may be affected by Director of Airworthiness /
      Controller of Airworthiness / Senior Airworthiness Officer.

4.    General

(a)   Renewal of Indian AME license of the applicants employed in foreign
      countries will be affected at DGCA Headquarters.
(b)   Renewal of the AME license in respect of retired airworthiness officers will
      be initially done by Headquarters and subsequently by the concerned
      regional airworthiness offices.




ISSUE/ENDORSEMENT/RENEWAL OF AME LICENSES
                                                                             PART II
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0     Chapter 18
                                                                   March 2009      Page 1 of 4

                                CHAPTER 18
         ISSUE/ RENEWAL OF SFE/FE LICENCES AND CHECK FE APPROVALS

1.    Introduction

1.1   Requirements for the issue/renewal of Student Flight Engineer (SFE) and Flight Engineer
      (FE) license are laid down in section ‘P’ & ‘Q’ respectively under Schedule II of Indian
      Aircraft Rule 1937.
1.2   This chapter lays down the procedure to be followed for the issue/renewal of SFE/FE
      licenses.

2.    Student Flight Engineer License

2.1   Issue
      The SFE license valid for a period for exceeding 12 months from the date of medical
      examination shall be issued under signature of Deputy Director at Headquarters after
      ensuring compliance with the following requirements.
      a) The candidate has been examined by a Medical board under Rule 39-B of Indian
          Aircraft Rule 1937. The report has been assessed as fit for issue of license by JD(MS)
          Headquarters.
      b) The Candidate has passed paper I (General) and Paper II (Specific) of the Technical
          Examination on the type of aircraft.
      c) Necessary fee under Aircraft rule 48 has been received.

2.2   Renewal
      License may be renewed under the signature of an officer not below the rank of Senior
      Airworthiness Officer for a period not exceeding 24 months from the date of issue.

2.3   Extension
      License may be extended by a person not below the rank of Controller of Airworthiness/
      Deputy Director of Airworthiness to include an additional type of Aircraft after ensuring
      that the applicant has passed paper II (specific) of the Technical Examination on the type of
      aircraft for which extension of rating is desired and further receipt of fee under Aircraft
      Rule 48.


ISSUE/ RENEWAL OF SFE/FE LICENCES AND CHECK FE APPROVALS
                                                                           PART II
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0    Chapter 18
                                                                  March 2009     Page 2 of 4

3.    Flight Engineer License
3.1   Issue
      The License shall be issued under the signature of Deputy Director at Headquarters after
      ensuring compliance with the following requirements;
      a) Student Flight Engineer License on the type of aircraft is current;
      b) Operators request for the issue of license has been duly recommended by the
            concerned Regional Airworthiness Office in terms of para 1 (d) (experience) and 1(e)
            (skill) under Section ‘Q’ Schedule II;
      c)    The applicant has passed Paper III (Performance) of the Technical Examination of the
            type of aircraft;
      d) Experience certificate in terms of para 1 (d) of Section ‘Q’ under Schedule II signed by
            approved Flight Engineer Examiner or Check Flight Engineer is forwarded by Regional
            Airworthiness Office;
      e) Competency Certificate in terms of para 1 (e) of Section ‘Q’ Schedule II signed by
            flight Engineer Examiner approved by the Director General of civil Aviation is
            forwarded by Regional Airworthiness Office;
      f)    Necessary fees under Aircraft Rule 48 has been received.

3.2   Validity
      The period of validity shall commence from the date of issue of renewal of a license. The
      license shall be valid for a period not exceeding 12 months from the date of medical
      examination, except when an applicant has been medically examined during thirty days
      immediately preceding the date of expiry of the license, the full period of validity may be
      allowed from the date of expiry.

3.3   Renewal
      The license may be renewed by an officers of the rank of Senior Airworthiness Officer and
      above on receipt of satisfactory evidence of the applicant.

      a)   having undergone a successful medical examination in accordance with Aircraft Rule
           39B.
      b)   having satisfactorily completed not less than 20 hours of flight time as a FE within 6
           months immediately preceding the date of application for renewal or in lieu thereof




ISSUE/ RENEWAL OF SFE/FE LICENCES AND CHECK FE APPROVALS
                                                                             PART II
                AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                     Revision 0     Chapter 18
                                                                   March 2009      Page 3 of 4

           having completed flight tests as laid down under clause (e) para 1 of Section ‘Q’
           Scheduled II within the same period.
      c)   Necessary fee has been received under Aircraft Rule 48.

3.4   Extension

      The license may be extended to include an additional type of aircraft by an officer not
      below rank of Controller of Airworthiness / Deputy Director of Airworthiness after ensuring
      that :
      a) Student Flight Engineer License on the type of Aircraft is current;
      b) The applicant has been passed paper III (Performance) of the Technical Examination
             on the type of aircraft;
      c)     Experience Certificate in terms of para 1 (d) of Section ‘Q’ Schedule II signed by
             approved Flight Engineer Examiner / Check Flight Engineer submitted by the
             operator;
      d) Competency Certificate in terms of para 1 (e) of Section ‘Q’ Schedule II signed by
             Flight Engineer Examiner approved by the Director General of Civil Aviation is
             submitted by the operator;
      e) Necessary fee under Aircraft Rule 48 has been received.

4.    General

4.1   Acceptance of Medical Certificates issued by Foreign Boards for renewal of Flight
      engineer’s License.
      Medical Examination conducted by Medical Examiners / authorities approved by the Civil
      Aviation Authorities of foreign countries are recognized for renewal of FE’s licenses
      provided complete medical report on CA 34A (revised) or equivalent ICAO, CAA, FAA
      Medical forms is forwarded for approval of JD(MS) at Director General of civil Aviation
      Headquarters. However, every third year renewal medical examination will be done from
      medical centers listed in CAR Section 7, Series C Part 1.
4.2   SFE/FE License may be renewed on the strength of certificate issued by the medical
      authority. However, on receipt of medical records from Headquarters, the assessment
      made by JD(MS) Headquarters, should be perused and communicated to the operator.
4.3   The Technical Examinations in aircraft and engines for inclusion of a type of aircraft in the



ISSUE/ RENEWAL OF SFE/FE LICENCES AND CHECK FE APPROVALS
                                                                             PART II
              AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0     Chapter 18
                                                                   March 2009      Page 4 of 4

      aircraft rating of a license shall have been completed within a period of 12 months
      immediately preceding the date of application.
4.4   Practical Maintenance experience as per section ‘P’ & ‘Q’ under schedule II shall be
      ensured by CEO at the time of accepting the application.

5.    Renewal of approval of flight engineer and check flight engineers

5.1   This para relates to CAR, Section 2, and Series‘ L’ Part XI on the subject and may be read in
      conjunction with it.
5.2   Initial grant of the approval will be done at headquarters however renewal of the
      approvals for periods not greater than one year at a time may be affected at regions under
      intimate to headquarters. While renewing an approval it may be ensured that the
      conditions given in the above referred CAR are complied with and that there is a nothing
      adverse known against the applicant that could come in the way of the renewal.
5.3   The renewal of the approval may be affected by Director of Airworthiness/ Controller of
      Airworthiness or in their absence by the senior most Senior Airworthiness Officer. The
      intimation of such renewals must be sent to headquarters.




ISSUE/ RENEWAL OF SFE/FE LICENCES AND CHECK FE APPROVALS
                                                                              PART II
             AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 1       Chapter 19
                                                                  August 2009        Page 1 of 3

                                 CHAPTER 19
     CONDUCT OF SKILL TEST FOR AME LICENSE AND FULL SCOPE AUTHORIZATION

1.      Introduction

1.1     The requirements pertaining to the skill test examination for grant/ extension of type
        rating on AME license examination are prescribed in CAR Section 2, Series L Part II and Full
        Scope Authorization as per CAR Section 2, Series L Part IX. This chapter lays down the
        procedure for conducting skill test by Regional / Sub-regional airworthiness offices and
        declaration of the results thereof.

2.      Procedure

2.1     Applicants having passed specific paper or approved course of specific types of aircraft/
        power plant/ systems shall only be permitted to appear in the skill test.

2.2     The candidates who have passed the above papers and have qualified for appearing in skill
        test for issue/extension of AME license or full scope authorization may apply to the
        concerned Regional/ Sub-Regional Airworthiness Office for the test on Form CA-9 along
        with fees as per Rule 62 through their organization. Regional/Sub-Regional Airworthiness
        Offices shall intimate the candidate/ organization the date when the skill test will be
        conducted.

2.3     The skill test shall be conducted within 30 days of declaration of result of the type rated
        examination or the approved course.

2.4     In case where a candidate has failed, he may be re-tested on receipt of application along
        with fee for conducting fresh skill test after a clear gap of minimum three months between
        two consecutive examinations.

2.5     Regional/ Sub-Regional Airworthiness Offices will ensure that the candidates do not avail
        more than three chances within two years from the date of declaration of result of Paper
        IV or approved course, as applicable.




CONDUCT OF SKILL TEST FOR AME LICENSE AND FULL SCOPE AUTHORIZATION
                                                                               PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                          Revision 1        Chapter 19
                                                                   August 2009        Page 2 of 3

2.6   In case the validity of Paper IV or the approved course has lapsed, such candidates may be
      advised to either undergo approved course fresh, or to again pass Paper IV, for which they
      may apply to the concerned regional airworthiness office.

2.7   At the time of skill test the documents relating to the candidate’s qualification for the skill
      test shall checked. If considered necessary, the original result-cards, course completion
      certificate etc. may be sought from the candidates for verification.

2.8   Where candidates have attended approved courses at the manufacturer’s facility / other
      approved foreign facility, it must be ensured that clearance from Headquarters for
      conducting the skill test has been received. Such clearances shall be given by the
      Headquarters after receipt of question papers/ answer papers of the candidates from the
      approved training agency.

2.9   Where candidates desire to extend the scope of their AME licenses to cover additional
      airframes/engines/equipment which are more or less similar to those already endorsed on
      their licenses, the regional/sub-regional offices may grant exemption from the applicable
      written paper and conduct the skill test in accordance with the provisions of CAR Section 2
      Series ‘L’ Part II or CAR Section 2 Series ‘L’ Part IX.

3.    Conduct of Test and Declaration of Result

3.1   This skill test will be conducted to assess the candidate’s familiarization with the aircraft/
      power plant / system, and his skill/ competency in carrying out maintenance tasks, snag
      rectification, use of maintenance data, tools and equipments. It shall also be aimed at
      testing the his ability of the candidate to consult/ refer manufacturer’s manuals and
      technical documentation, preparation of technical reports, knowledge/ familiarity with
      company procedures and good industry practices etc.

3.2   When skill test is conducted to check task specific skills, the practical skill exercises may be
      chosen from the list of task trainings given to the candidate by the organization.

3.3   The test will be conducted in the premises of the organization by a board comprising of
      DGCA officers and a representative of the concerned organization.




CONDUCT OF SKILL TEST FOR AME LICENSE AND FULL SCOPE AUTHORIZATION
                                                                             PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 1       Chapter 19
                                                                 August 2009        Page 3 of 3



3.4    DAW of the regional office/CAW of sub-regional office shall constitute the board consisting
       of an officer not below the rank of Dy. Director/ Controller of Airworthiness as Chairman
       and another officer not below the rank of Sr. Airworthiness Officer as member. The third
       member of the board shall be from the organization of the candidate.

3.5    Each member of the board (including Chairman) shall evaluate the performance of the
       candidate and allocate marks out of 100 based on their judgment. The evaluation including
       the questions asked and the scores given by the three examiners shall be recorded in the
       CA-73 form.

3.6    The final recommendation shall be based on the average score given by the board
       members. All members of the board including external member must sign the CA-73 form
       immediately after it is filled up and the final result is made in a transparent manner. This
       procedure must be completed on the day of completion of the examination. The pass
       percentage will be 70%.

3.7    If score given by the board members vary by more than 40%, the DAW shall reconstitute
       the board for conducting the retest by the new board.

3.8    The result of the skill test may be formally declared by the concerned Regional
       Airworthiness Office after completion of skill tests for the entire batch. Piece-meal result
       for some candidate(s) shall not be declared

3.9    While declaring the results, the failed candidates must be informed of the areas of their
       weaknesses so as to allow them to make up for the deficiencies.

3.10   A candidate is permitted to avail three chances of skill test within a period of 30 months
       from the date of passing of the specific paper or successful completion of the approved
       course. Additional 6 months may be allowed by the Director of Airworthiness in the
       Regional Office, if the request for additional time is justified.




CONDUCT OF SKILL TEST FOR AME LICENSE AND FULL SCOPE AUTHORIZATION
                                                                     PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                    Revision 0     Chapter 20
                                                           March 2009      Page 1 of 2

                                CHAPTER 20
                SCRUTINY OF MANUALS RELATED TO MAINTENANCE

1.    Introduction

1.1   This chapter provides guidelines with regard to scrutiny for approval of
      Operator’s/AMO’s Quality Manual/Maintenance Organization Exposition/
      Maintenance procedures Manual/Maintenance System Manual of an organization
      seeking approval from DGCA. These guidelines provide an acceptable means of
      preparing Manuals keeping in view the applicable Aircraft Rules and
      Airworthiness Requirements.
1.2   These guidelines and procedures are promulgated in the interest of
      standardization of contents of manuals prepared and submitted by the
      operators/aircraft maintenance organizations seeking DGCA approval for
      maintenance of aircraft, aircraft components and items of equipment. Rule 133B
      of Aircraft Rules, CAR Section-2 Series, O-part II, IV, E-Part 1 and CAR-145, CAR 21
      stipulate requirements for having approved manuals, as referred above, which
      will be necessary for the guidance of the individual working in an organization and
      for proper functioning of the Quality system.
1.3   This chapter shall be read in conjunction with the CARs referred above.

2.    PROCEDURE

2.1   It is the responsibility of the Accountable Manager of the organization and the
      Quality Manager, to ensure that the Manuals describing the working of Quality
      System is submitted to the local Airworthiness Office for scrutiny and approval.
      Preparation of these manuals shall be taken up along with setting up of the
      facilities to avoid any delay in complying with the requirements. Preferably, these
      manuals shall be submitted, well in advance, prior to the date of submission of
      application for approval to enable the local Airworthiness Office to offer their
      comments and suggestions for improvement of the Manuals. It will be the
      responsibility of the Accountable Manager to nominate suitably qualified and
      experienced person as per DGCA requirements, who may be approved to function
      as Quality Manager and to liaise with the local Airworthiness Office for finalizing
      the Manuals.
2.2   The wordings of the Manuals shall be in an unambiguous language to obviate any
      chance for mis-interpretation. The contents of the manual shall be consistent


SCRUTINY OF MANUALS RELATED TO MAINTENANCE                                        Page 1
                                                                        PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0      Chapter 20
                                                             March 2009       Page 2 of 2

      with the Aircraft Rules, CARs, other requirements issued by DGCA from time to
      and shall also contain each and every aspect of the procedures adopted for
      inspection, and certification and maintenance related activities. These manuals once
      approved by DGCA, will be binding on the organization to adopt the procedures given
      in the manuals and no deviation is permissible unless approved by DGCA and
      incorporated in the manuals referred above.
2.3   The manuals shall have preamble, describing the purpose and use of the manuals.
      Amendments and review procedures of the manuals also shall be reflected along with
      amendment record sheet, duly attached at the beginning of the manual.
2.4   The contents of manuals should be as per Appendix ‘G’ of CAR, Section 2 Series E Part-
      I in respect of organizations seeking approval under CAR, Section 2 series E part I.
2.5   For those organizations, which seek approval under CAR145/CAR21, the contents of
      the manuals should be in accordance with CAR145/CAR21 and as per Part II, Chapter 3
      and 5 of this manual.
2.6   Officers scrutinizing the manuals should ensure that the contents and information is
      complete, clear and concise.

3.    FORM OF MANUAL

3.1   The manuals may consist of one or more volume and should be of “loose leaflet form”
      with each page bearing the page number, the number of part, chapter or section and
      date of latest issue.
3.2   The manuals shall contain a satisfactory method of identifying revisions and
      amendments since last issue of the page concerned (List of effective pages).
3.3   The manuals shall have provision for indexing the contents and for recording revisions,
      amendments etc.
3.4   As these manuals are termed controlled documents, there should be a distribution list
      bearing controlling copy number of each copy holder, method of distributing
      amendments to the manual and ensuring that individual copy holder received the
      amendment and duly incorporated in the manual.

4.    Approval of Manuals

4.1   The officers authorized in accordance with S.O.726 (E) shall approve these manuals or
      subsequent revisions/amendments.
4.2   Approval of manuals is signified by stamping the List of Effective Pages along with the
      approving officer’s signature and date.

SCRUTINY OF MANUALS RELATED TO MAINTENANCE                                          Page 2
                                                                         PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0    Chapter 21
                                                              March 2009       Page 1 of 4


                                 CHAPTER 21
                          APPROVAL OF ORGANIZATIONS
1.    Introduction

1.1   Civil Aviation Requirements, Section 2, Series ‘E’ part I to VIII, CAR 145 & CAR 21
      specify the requirements for grant of approval to firms/organizations desirous of
      seeking approval in one or more of the aviation activities mentioned therein.
1.2   This chapter provides the guidelines to Airworthiness Officers to execute the approval
      process in a manner as required and ensure that the firm seeking approval is in
      compliance of all applicable requirements before grant of approval. This chapter
      should be read in conjunction with the CARs referred at Para 1.1 above.
1.3   For approval of organization under CAR 21 and CAR 145 procedures laid down in APM
      Part II Chapters 3 and 5 respectively shall be followed.

2.    Procedure

2.1   The Indian / Foreign firms seeking approval from DGCA may apply in application form
      CA 182A/CA 182 C along with the requisite fee as per Indian Aircraft Rule 133C. While
      the approvals in respect of foreign firms are processed and effected at Hqrs, an Indian
      organization may apply to the concerned Regional/Sub-Regional office, where their
      base is proposed to be established.
2.2   On receipt of application, the officers assigned the job of processing the approval
      should carefully scrutinize the details provided in the application with regard to its
      location, Scope of approval, Suitability of proposed Quality Managers/ Personnel,
      submission of necessary manuals and provision of equipment etc.
2.3   To begin with, a firm seeking approval shall nominate an accountable manager and
      forward his name for acceptance by DGCA. The Officer before accepting the proposal
      of firm, should satisfy himself that the individual has corporate authority to ensure
      smooth functioning of firm as per the scope of approval accorded and standards
      required by DGCA by the way of financing the same.
2.4   The names sponsored by the Accountable Manager for approval to function as
      Quality Managers /Chief Instructor depending on the scope of approval are to be
      carefully examined with regard to their suitability in terms of Qualifications and
      experience. The personnel proposed to function as Quality Manager/Chief
      Instructors must have held responsible positions in the past in the area of
      specialization. After necessary scrutiny the individuals shall be subjected to an
      examination by a duly constituted board with the chairman not less than a

APPROVAL OF ORGANIZATIONS
                                                                         PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0    Chapter 21
                                                               March 2009      Page 2 of 4

      controller, in order to assess the capability of the personnel in compliance of all
      applicable requirements and to ensure that they are fully conversant with the
      procedures.
2.5   In case of organizations seeking approval under CAR 145/CAR 21, for acceptance of
      nominated persons to function as Accountable Manager/ Quality Manager and
      post holders other managers as required depending upon the scope and nature of
      activities of the organization, the procedure as stipulated in APM Part II Chapters 3
      and 5 respectively shall be followed. The Regional Director of Airworthiness shall
      affect the approval/ acceptance of the personnel.
2.6   The above approved managers shall prepare and submit their activities related
      manuals for approval. The Manuals are to be carefully scrutinized by the officers to
      ensure that the system laid in the manuals is consistent with all regulatory
      requirements. The guidelines to scrutinize the manuals related to maintenance
      and manufacturing organizations are given in APM chapter 21. Officers are also
      advised to refer to the guidelines provided in related CARs for approval of manuals
      in respect of activities other than maintenance/manufacturing.

3.    Approval of Organization

3.1   Having satisfied with the standard of personnel and manuals, the next step in
      processing the organization’s approval is the detailed assessment of its capabilities
      in terms of infrastructure, facilities, tools, special tools, literature, equipment and
      manpower, availability of suitable mechanism to execute documented
      system/procedures. Towards accomplishment of this task, the accountable
      manager shall submit a detailed in house assessment prepared by approved
      managers clearly indicating the status of Organization and its capabilities to
      undertake the quantum of work proposed.
3.2   The firm should also give details of the contracts if the work is subcontracted to
      another organization indicating the responsibilities of each and scope of work
      agreed to. Also the firm will submit a report of the inspection items for which
      facilities of other agencies are used.
3.3   The officers will inspect the firm with a view to verifying its claim in regard to
      suitability to seek approval. The inspecting officers should carefully assess the
      capabilities demonstrated by the firm taking into consideration every aspect /area
      and record their observations in the column provided in the application form CA-
      182. The officers should use the surveillance checklists developed for the purpose
      to ensure that all areas of the organizations are inspected in detail. For example, to

APPROVAL OF ORGANIZATIONS
                                                                        PART II
         AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0    Chapter 21
                                                             March 2009      Page 3 of 4

      inspect an organization seeking approval for maintenance, the following
      surveillance checklists can be used from the handbook of checklists.
      a) Quality Control Set up and Records of Aircraft
      b) Technical Library
      c) ADs/SBs/Modifications
      d) Major Maintenance Hangar
      e) Ground Support Facilities
      f)    Bonded Stores
3.4   Similarly, the officers should use the other checklists depending on the scope
      applied for. Such organized inspection with usage of designed standard checklists
      will facilitate proper assessment of the firm’s capabilities and will also detect the
      discrepancies/non-compliance of requirements in each area. The observations
      made during inspection may be communicated to the firm to make good the
      pending requirements. On compliance of confirmation from the firm, the same
      may be verified. The inspecting officers should fully satisfy themselves that the
      firm possesses the capabilities to commensurate the scope of approval
3.5   The officers shall submit a final inspection report, in case they observed any
      discrepancies/non-compliance in their earlier inspection. Based on the report
      submitted, DAW Region shall effect the approval in respect of Indian firms. Similar
      procedures shall be followed for approval of foreign firms which, however, will be
      affected by DAW Hqrs.
3.6   For grant of approval in the following instances a representative from the
      Directorate of Airworthiness, Hqrs shall associate with Regional Airworthiness
      Offices in inspection of organization.
      a) Firms intending to maintain the aircraft with All up Weight 5700 kg and
            above;
      b) Approval of manufacturing organizations;
      c) Approval of training schools.

4.    Certificate of Approval

4.1   The firms meeting the requirements shall be given approval certificate containing
      the following details.
      a) Organization’s name & location
      b) Date of issue and period of validity Scope of approval including limitations

5.    Validity



APPROVAL OF ORGANIZATIONS
                                                                        PART II
        AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0    Chapter 21
                                                             March 2009      Page 4 of 4

5.1   The approval granted to a firm should be valid up to 31 December of the calendar year
      and revalidated annually till 31 December of the next year. Whenever a new firm is
      approved by Regional Airworthiness office, its approval details shall be forwarded to
      Hqrs for record. Similarly whenever a foreign firm is approved by Hqrs the same shall
      be intimated to all Regional/Sub-Regional Offices.
5.2   To maintain continuity of the approval, the same should be validated before expiry of
      the approval. The Indian/Foreign firms interested in renewal shall apply in CA 182C/
      CA 182D/Form2. Renewal inspection of the firm also shall be carried out in accordance
      with the surveillance checklists.
5.3   The approval granted to the firm may be revalidated by an officer not below rank of
      Dy. Director of Airworthiness at Headquarters and Controller of Airworthiness or
      Senior Airworthiness Officer-in-Charge at Regional/ Sub-Regional Offices.

6.    Extension to the Scope of Approval

6.1   Whenever a firm intends to enhance its scope of approval, the same inspection
      procedure as detailed above should be followed. For extension to the scope of
      approval for maintenance of same type/ model of aircraft more than 5700 kg AUW,
      association of Headquarters representative is not necessary. However, for extension
      to the scope of approval for training schools, association of Headquarters
      representative for inspection of the organization is mandatory.




APPROVAL OF ORGANIZATIONS
                                                                          PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 22
                                                               March 2009        Page 1 of 7


                                   CHAPTER 22
                           WEIGHT CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT
1.    Introduction
1.1   This Chapter lays down the procedure to be followed for the purpose of weighing of
      aircraft prior to issue of Certificate of Airworthiness or at any time when it is
      considered necessary.
1.2   This Airworthiness Instruction shall be read in conjunction will CAR Series ‘X’ Part II.

2.    Definitions:
      Empty Weight. The measured or computed weight of aircraft excluding all removable
      equipment and other items of disposable load, but including all items of fixed
      equipment which is mandatory for all operations.
      Weight Schedule. The document prepared in respect of an individual aircraft to
      provide basic weight and center of gravity information for loading that aircraft.
      Loading system. The system for ensuring that an aircraft is loading within approved
      limits at all times during flight.
      Operating Weight. The empty weight of an aircraft plus those items of removable
      equipment and disposable load which remains constant for the type of operation being
      conducted.
      Removable Equipment. The items of equipment which are carried on some of the
      operations but which are not included in the empty weight and which are not
      mandatory for the type of operation being conducted.

3.    Weighing Procedures

3.1   Initial Weighing :
      a)     All aircraft shall be weighed prior to the initial issue of a Certificate of
             Airworthiness.
      b)     All aircraft shall be weighed when, as a result of a modification or series of
             modifications incorporated since the last recorded weighing, the following
             changes have occurred in the empty weight or empty center of gravity position:
      i)     the empty weight has changed by more than ½ percent of the maximum all up
             weight; or
      ii)    The empty center of gravity position has changed by more than ½ per cent of the
             mean aerodynamic chord.
      c)     Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b) above if the Director General of
             Civil Aviation is satisfied that adequate weight control has been maintained over

WEIGHT CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT
                                                                           PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 22
                                                                March 2009        Page 2 of 7

           an aircraft throughout a modification or series of modifications of any
           magnitude, the aircraft need not be re-weighed.
      d)   Aircraft shall be weighed when in the opinion of the Director General of his
           accredited representative weighing is necessary as a result of changes in empty
           weight or empty center of gravity position or for any other reason.
      e)   Aircraft below 2000 Kg AUW need not be re weighed on routine except when it
           has undergone major repair/modification.
      f)   Aircraft above 2000 Kg AUW shall be weighed every 5 years.
      g)   Aircraft having AUW more than 2000 kg shall be re-weighed every five years
           unless it is required to be re-weighed in accordance with para 4.3 of this CAR.
           However operators may approach Regional Airworthiness Offices (through the
           Sub-Regional Airworthiness Offices, as applicable) for an ad-hoc extension of the
           weighment period of an aircraft by a maximum of 3 months to tide over the
           operational exigencies. Such requests for extension may be agreed upon by
           Regional Airworthiness Office, if satisfied with the reasons advanced by the
           operator for his request. Extension of weighment beyond 3 months may be
           granted by Director of Airworthiness of the concerned region under intimation to
           Headquarters promptly.

4.    General

4.1   Weighing of aircraft shall be carried out by the person duly approved by DGCA
      authorized for the purpose. Airworthiness officials may supervise the weighing, if
      considered necessary.
4.2   Aircraft shall be weighed on weighing equipment of range and accuracy acceptable to
      the Airworthiness office concerned.
4.3   The owner or operator shall provide personnel and sufficient equipment to complete
      the weighing satisfactorily and shall be responsible for the safety of the aircraft and
      personnel during weighing
4.4   Two independent weighing shall be performed and the longitudinal datum line of the
      aircraft shall be horizontal in at least one of these weighing.
4.5   Any discrepancy between the total weights as determined by the two weighing shall be
      performed and the longitudinal datum line of the aircraft shall be horizontal in at least
      one of these weighing.
4.6   Any discrepancy between the total weights as determined by the two weighing shall
      exceed 0.2 per cent or 12 Kg, whichever is greater. If this tolerance is exceeded further



WEIGHT CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT
                                                                            PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                         Revision 0      Chapter 22
                                                                 March 2009         Page 3 of 7

      weighing shall be performed until the total weights, as determined by two consecutive
      and independent weighing, agree within that tolerance.
4.7   An ‘Aircraft Weighing Summary’ shall be completed and, after having been certified by
      the person supervising the weighing, a copy submitted to the concerned Regional
      office for approval.
4.8   If there is any doubt regarding the accuracy of a weighing, the Regional office may
      require the aircraft to be re-weighed.

5.    Persons authorized to weigh and prepare weight schedule

5.1   AME holding Category ‘B’ on the type of aircraft to be weighed is normally permitted
      to weigh the aircraft and prepare the weight schedule. In the absence of appropriately
      licensed AME in Category ‘B’ the following action may be taken:
5.2   Authorization may be issued to AME holding Category ‘B’ license on some aircraft,
      failing which authorization be issued to AME having Cat. ‘A’ license on the type aircraft
      after conducting on oral cum practical test.

6.    Preparation and approval of loading data

6.1   After an aircraft has been weighed, the operator shall calculate the empty weight and
      corresponding position of the center of gravity.
6.2   The operator shall prepare a loading system for each aircraft unless it can be shown
      that the aircraft cannot possibly be loaded so that its center of gravity falls outside the
      approved range, observing all limitations on compartment loads.
6.3   Two copies of calculations, loading system and weight schedule shall be submitted by
      the operator to the Regional Airworthiness Office for approval.
6.4   The approved weight schedule shall be displayed in or at permanent place in the
      cabin/cockpit of aircraft.

7.    Form of weight schedule

      After the aircraft has been weighed as required, an appropriately licensed AME in
      Category "B" or a person approved for the purpose shall prepare a Weight Schedule
      which will contain at least the following information :-
      (i)      Type of Aircraft;
      (ii)     Registration Marking and Serial No. of aircraft;
      (iii)    Empty weight including weight of unusable quantity of fuel and oil (Kg);


WEIGHT CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT
                                                                           PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0      Chapter 22
                                                                 March 2009        Page 4 of 7

       (iv)     Item wise Weight and details of removable equipment (Kg) including wireless
                equipment;
       (v)      Maximum fuel capacity (Usable) in liters and Kg;
       (vi)     Maximum oil capacity (Usable) in liters and Kg;
       (vii)    Maximum commercial weight with fuel and oil tanks full;
       (viii)   Maximum AUW (as per Certificate of Airworthiness/ Flight Manual);
       (ix)     Empty weight Centre of Gravity;
       (x)      Centre of Gravity Range and datum;
       (xi)     Maximum number of passengers;
       (xii)    Signature of appropriately licensed AME/ Approved person;
       (xiii)   Date of weighing

       A sample format of the Weight Schedule is enclosed as Annexure.

8.    Approval by airworthiness offices

      The weight schedule after being prepared and duly signed shall be submitted to
      Regional Airworthiness Office who would approve the same by affixing signature and
      stamp after satisfying himself of the procedure followed and correctness of the figures
      of the weight schedule. An approved person like Accountable Manager/ Quality
      Manager or his representative shall be present and take the responsibility of weighing.
      Regional/ Sub-regional Airworthiness Office should be intimated at least seven days
      prior to the due date of weighing and may associate with the weighing process.

9.    Display in the aircraft and preservation of record

      A copy of the approved weight schedule must be displayed in the aircraft at a suitable
      and prominent place. All persons concerned directly with the loading of the aircraft
      shall be duly informed of the various weight figures for exercising proper weight and
      balance control of the aircraft. A copy of the weight schedule must be retained along
      with other documents of the aircraft or in the aircraft logbook, till it is replaced by a
      fresh schedule.

10.   Computation of centre of gravity

10.1 For all flights, it shall be the responsibility of the Pilot-in-Command to ensure that the
     aircraft is satisfactorily loaded with respect to the total load, the distribution of the
     load and proper securing of the load in aircraft (lashing of the load). The distribution of

WEIGHT CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT
                                                                                PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                            Revision 0      Chapter 22
                                                                     March 2009         Page 5 of 7

     the load shall be such that the C.G. position will remain within the specified limits at
     the time of take off, during the progress of the flight and at the time of landing.
10.2 In the case of scheduled operator, the responsibility for loading, lashing and computing
     C.G. position, for take-off and landing phases of flight as stated in the previous
     paragraph may be delegated to a person nominated by the operator, who is specifically
     trained and authorized (by the operator) for the purpose. However, Centre of Gravity
     position computed by the nominated person shall be signed and dated by him and the
     same shall be submitted to the Pilot-in-Command of the aircraft for his scrutiny and
     acceptance; the acceptance would be denoted by the pilot by affixing the dated
     signature.
10.3 In case a method other than the "direct calculating method" for the purpose of
     computing C.G. is employed, the same shall be submitted to the Regional
     Airworthiness Office for approval before adoption.
10.4 Every operator including scheduled, non-scheduled, State Government and private
     aircraft operator shall prepare load and trim sheet for aircraft where the manufacturer
     has provided necessary documentation for the purpose. The load and trim sheet shall
     indicate the composition and the distribution of the total load carried on board the
     aircraft as well as the calculated C.G. position for "take-off and landing" configurations
     before the commencement of the flight. Such load sheets shall be prepared and signed
     by the Pilot-in- Command or persons duly trained in accordance with CAR Section 2
     Series 'F' Part XXII and responsible for supervising the loading of aircraft. In case the
     load and trim sheet is prepared by a person other than the Pilot-in-Command, the
     same shall be submitted to the Pilot for his scrutiny and signatures before the
     commencement of the flight. One copy of the load sheet shall be carried on board the
     aircraft and one copy shall be retained by the operator for record purposes for a period
     of at least four months from the date of issue.

11.   Standard weight of flight crew/ passengers

      For preparation of load sheet and calculation of Centre of Gravity as mentioned in para
      9.4 above, the minimum standard weight (including handbag) as given below, shall be
      applied in all civil registered aircraft:
       Crew                                        : 85 (75 +10) kg
       Adult passenger (both Male & Female)        : 75 kg
       Child (Between 2 years and 12 years age) : 35 kg
       Infant (Less than two years)                : 10 kg
Note: For training flights the actual weight of the crew may be taken for computation of load.


WEIGHT CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT
                                                                           PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0      Chapter 22
                                                                March 2009        Page 6 of 7

12.    Calibration of weighing scales

12.1   The weighing scales used for the purpose of weighing of passenger baggage, goods
       etc. shall be calibrated at specified intervals to the satisfaction of the QM/ DGCA. The
       QCM is required to bring this requirement to the notice of the concerned persons for
       compliance.
12.2   The weighing scales used for the purpose of weighing the aircraft shall be calibrated
       at specified intervals to the satisfaction of DGCA. This requirement may be reflected
       in the MOE/QCM.

13.    Instructions for safe loading

13.1   Specific seats shall be allotted to all passengers boarding at originating stations of
       flights so that centre of gravity of the aircraft can be calculated accurately and the
       C.G. is kept within the permissible limits.
13.2   During loading, it must be ensured that aircraft cabin floor loading limitations are not
       exceeded.
13.3   The load must be securely tied so that there is no possibility of the load shifting in
       flight and disturbing the calculated C.G. position.
13.4   The load must be tied at the specified places provided in the aircraft and the tying
       ropes must be of sufficient strength to withstand the loads imposed on it in flight.
13.5   While placing cargo in the passenger cabin during mixed/combi version a/c, the load
       must be placed ahead of the passengers in the cabin, the load must not block
       "emergency exit" meant to be used by the passengers during “emergencies ".

14.    Observance of safety instructions

14.1   The safety instructions required to be observed, as detailed in para 9, 10 and 12
       above, shall be observed by Pilot-in-Command of non-scheduled operators, aerial
       work aircraft operators and private aircraft operators.
14.2   In the case of scheduled operators, a comprehensive manual (weight and balance)
       shall be prepared which may detail the safety requirements of paras 9, 10 and 12 for
       compliance by the concerned staff.




WEIGHT CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT
                                                                                    PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                                Revision 0      Chapter 22
                                                                         March 2009           Page 7 of 7

         ANNEXURE
                                              WEIGHT SCHEDULE
A/C TYPE :                           A/C REGN:                           A/C MSN :
A   AIRCRAFT EMPTY WEIGHT
    The above weight includes:- ( Alternately the weighing configuration document reference may
    be provided)
    a) Electronic compartment: Battery & radar (......kg) + Electronic equipment (Specify
        identification / Zone)(…… kg) + Flight recorders & RA transceivers (…….kg) = ….. kg
    b) Flight deck : Emergency equipment (… kg) + Seats (……kg)                      = …… kg         …………kg
    c) Cabin : Attendant seats (…..kg) + Passenger seats (…….kg) + Passenger life vests (…… kg) +
        Partitions & carpets (……kg) + Galley structure and fixed equipment (…… kg) + Emergency
        equipment (…… kg) + Ancillary part like literature pocket (…… kg)           = …... kg
    d) Additional Items: Unusable fuel (…..kg) + Oil for Engines , IDG , and MGB / APU at normal
        level (…….kg ) + Waste tank pre-charge (…… kg) + Cargo nets (…… kg)        = ……. kg
B   WEIGHT OF REMOVABLE EQUIPMENT (Includes following items) (items that are required to conduct
    any flight / mandatory equipment need not be included. Aircraft items that may be removed for certain type
    of operation may be specified. )
    1    Aircraft documents & toolkit                                                               ……….. kg
    2    Potable Water                                                                              ……….. kg
    3    Catering removable equipment                                                               ………...kg
    4    Catering Allowance                                                                         …...……kg
C   Weight of wireless equipment that are not included in the empty weight at ‘A’                   …...……kg
D   SUMMARY OF WEIGHT AND C.G
    1    Maximum All Up Weight / Maximum take off weight ( MTOW) ( Refer to………………..)                …….…..kg
    2    Weight of Crew members + Baggage (85 Kg per crew) (…. Crew + … Cabin attendants)           ……….. kg
    3    Dry Operating Empty Weight ( A+B+C+D2)                                                     …………kg
    4    Maximum Usable Fuel Quantity ( ………. Ltrs) (Sp. Gravity = ……………kg/l)                        …………kg
    5    Maximum Pay Load with fuel tanks full [D1-(D3+D4)]                                         …………kg
    6    Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW)                                                            ……….. kg
    7    Maximum Aircraft Landing Weight (MLW)                                                      ……….. kg
    8    Maximum Number of Passengers
    9    Datum is located at ………. meters forward of ……………..
    10   Empty Weight CG ………….. meters aft of datum.(C G = ………. % MAC)
    11   Dry Operating weight CG …………… meters aft of datum. ( CG = …………. % MAC)
    12   Dry Operating weight Index =
         C G range :
    13   FWD CG Limit for flight: ……..% MAC ; As per FM section ………………
         AFT CG Limit for flight : % MAC ; As per FM section …………….
    14   Aircraft was weighed on ………………… at ……………..…


                            _____________                   Approved by                _____________
Prepared by
                           (              )                                          (               )
                          Name & Designation                                        Name & Designation
                             Approval No:




WEIGHT CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT
                                                                         PART II
          AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0   Chapter 23
                                                                March 2009      Page 1 of 4


                              CHAPTER 23
         ISSUE OF AUTHORIZATION TO AMEs/APPROVED PERSONNEL

1.    Introduction:

1.1   Issue of Authorization to Aircraft Maintenance Engineers/Approved Personnel,
      authorizing them to certify work on aircraft and its power plant, including equipment,
      instrument and system etc. is governed by Rule 54 and sub-rule 6 of Rule 61 of Aircraft
      Rules, 1937. The detailed procedure in this regard has been spelt out in CAR Series ‘L’
      Part IX. This chapter should, therefore be read in conjunction with that part of the
      CAR.

2.    General

2.1   Issue of Authorization as a matter of routine must be discouraged. If frequent
      requests for the issue of Authorization for the same work are received from the same
      operator, then he must be advised to apply for the enhanced scope of approval of the
      firm or to employ appropriately licensed staff.
2.2   In all cases an application for grant of Authorization shall be initiated by the
      AME/Approved Person concerned, stating professional qualifications and practical
      experience relevant to the request and must be sponsored by the employer, stating
      valid reasons for making the request.
2.3   It shall be ensured by Regional/ Sub-Regional Airworthiness offices that necessary
      equipment and literature are available with the organization to enable the satisfactory
      completion of the work for such Authorization as asked for.

3.    Experience requirements

3.1   Authorizations are classified into two distinct groups one equivalent in scope of to that
      of the category of the License or virtually amounting to the enhancement of the scope
      of approval (Group A) and the other for a limited scope of work valid for a limited
      period (Group B).
3.2   The oral cum practical examination will be conducted by the Regional/ Sub-regional
      offices. The non-official members will have to be co-opted for oral cum practical
      Examination, for grant of Authorization failing in Group A. On applicants being
      successful, the necessary Authorization may be granted with any conditions/
      limitations attached to it, as considered necessary. On ensuring that the
      AME/approved person has subsequently acquired the required practical experience,
      within 12 months from the date of issue of Authorization the requisite endorsement
      on his license/ approval letter may be carried out by the Regional/Sub-Regional
      Airworthiness office.
3.4   Depending upon the merit of a case and at the discretion of DGCA, applicant may be

ISSUE OF AUTHORIZATION TO AMEs/APPROVED PERSONNEL
                                                                         PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 0   Chapter 23
                                                                March 2009      Page 2 of 4

      allowed to take examination for the issue of Authorization even when the stipulated
      practical experience requirements are not met. All such cases meriting considerations
      shall be referred to Headquarters by Regional/Sub-regional Airworthiness offices.
3.5   Group A: When authorization is required to cover additional Aircraft, Engine or
      Accessories, equivalent in scope of to that of an existing category of license/approval,
      the following conditions shall be satisfied:

      (a)  The applicant shall be holder of a current approval/Aircraft Maintenance
           Engineer’s License, in the relevant scope/category, and employed with the
           practical experience for at least 3 months on similar type of aircraft/ engine
           /equipment etc.;
      (b) The Aircraft Maintenance Engineer/Approved Person shall pass the written and
           oral-cum-practical examination.
      (c) If the Authorization relates to aircraft and/or its power plant having all-up-
           weight exceeding 5700 kg, the Approved Person/Aircraft Maintenance Engineer
           should be required to produce evidence of having undergone an approved
           familiarization course satisfactorily (securing at least 70% marks in the
           examination) covering the scope of or which Authorization is required and
           conducted by the employer or the manufacture.
3.6   Group B: When Authorization is required for a limited scope of work and for a limited
      period, the following conditions shall be satisfied:

      (a)   The scope of existing License/Approval and/or experience of the Aircraft
            Maintenance Engineer/Approved Person shall be such that he is considered to
            have acquired sufficient competency to inspect and certify work for which the
            Authorization is required.
      (b)   Aircraft Maintenance Engineer/approved Person shall pass, for the issue of
            Authorization, an oral-cum-practical check relevant to the application made,
            conducted by the Officer-in-charge, of the concerned Regional/Sub-regional
            Airworthiness offices. The examination board shall consist of two class I
            Airworthiness Officers, acting as Chairman and Member, one amongst them shall
            be at least a Senior Airworthiness Officer.

      NOTE: Normally the duly constituted board shall consist of two officers but in
             exceptional cases single member board may be constituted especially in
             circumstances when there is only one officer available in the station at a
             particular time.
3.7   In the case AME holding licenses in category ‘A’ & ‘C’ covering fixed wing aircraft,
      seeks Authorization to cover helicopters, the applicant shall fulfill the following
      conditions:-
      (a)    Shall have at least 6 months practical experience on the maintenance or
             overhaul of helicopters.


ISSUE OF AUTHORIZATION TO AMEs/APPROVED PERSONNEL
                                                                          PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 0   Chapter 23
                                                                 March 2009      Page 3 of 4

      (b)      Shall produce satisfactory evidence to the effect that he has acquired practical
               experience on helicopters, in general, covering:-

               i)     Accomplishment of at least 12 DI schedules.
               ii)    Accomplishment of at least six next higher inspection schedules below
                      100 hrs.
               iii)   Accomplishment of three 100 hrs, inspection schedules.
               iv)    Accomplishment of at least one schedule higher than 100 hrs.
               v)     Minor adjustments and settings on engine and rotor control.
               vi)    Engine starting and ground testing.

               The above experience shall include the following on particular helicopter
      model:

               i)     At least 4 DI schedules
               ii)    Two next higher schedules below 100 hrs.
               iii)   Two 100 hrs. Schedules.

4.    Validity

      (a)      “Authorization” may be issued for a maximum period of three months at a
               time. Further extension for a period of not more than three months, if
               considered absolutely necessary, may also be affected by Regional/Sub-
               regional Airworthiness Offices. Any extension beyond this period shall be
               referred to this Headquarters, giving full justification.
      (b)      However, in the case of personnel attached to flying/Gliding Clubs,
               “Authorization” for carrying out duplicate inspection of Flying/engine controls
               as applicable as well as on maintenance on Radio Equipment on their aircraft,
               will initially be issued for a period of six months which may be renewed by
               Regional/ Sub-regional Airworthiness Office as required from time to time
               without any reference to Headquarters.

5     Limitations

5.1   Authorization will not be issued to persons in the event of:-

      (a)    Persons failing in the examination for issue/extension of license/approval,
             wherein a subject of Authorization was covered, during six months preceding
             the date of application.
      (b)    Persons having been blamed or are considered blameworthy in any
             investigation of the defect, accident, precautionary landing, forced landing,
             incidents etc. by DGCA during six months preceding the date of application.
5.2   In case where request for issue/renewal of Authorization is made by an Aircraft

ISSUE OF AUTHORIZATION TO AMEs/APPROVED PERSONNEL
                                                                          PART II
           AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                        Revision 0   Chapter 23
                                                                 March 2009      Page 4 of 4

       Maintenance Engineer/ Approved person to an Airworthiness Office under whom the
       Aircraft Maintenance Engineer/Approved person is not normally position and where
       his records are not held, a reference must be made to the Airworthiness Office under
       whose jurisdiction he is working.
5.3    In all such cases where the issue of Authorizations is still considered imperative in
       spite of some of the above conditions remaining unfulfilled, the matter should be
       referred to the Headquarters and concurrence obtained by the quickest available
       means.
5.4.   Authorization may be issued by the Director of the Region, Controller of Airworthiness
       Offices and Senior Airworthiness Officer In charge of Airworthiness Offices.

       Note. In case the Director of Airworthiness/Controller of Airworthiness is on earned
             leave, the Senior Airworthiness Officer holding charge of the station can issue
             Authorization during the absence of the Controller. However, this will not apply
             in the case of an Airworthiness Officer In charge of Airworthiness Offices.

5.5    Authorization may be issued with a proviso that it would be deemed to have lapsed,
       as soon as the holder of Authorization ceases to be in the employment of the
       particular operator, who sponsored his application.
5.6    It shall be clearly mentioned in the Authorization that it may be withdrawn any time, if
       so considered necessary by DGCA and its validity shall be linked with the validity of the
       AME License/Approval, in the case the applicant holds such a document.
5.7    In case of any doubt, the matter may be referred to Headquarters for clarification.




ISSUE OF AUTHORIZATION TO AMEs/APPROVED PERSONNEL
                                                                          PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                      Revision 2     Chapter 24
                                                               August 2009      Page 1 of 2

                                  CHAPTER 24
                         APPROVAL OF SPECIAL OPERATIONS

1.    Introduction

1.1   CAR Section 2 Series O requires the operator to seek DGCA approval prior to operating
      their aircraft for special operations such as ETOPS, MNPS, RVSM, PBN and Cat II/IIIA.
      The different parts of this CAR which lay down the requirements and procedures to be
      followed for approval of these special operations are given below:
      a)    CAR Section-2 Series O Part VIII: Airworthiness, Maintenance and Operational
            requirements for Extended Range Operations with Twin Engine Aeroplanes for
            Commercial Air Transport Operations.
      b)    CAR Section-2 Series O Part IX : Requirements for operation of aircraft in MNPS
            airspace.
      c)    CAR Section-2 Series O Part XI: implementation of Reduced Vertical Separation
            Minimum (RVSM).
      d)    CAR Section-2 Series O Part XII: Performance Based Navigation (PBN) - Aircraft
            Airworthiness, Operational and Flight Crew Training Requirements for Required
            Navigation Performance (RNP)/ Area Navigation (RNAV).
      e)    CAR Section-2 Series O Part XIII: Requirements for Evaluation, Certification and
            Maintenance of Aircraft Flight Simulators and Synthetic Flight Training Devices.
      f)    CAR Section-2, Series O Part XIV: Airworthiness and Maintenance Requirements
            for Cat II and Cat IIIA operations.

1.2   This chapter should be read in conjunction with above CARs as the operations/
      airworthiness requirements and procedure for grant of approval for above operations
      are detailed in these CARs.

2.    Procedure

2.1   Application for approval for special operations shall be submitted to the Regional/ Sub-
      Regional offices where the aircraft is based along with para wise compliance of the CAR
      related to the operation. The supporting documents confirming compliance with
      requirements of CAR shall also be enclosed by the concerned operator seeking
      approval.




APPROVAL OF SPECIAL OPERATIONS
                                                                            PART II
            AIRWORTHINESS PROCEDURES MANUAL                       Revision 2      Chapter 24
                                                                 August 2009      Page 2 of 2

2.2   Regional Airworthiness office shall scrutinize the application from airworthiness point of
      view and after having satisfied with the CAR compliance shall submit the application to
      the assigned FOI on file for scrutiny of the documents from operational angle.
2.3   Any deficiency noticed during scrutiny either by Airworthiness or FOI shall be referred
      to the operator by the Regional office for corrective action.
2.4   The application in respect of the operator based in a sub regional office, after thorough
      scrutiny from the airworthiness angle, shall be forwarded to Regional Airworthiness
      Office for scrutiny by FOI.
2.5   Final approval after satisfactory scrutiny both by Airworthiness officers and the assigned
      FOI shall be issued by the Head of regional office, under intimation to Air transport
      Directorate for endorsement in the AOP and to Airworthiness Directorate. In the case of
      RVSM approval, Regional Airworthiness Office shall also forward a completed MAAR
      Form-2 to the Airworthiness Directorate at DGCA Headquarters for onward intimation
      to MAAR.

3.    Responsibilities

      The following Directorates will be involved in the certification/ approval of special
      operations:

                             Process                                   Directorate
       Scrutiny of application from Airworthiness aspects   Regional & Sub-Regional
       including continued airworthiness.                   Airworthiness offices.
       Scrutiny of application from Operational aspects.    Assigned Flight Inspection
                                                            Directorate at Regional Offices.
       Conveying approval to the operator.                  Regional Airworthiness Office
       Endorsement in Operations specification of the       Air Transport Directorate.
       Air Operators’ Permit.
       Advising the Monitoring Agency for Asia Region   Airworthiness Directorate at
       (MAAR) and applicant when approval is granted or DGCA Headquarters.
       withdrawn (Only for RVSM approvals).

4.    Exceptions for Scrutiny by FID for RNAV/RNP1/RNP5/RNP10/RVSM approval
      Whenever an additional aircraft is added by an operator to their fleet that already has
      such approvals, the same may be granted for the additional aircraft by the Regional
      DAW without referring to FID/FOI for comments from operational aspects. DAW will
      however scrutinize the documents from airworthiness aspects before grant of approval.


APPROVAL OF SPECIAL OPERATIONS

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:113
posted:7/13/2012
language:English
pages:306